prepared by team sblc, masulipatnam · prepared by team sblc, masulipatnam ... 903191...

[Type text] [Type text] [Type text]

(STUDY MATERIAL FOR PROMOTION EXAMINATIONS)

PREPARED BYTEAM SBLC, MASULIPATNAM

STATE BANK LEARNING CENTREMASULIPATNAM-521002

ANDHRA PRADESH

, – ५२१००२िजला –

STATE BANK LEARNING CENTREMASULIPATNAM – 521 002KRISHNA DIST. ANDHRA PRADESH

दरू भाषा Phone: 08672-250078 (AGM) 08672- 251548 (Office) FAX: 08672-251546

ऐपी IP: 903191 ईमेल Emai: [email protected]

Date : 30th April, 2017

Dear colleagues,

THE WINGS-2017A STUDY MATERIAL FOR ALL PROMOTION EXAMINATIONS

We are very happy to bring forth “THE WINGS-2017”, a compilation of study materialwhich could be of use for promotion examinations in the coming months.

2. Over the last couple of years, THE WINGS & SADHANA SERIES have become verypopular among all the career oriented employees/officials of our Bank. The Wings-2016& Sadhana Series -2015 evoked tremendous response from the various users. Thehappiest and relishing thing is that the appreciations have poured in not only fromvarious parts of the country but also from some of the colleagues working abroad. Withlots and lots of new users being added, there is a great demand for the release of THEWINGS-2017.

3. A word of caution to the users of the book. While we have taken every care andprecaution in compiling the material error-free, a few mistakes might have crept ininadvertently. Neither the Bank nor the SBLC owns up any responsibility forcontroversies, if any, arising out of this compilation.

4. All the faculty members presently working at the SBLC have contributed to this effort.The Team SBLC, Masulipatnam wishes all the users the best of luck in their endeavoursto gain more knowledge and elevation in service.

Asst General Manager

STATE BANK LEARNING CENTREMASULIPATNAM - 521002

KRISHNA DISTRICT - ANDHRA PRADESH

TEAM SBLC – MASULIPATNAM

S.NO. NAME CELL NO. EMAIL ID @sbi.co.in

1.Shri. R. Krishna MurthyAssistant General Manager 9866502240 k.rachapudy

2.Ms. Arun JyothiChief Manager (Trg.) 8008801273 jyothi.s

3.Shri. A.S.R.K.K. SarmaManager (Trg.) 9989211097 akella.sarma

4.Shri K.Giridhar ReddyManager (Trg) 9000169123 Giridhar.kasireddy

5.Shri. P. AdityuduManager (Trg.) 7330778818 adityudu.p

6.Shri. B. ChalamajiManager (Trg) 7330778808 chalamaji_b

7.Shri.K. S. Prakash RaoManager (Trg) 7330778820 ks.prao

8.Shri. K. Bala SubramanyamAdministrative Officer 9704944424 k.balasubramanyam

9.Shri K.Rajesh KumarAssistant 8142717999 karri.kumar

10.Ms. Y. RadhikaAssistant 9966615313 y.radhik

Office Phone Nos.

AGM : 08672-250078Office : 08672-251548Fax : 08672-251564IP : 903191EMAIL : [email protected]

SBLC MASULIPATNAM THE WINGS 2017

Page 1 of 197

Sitting L to R: Shri. A S R K K Sarma, Mgr (Trng), Shri. R. Krishna Murthy, AGM, Ms. Arun Jyothi, Chief Mgr (Trng)Standing L to R: Shri. B. Chalamaj, Mgr (Trng), Shri. K S. Prakash Rao, Mgr (Trng),Shri. P. Adityudu, Mgr (Trng), Shri K. Giridhar Reddy, Mgr (Trng)


Page 1 of 197

HOME LOANS

Prepared by B.Chalamaji, Manager(Training)

01. What is the minimum age to avail Home Loan SBI Home Loan Scheme?a. 18 years b. 21 yearsc. 35 years d. 40 years

02. What is the maximum age limit under SBI Home Loan Scheme?a. 60 years b. 65 yearsc. 70 years d. 75 years

03. How many co borrowers can be allowed under SBI Home Loan scheme?a. 2 b. 3c. 4 d. 5

04. Who can join as Co – borrowers under SBI Home Loan Scheme?a. Parents b. Spousec. Children d. Siblings e. All the above

05. What is maximum period for repayment of SBI Home Loan Scheme?a. 30 years b. 30 years or 70 years whichever

is earlierc. 35 years d. None of the above

06. What is CRE Home Loan?a. Loan Sanctioned for

acquiring 3rd house/Plotb. 3rd Home Loan for purchase of

House/Flat/Plotc. Both a & b d. None of the above

07. How much of expected rental income can be considered for computingmaximum loan under SBI Home Loan Scheme?

a. Equivalent to NMI/NAI b. Half of the NMI/NAIc. Not to be considered d. None of the above

08. What is the Loan to Value (LTV) ratio for Home Loan amount up to Rs.30.00Lakhs?

a. 75% b. 80%c. 85% d. 90%

09. What is the Loan to Value (LTV) ratio for Home Loan amount above Rs.30.00Lakhs and upto Rs.75 Lakhs?

a. 75% b. 80%c. 85% d. 90%

10. What is the Loan to Value (LTV) ratio for Home Loan amount above Rs.75.00Lakhs?

a. 75% b. 80%c. 85% d. 90%

11. Stamp Duty, Registration Charges and Documentation Charges can beconsidered for calculation LTV Ratio up to Home Loan amount of Rs._____?

a. Rs. 5.00 Lakhs b. Rs.10.00 Lakhsc. Rs.15.00 Lakhs d. Rs.20.00 Lakhs

12. What is the Maximum amount sanctioned under SBI Home Loan Scheme?a. Permissible EMI/NMI ratio b. Maximum permissible LTV

ratioc. Applied Loan amount d. Lower of a,b,c

e.


Page 2 of 197

13. What is maximum loan amount allowed for repairs/renovation?a. Rs. 5.00 Lakhs b. Rs.10.00 Lakhsc. Rs.15.00 Lakhs d. Rs.20.00 Lakhs

14. Home loan may be sanctioned for reimbursement of investment made by theborrower in house constructed/purchased during the preceding _______months?

a. 6 months b. 12 monthsc. 18 months d. 24 months

15. What is the maximum amount permitted for furnishings/interior work to thecost of house/flat?

a. 10% of the cost ofhouse/flat

b. Rs.25 Lakhs

c. Lower of a and b d. Not permitted16 What is the amount to be recovered from borrower towards CERSAI

registration charges?a. Rs.50+ST up to Home

Loans Rs.5.00 Lakhsb. Rs.100+ST Home Loans

above Rs.5 Lakhsc. Both are correct d. No charges recovered

17. What is the Risk weight on Housing loan of Rs.75 lacs where LTV ratio is 75%a. 50% b. 75%

b. 100% c. 125%18 What is the Risk weight on Housing loan of Rs.75 lacs where LTV ratio is 75%

under CRE Home Loansa. 50% b. 75%c. 100% d. 125%

19. Can execution of documents by power attorney be permitted in Home Loans?a. Permitted to all borrowers b. Permitted for borrowers

employed in Defenseservices, Paramilitary Forcesand NRIs.

c. Both are correct d. None of the above20. TIR (Title Investigation Report) in respect of Power of Attorney (POA) Sales/

Gift Deed to be vetted by law officer. This has been recently relaxed andopinion can be obtained from ___________ if the loan amount is up to Rs._

a. Two Bank's empanelledadvocates ; Rs.30.00 lacs

b. Two Bank's empanelled advocates ;Rs.50.00 lacs

c. Two Bank's empanelledadvocates ; Rs.75.00 lacs

d. Two Bank's empanelled advocates ;Rs.1.00 Crore

21. What is the validity period of Home Loan Sanctioned?a. 3 months from date of

sanctionb. 4 months from date of sanction

c. 6 months from date ofsanction

d. 9 months from date of sanction

22. What is the maximum moratorium period allowed in home loans?a. 18 months b. 24 monthsc. 36 months d. 48 months

23. What is the maximum moratorium period allowed in home loans up to 7 floors?a. 18 months b. 24 monthsc. 36 months d. 48 months


Page 3 of 197

24. What is the maximum moratorium period allowed in home loans above 7 floorsbut to up 14 floors?


25. What is the maximum moratorium period allowed in home loans above 14floors but to up to 21 floors?


26. What is the maximum moratorium period allowed in home loans above21 floors?


27. Which of the following is true with regard to CRE Home Loans?a. Maximum loan tenor will be

25 years.b. Exposure for the third house

onwards will be classified as aCRE Home Loan

c. Both are correct d. Both are in correct28. Pre-closure penalty is levied if the home loan account is pre-closed within how

many years?a. 2 years b. 3 yearsc. 5 years d. No penalty for pre closure

29. Housing loan up to _____amount is classified under priority sector advancesin Metro centres with population above 10 lakhs

a. Rs.15 Lakhs b. Rs.20 Lakhsc. Rs.25 Lakhs d. Rs.28 Lakhs

30. Housing loan up to _____amount is classified under priority sector advancesin other centres

a. Rs.15 Lakhs b. Rs.20 Lakhsc. Rs.25 Lakhs d. Rs.28 Lakhs

31. Recovery of interest during the moratorium period may be deferred at therequest of the borrower only if moratorium period does not exceed ____months


32. No penal interest is chargeable for a Housing loan up to Rs _______a. Rs.25000/- b. Rs.50000/-c. Rs.100000/- d. No penal interest charged

33. What is the Penal interest charged for Home Loan irregularity exceeds EMI orinstallment exceeds one month ?

a. 1.00% b. 1.50%c. 2.00% d. 2.50%

34. What is the Risk weight on a housing loan of Rs 30 lacs where LTV ratio is75%

a. 35% b. 50%c. 75% d. 100%

35. How much Provisioning to be made for Home Loans categorized understandard assets?

a. 0.40% b. 0.50%c. 0.75% d. 1.00%


Page 4 of 197

36. Under CRE home loans Provision on standard assets to be made ata. 0.40% b. 0.50%c. 0.75% d. 1.00%

37. The periodicity stipulated for Inspection of NPA Home loan accounts isa. Monthly b. Quarterlyc. Half yearly d. Weekly

38. What is the permissible EMI/NMI ratio for an annual income of more than Rs10 lacs ?

a. 50% b. 60%c. 65% d. 70%

39. What is remuneration paid to the Home Loan Counsellors (HLCs)/Home LoanAdvisors (HLAs) limits upto Rs.25 lacs

a. 0.25% of the loan amount b. 0.30% of the loan amountc. Rs.5000/- d. 0.15% of the loan amount , max

Rs.10000/- per proposal40. Credit Information Report (CIR) from the following two CICs (Credit

Information Companies) for Home Loan limits above Rs 10 lacs should beobtained.

a. Credit Information BureauLimited (CIBIL)

b. CRIF High Mark CreditInformation Services Pvt Ltd

c. Equifax Credit InformationServices Pvt Ltd ( ECISPL)

d. Experian Credit InformationCompany of India

e. a & b41. Panel of Valuers for valuation of Immovable Assets for fixation of Reserve

Price for enforcement of the Bank’s rights under the SARFAESI Act, 2002, isapproved by

a. Regional Business Office(RBO)

b. Local Head Office (LHO)

c. Administrative Office (AO) d. Executive Committee of CentralBoard (ECCB)

42. Updating Security Interest over the property created is done in CentralElectronic Registry under ____________ Act.

a. B R Act b. Contract Actc. SARFAESI Act d. SBI Act

43 Adding back of depreciation to compute Net Annual Income of the borrowerunder Home Loan scheme will be ascertained on the basis of last three years‘ Audited Balance Sheet’ of business/ activity and the latest audited balance(whichever is lower) sheet should not be older that_________


44. Maximum Home Loan for Repairs of a dwelling unit per family at Metrocenters with population above 10 Lacs that comes under priority sector is

a. Rs.5.00 lakhs b. Rs. 3.00 lakhsc. Rs.8.00 lakhs d. Rs.10.00 lakhs

45. Maximum Home Loan for Repairs to damaged dwelling units per familyat Rural & Semi-urban areas that comes under priority sector is…

a. Rs.3.00 lakhs b. Rs. 2.00 lakhsc. Rs.5.00 lakhs d. Rs.6.00 lakhs

46. If an individual owns two singly or jointly, then the exposure for the third house


Page 5 of 197

onwards or purchase of flat/residential plot will be treated under ……a. CRE Home Loan b. SME Home Loanc. C&I Home Loan d. Business Home Loan

47. The total number of houses/flats/residential plots under Personal SegmentHome Loans Scheme should not be more than …………

a. 3 b. 4c. 5 d. No such restriction

48. While processing high value Home Loan proposals i.e. Home Loansof ………………, two Valuation Reports from different empanelled Valuers ofthe Bank should be obtained.

a. Rs.100.00 lakhs & above b. Rs.50.00 Lakhs & abovec. Rs.75.00 lakhs & above d. Rs.25.00 lakhs & above

49. While calculating “Home Loan Eligibility”, Regular income from all sourcesincluding Variable pay, performance/Production Linked Incentives,Bonus, Overtime etc. can be considered, in whole or in part, on thebasis of the average of the last …………,to arrive at the eligible loan amount.

a. One Year b. Two Yearsc. Three years d. None of the above

50. In case of non-obtention of PAN, The default value suggested for CERSAI isa. BBBBB9999A b. AAAAA9999Ac. AAAAA9999B d. BBBBB9999B

51. The interest concession for Women borrowers under ‘Her Ghar’ scheme isa. 5 bps b. 10 bpsc. 15 bps d. 20 bps

52. The best grade under Credit Scoring Model for home loan isa. Grade 1 b. Grade10c. Grade A d. Grade A+

53. What the minimum age for availing NRI Home Loan?a. 18 years b. 21 yearsc. 25 years d. 35 years

54. What is minimum work experience in India/ abroad to avail NRI Home Loan?a. 1 year b. 2 yearsc. 3 years d. 5 years

55. What is the minimum amount under NRI Home Loan?a. Rs.2.00 Lakhs b. Rs.3.00 Lakhsc. Rs.5.00 Lakhs d. None of the above

56. What is the maximum period allowed to repay NRI Home Loan?a. 25 years or age of 60 years

whichever is earlierb. 30 years or age of 60 years

whichever is earlierc. 25 years or age of 70 years

whichever is earlierd. 30 years or age of 70 years

whichever is earlier57. SBI Realty is sanctioned for the purpose of ……….

a. Purchase of Residential plotlocated within the municipal/corporation area ofUrban/Metro centres withpopulation of 1 lakh andabove for construction ofhouse.

b. Purchase of Plots locatedoutside municipal/corporationarea will be permitted only incases where the plots areallotted/developed byGovernment Bodies/Development Authorities such


Page 6 of 197

as DDA, HUDA, BDA, LDA, etcc. For construction of house d. Both a and b

58. What is minimum loan amount sanctioned under SBI Realty loan?a. Rs.1.00 lakh b. Rs.5.00 Lakhsc. Rs.10.00 lakhs d. Rs.15.00 lakhs

59. What is maximum loan amount sanctioned under SBI Realty loan?a. Rs.5.00 Crs b. Rs.10.00 Crsc. Rs.15.00 Crs d. Rs.20.00 Crs

60. What is maximum time stipulated for construction of house under SBI RealtyScheme?

a. 2 years b. 3 yearsc. 4 years d. 5 years

61 What is the maximum repayment period allowed under SBI Realty Scheme?a. 5 years b. 10 yearsc. 20 years d. 30 years

62. What is the Loan to Value (LTV) ratio for Realty Loan amount up to Rs.75.00Lakhs?

a. 70% b. 80%c. 85% d. 90%

63. What is the Loan to Value (LTV) ratio for Realty Loan amount above Rs.75.00Lakhs?

a. 70% b. 60%c. 80% d. 90%

64. Under SBI Realty loan, two Valuation Reports from different empanelledValuers of the Bank should be obtained for loan amount of Rs….

a. Rs.100.00 lakhs & above b. Rs.50.00 Lakhs & abovec. Rs.75.00 lakhs & above d. Rs.25.00 lakhs & above

65. Two title search reports, one before the loan is sanctioned and another beforedisbursement of the loan should be obtained under which loan?

a. SBI Privilege b. SBI Hamara Gharc. SBI Realty d. None of the these

66. What is the minimum amount allowed for SBI Realty under Take over?a. Rs. 5.00 Lakhs b. Rs.10.00 lakhsc. Rs.20.00 lakhs d. Not permitted

67. Which facility of loan is made available under SBI Realty Loan?a. Term Loan b. Overdraftc. Both a & b d. Either a or b

68. How much moratorium period is allowed under SBI Realty Loan?a. 6 months b. 12 monthsc. 18 months d. No moratorium period allowed

69. To encourage the Home Loan counselors (HLCs)/Marketing Consultants(MCs)/Marketing Associates (MAs)/Home Loan Advisors (HLAs)/SSL etc Bankhas offered additional incentive to promote “RiNn Raksha’ product to HomeLoan customers? How much the additional payout payable?

a. Rs.1000/- b. Rs.1500/-c. Rs.2000/- d. Rs.2500/-

70. While sourcing the Home Loan applications the sales team/sourcing personnelare required to certify on Photo copies of KYC documents after verifying theoriginal documents, to strengthen mitigation process who further will also


Page 7 of 197

certify on the photo copies of KYC papers at the time of execution of loandocuments?

a. Processing Official b. Documentation officialc. Controlling Official d. Any of the above officials

71 What is the name of Product in Home Loans that facilitates the borrower toavail Home Loan in the form of Overdraft facility (reduced balancing method)?

a. SBI More gain b. SBI Maxgainc. SBI Home gain d. SBI Flexi Home pay

72. What is the minimum balance to be maintained in SB/CA to avail SBI MaxgainLoan? It is not applicable to customers whose salaries are regularly credited tothe account and repayments are made from the account.

a. Rs.2000/- b. Rs.3000/-c. Rs.5000/- d. Rs.10000/-

73. What is the minimum loan under SBI Maxgain scheme?a. Rs.5.00 Lakhs b. Rs.10.00 Lakhsc. Rs.20.00 Lakhs d. Rs.25.00 Lakhs

74. What is the Maximum loan under SBI Maxgain scheme?a. Rs.50.00 Lakhs b. Rs.75.00 Lakhsc. Rs.2.00 Crores d. No upper limit

75. What are the facilities offered to the SBI Maxgain Home Loan customers afterfull disbursement?

a. ATM b. ATM & INBc. Cheque Book d. INB & Cheque book

76. Does any option available to the existing home loan borrower to convert theirexisting home loans to SBI Maxgain account?

a. No b. Yesc. Yes, but the outstanding

should be above Rs.20.00lacs & A/c should bestandard

d. None of the above

77. What is the Conversion fee for conversion of Home Loan (Term Loan) toMaxgain facility?

a. Rs.1000/- + ST b. Rs.2000/- + STc. Rs.2500/- + ST d. Rs.5000/- + ST

78. Obtention of Revival Letters and Balance Confirmation Letters maybe dispensed with in case of……………….which are being serviced regularlyand are classified as Standard Assets.

a. Term Loan A/c in the PSegment

b. Maxgain Home Loans

c. Both a & b d. None of the above.79. SBI home equity scheme renamed as

a. SBI Home Plus b. SBI Home Top-upc. SBI Home Saral d. SBI Home pay

80. Name the personal loan offered to the existing Home Loan borrowers againstthe security of housing unit already mortgaged?

a. SBI Home equity b. SBI Home payc. SBI Home Top-up d. SBI LAP

81. What is the minimum Net Annual Income to avail Home Top-up Loan?a. Rs.2.00 Lakhs b. Rs.3.00 Lakhs


Page 8 of 197

c. Rs.5.00 Laksh d. Not required, the borrowershould satisfy EMI/NMI ratio

82. What is the minimum loan available under SBI Top-Up Loans?a. Rs.1.00 Lacs b. Rs.5.00 Lacsc. Rs.2.00 Lacs d. Rs.3.00 Lacs

83. What is the maximum loan under SBI Top-up loan for category -2 customers?a. Rs.2.00 Crores b. Rs.3.00 Croresc. Rs.4.00 Crores d. Rs.5.00 Crores

84. What is the LTV ratio in Home Top-up loans up to Rs.75 Lacs?a. 60% b. Rs.70%c. 75% d. Rs.80%

85. What is the LTV ratio in Home Top-up loans up to Rs.75 Lacs?a. 60% b. Rs.70%c. 75% d. Rs.80%

86. What is the permissible EMI/NMI ratio for Net Annual income above Rs.3.00Lakhs and below Rs.5.00 Lakhs?

a. 50% b. 55%c. 60% d. 70%

87. What is the permissible EMI/NMI ratio for Net Annual income above Rs.5.00Lakhs and below Rs.10.00 Lakhs?

a. 50% b. 55%c. 60% d. 70%

88. What is the permissible EMI/NMI ratio for Net Annual income above Rs.10.00Lakhs?

a. 60% b. 65%c. 70% d. 75%

89. Under which nature of facility Home top loans can be sanctioned?a. Term Loan up to Rs.20 Lacs b. Term Loan and Overdraft for

loans above Rs.20.00 lacs andupto Rs.2.00 Lacs

c. Term Loan for loans aboveRs.2.00 Crs up to Rs.5.00Crs

d. All are correct

90. A borrower can avail how many loans at any point of time under Home Top-upfacility?

a. One b. Twoc. Three d. No such restriction

91. When can the borrower avail send Home Top-up Loan?a. At any time b. 2nd loan can’t be sanctionedc. One year from the date of

disbursement of first loand. Two years from the date of

disbursement of first loan.92. What is the pre payment penalty under Home Top-up Loan?

a. 1% of the amount paid b. 2% of the amount paidc. 2.5% of the amount paid d. No pre payment penalty levied.

93. What is the name of the product offered to purchase/construct a House/flat inHilly/Tribal Areas?

a. Tribal Home b. Hill Homec. Tribal Home Plus d. Tribal Plus

94. What is the minimum & maximum age to avail the loan under Tribal Plus?


Page 9 of 197

a. 18 years & 60 years b. 21 years & 60 yearsc. 30 years & 70 years d. 25 years & 65 years

95. What is the minimum service/experience required under Tribal Plus Scheme?a. 3 years b. 4 yearsc. 5 years d. 2 years

96. What is the maximum loan sanctioned under Tribal Plus Scheme?a. Rs.10.00 Lakhs b. Rs.15.00 Lakhsc. Rs.20.00 Lakhs d. Rs.25.00 Laksh

97. What is the maximum repayment period allowed under Tribal Plus Scheme?a. 10 years or the borrower

attains 65 years whichever isless

b. 15 years or the borrower attains65 years whichever is less

c. 20 years or the borrowerattains 65 years whichever isless

d. 25 years or the borrower attains65 years whichever is less

98. What is name of the Home Loan product offered to customer for submittingEarnest Money Deposit (EMD) to Government agencies like Housing Baords,Urban Development Authorities to get allotment of house/plot?

a. Earnest Money DepositScheme

b. Earnest Home Loan

c. Earnest Home Plus d. Earnest Money DividendScheme

99. What is the maximum loan sanctioned under Earnest Money Deposit (EMD)Scheme?

a. Rs.5.00 Lakhs b. Rs.10.00 Lakhsc. Rs.20.00 Lakhs d. Rs.25.00 Lakhs

100. The minimum income for home loan under Earnest Money Deposit Scheme isa. Rs.50,000/- b. Rs.1,00,000/-c. Rs.1,50,000/- d. No such stipulation

101 What is the minimum age to avail loan under Earnest Money Deposit (EMD)Scheme?

a. 18 years with steady sourceof income

b. 21 years with steady source ofincome

c. 25 years with steady sourceof income

d. 30 years with steady source ofincome

102 The type of home loan under Earnest Money Deposit Scheme isa. Term Loan b. Demand Loanc. Over Draft d. Cash Credit

103 Bank has revised the loan scheme against property for any personal purposeis called

a. SBI Loan against immovableProperty

b. SBI Personal Mortgage Loan

c. SBI Loan against property(SBI LAP)

d. SBI Top Up

104 The facility of loan offered under SBI LAP (Loan against Property) isa. Term Loan b. Overdraftc. Either a or b d. Demand Loan

105 What is the minimum loan amount under SBI LAP (Loan against Property)a. Rs.5 Lakhs b. Rs.10.00 Lakhs


Page 10 of 197

c. Rs.15.00 Lakhs d. Rs.20.00 Lakhs106 SBI LAP cannot be sanctioned at……..

a. Rural Area b. Semi Urban Areac. Rural and Semi urban area

population below 1 Lakhd. No such restriction

107 What is the LTV ratio under SBI LAP (Loan Against Property) for loans up toRs.1.00 Cr?

a. 60% b. Rs.65%c. 75% d. Rs.80%

108 What is the LTV ratio under SBI LAP (Loan Against Property) for loans aboveRs.1.00 Cr and up to Rs.5.00 Crs?

a. 60% b. Rs.65%c. 75% d. Rs.80%

109 Under SBI LAP (Loan Against Property) the valuation report should not bemore than …….. months


110 What is the income criteria under SBI LAP (Loan Against Property)a. NMI of Rs.15,000 or

Rs.1.00 Lakhs p. a.b. NMI of Rs.20,000 or

Rs.2.40 Lakhs p. ac. NMI of Rs.25,000 or

Rs.3.00 Lakhs p. ad. None of the above

111 Which of the following document is mandatory under SBI LAP (Loan AgainstProperty) along with KYC documents?

a. Pass port b. PAN Cardc. Voter Id Card d. Ration Card

112 The maximum age allowed under SBI LAP (Loan Against Property) is ……a. 60 years b. 65 yearsc. 70 years d. 75 years

113 The maximum repayment allowed under SBI LAP (Loan Against Property)a. 15 years b. 20 yearsc. 25 years d. 15 years or expected life of

property at least 5 years morethan the loan tenor.

114 The periodicity/frequency to obtain valuation report under SBI LAP (LoanAgainst Property) is…….

a. 5 years b. 3 yearsc. 2 years d. Not required

115 Two CICs (Credit Information Company) reports will be obtained one fromCIBIL and second report from High Mark/Other CIC under SBI LAP (LoanAgainst Property) for loans above……..

a. Rs.5.00 Lakhs b. Rs.10.00 Lakhsc. Rs.20.00 Lakhs d. No such stipulation

116 Minimum CIBIL Score under SBI LAP (Loan Against Property) is……a. 700 b. 750c. 800 d. 650

117 What are the eligible properties to be mortgaged under SBI LAP (Loan AgainstProperty)?

a. Open Plot b. Commercial/Industrial Property


Page 11 of 197

c. Non agricultural andSARFAESI compliantresidential house/flat

d. All the above

118 Proposals under SBI LAP (Loan Against Property) will be processed at…..a. RACPCs at BRP Centres b. RASMECs at BPR Centresc. LPCs at all Non BPR Centres d. All are correct

119 Under reverse mortgage loan how much % of the realizable value of theproperty is sanctioned?

a. 60% b. 70%c. 90% d. 100%

120 What is the minimum amount of loan under SBI Reverse Mortgage Loan?a. Rs.1.00 Lakh b. Rs.2.00 Lakhsc. Rs.3.00 Lakhs d. No Minimum loan amount

121 Maximum loan that can be sanctioned under SBI Reverse Mortgage loan?a. Rs.25.00 Lakhs b. Rs.50.00 Lakhsc. Rs.75.00 Lakhs d. Rs.100.00 Lakhs

122 What should be the minimum residual life of property in case of singleborrower for sanction of loan under Reverse Mortgage?


123 What is the minimum age of the spouse when loan is sanctioned in jointly withthe spouse in the case of SBI Reverse Mortgage loan?

a. Above 55 years b. Above 58 yearsc. Above 60 years d. No age restruction

124 Reverse Mortgage Loan scheme is sanctioned as….a. Term Loan b. Demand Laonc. Non renewable Over Draft d. Any of the above

125 Reverse Mortgage Loan Scheme is launched specifically for the benefit of …..a. Senior Citizens b. Professional & Self employedc. Govt Employees d. Agriculturists

126 Under Reverse Mortgage Loan Scheme the loan amount can be disbursed aslump sum amount to ___ % of the limit

a. 25% b. 40%c. 50% d. 60%

127 The minimum age of the borrower under Reverse Mortgage Loan Scheme is…a. Above 50 years b. Above 55 yearsc. Above 58 years d. Above 60 years

128 In the case of the death of the borrower under Reverse Mortgage LoanScheme the outstanding will be liquidated by….

a. Selling of the House b. Legal heirs can settle the loanc. Declared as Banks property d. (a) or (b)

129 The residual life of the property to be obtained as security under ReverseMortgage Loan Scheme in the case of spouse being below 60 Years of age______ Years


130 The tenor of the loan under Reverse Mortgage Loan Scheme when the age ofthe younger of the borrowers is between 58 and upto 68 years of age is _____Years or till be death of the borrower (s), whichever is earlier.


Page 12 of 197


131 The tenor of the loan under Reverse Mortgage Loan Scheme when the age ofthe younger of the borrowers is above 68 years of age is _____ Years or till bedeath of the borrower (s), whichever is earlier.


132 Quantum of loan under Reverse Mortgage Loan Scheme is inclusive ofa. Interest for one year b. Processing chargesc. Interest till maturity of the

loand. None of the above

133 Pre-payment penalty of the loan during the tenure of the loan under ReverseMortgage Loan Scheme is….

a. 0.50% of pre paid amount b. 1.00% of pre paid amountc. 2.00% of pre paid amount d. No pre payment penalty

134 Reverse Mortgage Loan Scheme can be sanctioned by the following branchesa. RUSU Branches b. Metro/Urban Branchesc. All PBB Branches d. All branches

135 Maintenance of the properties charged for availing Reverse Mortgage LoanScheme lies with

a. Bank b. Borrowerc. Sharing by Bank & Customer

50-50d. Sharing by Bank & Customer 25-

75136 Ownership of the property mortgaged for availing Reverse Mortgage Loan

Scheme is witha. Borrower b. Bankc. Both (a) & (b) d. None of the above

137 In case of the death of the borrower under Reverse Mortgage Loan Schemethe legal heirs will be allowed to repay the loan within a period of

a. 3 months b. 9 monthsc. 6 months d. None of the above

138 Reverse Mortgage Loan is sanctioned only if the surviving spouses are ___.a. 2 b. 1c. Either a or b d. None of the above.

139 Under Reverse Mortgage Loan Scheme the title holder has to make a willsuperseding earlier will if any in favour of _______

a. Bank b. Spousec. No Need of any will d. None of the above.

140 Under “Reverse Mortgage Loan”, reasonable amount of time ………………may be provided to the legal heirs for selling the house and settlementof the outstanding from the date the outstanding amount falls due forrepayment before initiating recovery measures.

a. up to the 3 months b. up to the 6 monthsc. up to the 9 months d. up to the 12 months

141 If the outstanding of “Reverse Mortgage Loan” is not liquidated, then it will beclassified as a ‘Sub-standard’ Asset on the....... day after the due date.

a. 90th day b. 120th dayc. 180th day d. 365th day

142 What are the facilities offered under SBI Reverse Mortgage Loan to Non-


Page 13 of 197

Renewable Overdraft?a. ATM b. Cheque Bookc. Internet Banking d. No facility offered

143 Bank has introduced a new product to the Prospective Home Loan borrower tonegotiate confidently with the builder/seller or to finalize the property to bepurchased is called…..

a. SBI Home Loan PAL b. SBI Home Loan HALc. SBI Home Loan Base d. SBI Home Loan CAL

144 SBI PAL (Pre Approved Limit) is available ata. All Branches b. PBB branchesc. Metro/Urban Branches d. RACPCs

145 The minimum Limit Sanctioned under SBI PAL (Pre Approved Limit)….a. Rs.10.00 Lakhs b. Rs.15.00 Lakhsc. Rs.20.00 Lakhs d. Rs.25.00 Lakhs

146 The Validity period of SBI PAL (Pre Approved Limit) is ….a. 1 month b. 2 monthsc. 3 months d. 4 months

147 Name the product offered to the Home Loan borrowers for funding 100% SBILife premium is ….

a. SBI Home Suraksha b. SBI Surakshac. SBI Home Life d. None of the above

148 Home Loan product offered to Salaries employees having age of 21 years andabove but below 45 years is called …….

a. SBI Yuva Loan b. SBI Flexipay Home Loanc. SBI Easy Loan d. SBI Young Home Loan

149 Minimum Loan amount under SBI Flexipay Home Loan….a. Rs.10.00 Lakhs b. Rs.15.00 Lakhsc. Rs.20.00 Lakhs d. None of the above

150 What is the minimum and maximum tenor of SBI Flexipay Home Loan?a. 10 years & 30 years b. 15 years & 30 yearsc. 20 years & 30 years d. 25 years & 30 years

151 The salaried applicants under SBI Felxipay Home Loan should have minimumexperience of ……

a. 2 years b. 3 yearsc. 5 years d. No such condition

152 Facility of Loan available under SBI Felxipay Home Loan isa. Term Loan b. Overdraftc. Demand Loan d. Either (a) or (b)

153 Maximum start up /moratorium period allowed under SBI Felxipay Home Loana. 36 months for ready to move

in propertiesb. 36 months + construction period

for under construction propertiessubject to maximum period of 60months

c. 18 months d. Either (a) or (b)154 Ministry of Housing and Urban Poverty Alleviation (MoHUPA) has launched

‘Credit Linked Subsidy Scheme (CLSS)’ for urban area beneficiaries inEWS/LIG category to acquire/construct a house or repair/extension ofKucha/Semi Pucca house is called…….

a. Pradhan Mantri Niwas b. Pradhan Mantri Gruh Yojana


Page 14 of 197

Yojanac. Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana d. Pradhan Mantri Home Yojana

155 Interest Subsidy available under Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana (PMAY)…..a. 5.00% b. 6.00%c. 6.50% d. 10.00%

156 Credit linked Interest subsidy available under Pradhan Mantri Awas Yojana(PMAY) for a tenor of …….

a. 10 years or actual tenor ofloan whichever is lower

b. 15 years or actual tenor of loanwhichever is lower

c. 20 years or actual tenor ofloan whichever is lower

d. 25 years or actual tenor of loanwhichever is lower

157 The credit linked subsidy available for loan amount up to Rs…….a. Rs.5.00 Lakhs b. Rs.10.00 Lakhsc. Rs.6.00 Lakhs d. Rs.15.00 Lakhs

158 The income criteria of EWS/LIG beneficiaries under Pradhan Mantri AwasYojana (PMAY) is….

a. EWS households with annualincome up to Rs.3.00 Lakhs

b. LIC household with annualincome above Rs.3.00 Lakhsand up to Rs.6.00 Lakhs

c. Both (a) & (b) are correct d. None of the above159 The new Home Loan product launched for financing companies (Where the

borrower is a company) for acquiring residential units is called……a. SBI Commercial Home Loan b. SBI Corporate Home Loanc. SBI Business Home Loan d. SBI Company’s Home Loan

160 Under which segment SBI Corporate Home Loans covered?a. SME segment b. C&I segmentc. PER segment d. Bother (a) & (b)

161 Minimum Loan under SBI Corporate Home Loans is…..a. Rs.50.00 Lakhs b. Rs.1.00 Crc. Rs.2.00 Crs d. No minimum stipulation

162 Maximum LTV under SBI Corporate Home Loans is ….a. 75% b. 80%c. 85% d. 90%

163 Maximum Loan tenor under SBI Corporate Home Loans is……a. 10 years including

moratoriumb. 15 years including moratorium

c. 20 years includingmoratorium

d. 25 years including moratorium

164 Bank has introduced Two new Home Loan Products to tap the potential afterimplementation of Seventh Pay Commission. The two new products are….

a. SBI Privilege & SBI Maurya b. SBI Privilege & SBI Shauryac. SBI Quick & SBI Shaurya d. SBI Maurya & SBI Shaurya

165 SBI Privilege Home Loan offered to….a. Employees of Central/State

Governments (includingPSBs, PSUs of Central Govtand other individuals withpensionable service.

b. Employees of CentralGovernments (including PSBs,PSUs of Central Govt and otherindividuals.

c. Employees of Central/State d. Employees of Central/State


Page 15 of 197

Governments and Prof. andSelf Employed

Governments and Business men

166 SBI Shaurya Home Loan offered to….a. Defense Personnel belong to

Armyb. Defense Personnel belong to

Navyc. Defense Personnel belong to

Airforced. All the above

167 The Minimum and Maximum Loans under SBI Privilege & SBI Shaurya HomeLoans are……

a. Rs.5.00 Lakhs & Rs.25.00Crs

b. Rs.10.00 Lakhs & Rs.25.00 Crs

c. Rs. 5.00 Laksh & Rs.50.00Crs

d. Rs.10.00 Lakhs & Rs.50.00 Crs

168 Maximum Repayment period under SBI Privilege & SBI Shaurya Home Loansis……

a. 30 years or 70 years of agewhichever is early

b. 30 years or 75 years of agewhichever is early

c. 25 years or 70 years of agewhichever is early

d. 25 years or 75 years of agewhichever is early

169 Minimum Repayment period under SBI Privilege & SBI Shaurya Home Loansa. 60 months b. 84 monthsc. 96 months d. 120 months

170 What the periodicity for registration of property in CERSAI (Central ElectronicRegistry) after creation of mortgage?

a. 7 days b. 15 daysc. 21 days d. 30 days

171 The new product offered to the public with a fixed Interest option for 2 yearsis…

a. SBI Mera Ghar b. SBI Hamara Gharc. SBI Apna Ghar d. SBI Ghar

172 Maximum Loan under SBI Hamara Ghar is….a. Rs.20.00 Lakhs b. Rs.25.00 Lakhsc. Rs.30.00 Lakhs d. Rs.50.00 Lakhs

173 Pre payment penalty under SBI Hamara Ghar is….a. 2%+ST if the Loan is closed

before 2 yearsb. No Pre Payment Penalty if loan

closed after 2 yearsc. Both (a) and (b) are correct d. Both (a) and (b) are wrong

174 The Loan facility available under SBI Hamara Ghar is….a. Term Loan b. Overdraftc. Either (a) or (b) d. Demand Loan

175 To provide hassle free finance over internet banking platform, bank haslaunched new Product to the existing Home Loan borrowers against theirHome Property is ……

a. SBI Quick Top Up b. SBI Insta Home Top Upc. SBI ezy Top Up d. SBI Home Top Up

176 The Eligibility Criteria to avail SBI Insta Home Top Up is….a. Minimum HL Limit Rs.20.00

lacs with INB facilityb. Minimum residual tenure of

Home Loan of 5 years &maintaining SB Ac linked with HL


Page 16 of 197

CIFc. Satisfactory track record of 3

years or more & should nothave any Home Top Up

d. No instance of HL ac slipping toRG-3 or further in the past &CIBIL score of 700 or higher

e. All are correct177 Minimum and Maximum Loan amount under SBI Insta Home Top Up is…

a. 5% of Home Loan Limit, MinRs.1.00 Lakh & Max. Rs.5.00Lakhs

b. 10% of Home Loan Limit, MinRs.1.00 Lakh & Max. Rs.5.00Lakhs

c. 5% of Home Loan Limit, MinRs.3.00 Lakh & Max.Rs.10.00 Lakhs

d. 10% of Home Loan Limit, MinRs.3.00 Lakh & Max. Rs.5.00Lakhs

178 The Loan facility available under SBI Insta Home Top Up is…a. Term Loan b. Overdraft (Reducing Drawing

Power)c. Demand Loan d. Any of the above

179 What is the minimum Loan to Non salaried customers (Professionals/Self-Employed/Businessmen)?

a. Rs.50,000/- b. Rs.1,00,000/-c. Rs.3,00,000/- d. No minimum loan

180 What is the maximum Loan to Non salaried customers?a. Rs.5.00 Crs b. Rs.20.00 Crsc. Rs.25.00 Crs d. Rs.50.00 Crs

181 What are the authorized branches to sanction Home Loans to Non salariedcustomers?

a. All Branches b. RACPCs/RASMECCs at BPRCentres

c. LPCs at Non BPR Centres d. Both (b) & (c) are correct182 What is the minimum Risk Grade to be obtained on a scale of 1 to 10 by Non

salaried customers to avail Home Loan?a. Risk Grade 5 b. Risk Grade 6c. Risk Grade 4 d. No such stipulation

183 Minimum net monthly income under SBI Flexi pay Home Loan is..a. Rs.25000/- b. Rs.50000/-c. Rs.75000/- d. No minimum stipulation

184 Maximum loan that can be sanctioned for repairs/renovation under NRIHousing loan is…

a. Rs.10.00 Lakhs b. Rs.5.00 Lakhsc. Rs.15.00 Lakhs d. Not eligible for repairs/renovation

185 Who are eligible housing loans under CRGFTLIH (Credit Risk Guarantee FundTrust for Low Income Housing) Scheme in urban area?

a. Home Loans upto Rs. 5.00lacs

b. Applicant is either EWS or LIG

c. The carpet area of theHouse/Flat upto 430 sqft

d. All the above

186 Processing fee under SBI Green Home Loan Scheme isa. 0.25% of Loan amount b. 0.35% of Loan amountc. 0.50% of Loan amount d. No Processing Charges

187 What is Interest Rate concession offered to the Home Loans availed by


Page 17 of 197

Women borrowers?a. 100 bps b. 50 bpsc. 25 bps d. No Concession

188 What is the Income Tax benefit under section 80 (c) available to the HomeLoan borrowers for repayment towards principal?

a. Rs.1.00 Lakh b. Rs.1.50 Lakhsc. Rs.2.00 Lakhs d. No such benefit

189 Can the Applicant / Co-applicants be NRI in SBI Shaurya & SBI PrivilegeHome Loans?

a. No, Only Resident Indiansare eligible for coverageunder the schemes

b. Yes, Resident Indians along withNRIs are eligible for coverageunder the schemes

c. Both are correct d. No such condition190 Bank has launched a New Home Loan product to meet shortfall in funds for

purchase a new home/flat is….a. SBI Bridge Home Loan b. SBI Help Home Loanc. SBI GAP Home Loan d. SBI Hope Home Loan

HOME LAONS- ANSWER’S

1 A 2 C 3 B 4 E 5 A 6 A 7 A 8 D 9 B 10 A11 B 12 D 13 B 14 B 15 C 16 C 17 B 18 C 19 B 20 D21 A 22 C 23 A 24 B 25 C 26 C 27 C 28 D 29 C 30 A

31 A 32 A 33 C 34 A 35 A 36 D 37 C 38 D 39 A 40 E

41 D 42 C 43 C 44 A 45 A 46 A 47 C 48 A 49 B 50 C

51 A 52 A 53 A 54 B 55 B 56 B 57 D 58 B 59 C 60 D

61 B 62 A 63 B 64 B 65 C 66 D 67 A 68 D 69 C 70 B

71 B 72 C 73 C 74 D 75 D 76 C 77 B 78 C 79 B 80 C

81 B 82 C 83 D 84 D 85 C 86 B 87 C 88 C 89 D 90 B

91 C 92 D 93 D 94 B 95 C 96 A 97 B 98 A 99 B 100 D

101 B 102 B 103 C 104 A 105 B 106 C 107 B 108 A 109 B 110

111 B 112 C 113 D 114 B 115 B 116 A 117 C 118 D 119 C 120 C

121 D 122 B 123 B 124 C 125 A 126 C 127 D 128 D 129 C 130 B

131 A 132 C 133 D 134 D 135 B 136 A 137 C 138 B 139 B 140 B

141 A 142 D 143 A 144 D 145 A 146 C 147 B 148 B 149 C 150 D

151 A 152 A 153 D 154 C 155 C 156 B 157 C 158 C 159 B 160 D

161 B 162 A 163 B 164 B 165 A 166 D 167 D 168 B 169 A 170 D

171 B 172 C 173 C 174 A 175 B 176 E 177 A 178 B 179 A 180 D

181 D 182 B 183 D 184 A 185 D 186 D 187 B 188 B 189 A 190 A


Page 18 of 197

CAR LOAN

Prepared by B.Chalamaji.B Manager (Training)

1. Car loan can be sanctioned under which of the facilities?a) Term Loan b) Demand Loanc) Overdraft d) Either TL or OD

2. Which of the following are eligible to apply for a car loan?a) Salaried employees b) Professionals, self- employed

persons, businessmenc) Agriculturists d) All the above

3. Which of the following category of car loan applicant need not submit Income TaxReturn/Form 16?a) Salaried employees b) Professionals, self- employed

persons, businessmenc) Agriculturists d) All the above

4. The age of a car loan applicant should be between _______a) 18-60 years b) 21-60 yearsc) 21-65 years d) 21-70 years

5. Car loan must be fully repaid before the borrower attains the age of :a) 60 years b) 65 yearc) 70 years d) 75 years

6. The minimum Net Annual Income of ( salaried) applicant and/or co-applicant ifany, together for car loan should be ________a) 100000 b) 120000c) 200000 d) 250000

7. In respect of car loan applicants- Professionals, self-employed, Proprietary/partnership firms, businessmen, the minimum Net Profit/ Gross Taxable Incomeper annum as per I T Return after adding back depreciation and deductingrepayments of existing loans should be _____a) 100000 b) 120000c) 200000 d) 400000

8. The minimum Net Annual Income of (Agriculturists) applicant and/or co-applicantif any, together for car loan should be________a) 100000 b) 120000c) 200000 d) 400000

9. Income from other sources like ______can be added for arriving at minimum NetAnnual Income of a car loan applicant.a) Bank interest, rents b) Dividends of listed Companiesc) Agriculture income d) All the above

10. The Net Annual Income of an agriculturist car loan applicant will be arrived atbased on -------------------a) Nature of activity b) Land holding & cropping patternc) Yield d) All the above

11. The maximum amount that can be granted to a salaried person is restricted to ---------------- times of Net Monthly Income under car loana) 24 b) 30c) 36 d) 48


Page 19 of 197

12. The maximum car loan amount that can be granted to Self Employed,Professionals and businessmen etc, is restricted to ---------------- times of NetAnnual Income/Net Profit/Gross Taxable Incomea) 2 b) 2.50c) 3 d) 4

13. For a car loan applicant having a Net Annual Income up to Rs.5 lacs, theEMI/NMI ratio should not exceed_______a) 50% b) 60%c) 70% d) 75%

14. For a car loan applicant having a Net Annual Income above Rs.5 lacs and up toRs.10 lacs, the EMI/NMI ratio should not exceed_______a) 55% b) 50%c) 70% d) 75%

15. For a car loan applicant having a Net Annual Income above Rs.10 lacs, theEMI/NMI ratio should not exceed_______a) 50% b) 75%c) 60% d) 60%

16. The margin for a car loan on “ On road Price” of the vehicle would be _____a) 5% b) 10%c) 15% d) 25%

17. Penal interest for car loan upto Rs.25000 is charged at…….a) Nil b) 1%c) 0.50% d) 2%

18. What is maximum repayment period allowed for a car loan?a) 3 years b) 5 yearsc) 7 years d) 10 years

19. Interest Rate in Car Loans is linked to the Score obtained in CICs (CreditInformation Companies) for Car Loan amount of Rs…….a) Rs.3.00 Lakhs and above b) Rs.4.00 Lakhs and abovec) Rs.5.00 Lakhs and above d) Rs.10.00 Lakhs and above

20. In respect of a car loan, if the irregularity exceeds EMI, for a period of------------,then the penal interest would be charged @2% p.a. (over and above theapplicable interest rate) on the------------------- for the period of default.a) One month/ overdue amount b) 3 months/ overdue amountc) 3 months/ outstanding amount d) One month/ outstanding amount

21. The processing fee for a car loan is 0.50%+ST of the loan amount subject to aminimum and maximum of ________a) Rs.500+ST & Rs.5000+ST b) Rs.950+ST & Rs.9100+STc) Rs.1000+ST & Rs.5000+ST d) Rs.5000+ST & Rs.10000+ST

22. If a car application is rejected after pre-sanction survey ------- % of the ProcessingFee will be retained.a) 25% b) 50%c) 60% d) 75%

23. For car loan applicants other than agriculturists, I T Return/ Form 16 for the last_______ years should be obtained.a) One year b) 2 yearsc) 3 years d) 5 years

24. Takeover of car loans will be considered selectively subject to which of thefollowing conditions?


Page 20 of 197

a) The vehicle is not more than 2years old, It is a singleownership vehicle & noinsurance claim has beenavailed

b) The account of the borrower with theother bank is a Standard Asset

c) The loan should be repaidwithin 7 years from the date ofthe original purchase of thevehicle

d) All the above

25. Under Car Loan reimbursement will be made for the cars purchased out of ownfunds, but not more than………. old.a) 3 months b) 6 monthsc) 12 months d) 24 months

26. LTV for a borrower with Net Annual Income of Rs.10 lacs isa) 85% of on Road Price b) 75% of on Road Pricec) 85% of Ex Showroom Price d) 75% of Ex Showroom Price

27. What is the pre-payment penalty for car loan?a) 1% of outstanding b) 2% of outstandingc) 5% of outstanding d) No penalty

28. For car dealer and sales executives, the incentive would be paid at _____ rate forthe loan applications sourced by them. (overall outer limit)a) 2.30% of the loan amount b) 2.50% of the loan amountc) 2.25% of the loan amount d) 2.00% of the loan amount

29. Who of the following can be appointed as Auto Loan Counselors?a) Retired Officers of the Bank b) SBI Customers and others with

certain qualificationsc) Car Dealers d) A & b above

30. Auto Loan Counselors will be paid an incentive of _______ of the car loanamount for the proposal sourced and sanctioned.a) 0.10% b) 0.20%c) 1.00% d) 2.00%

31. What is the maximum loan amount for new car loans?a) Rs.15 lakhs b) Rs.25 lakhsc) Rs.50 lakhs d) No ceiling

32. What is the maximum loan amount for used car loans?a) Rs.5 lakhs b) Rs.10 lakhsc) Rs.15 lakhs d) Rs.20 lakhs

33. What is the minimum NAI for pensioners to apply for a car loan?a) Rs.75000/- b) Rs.250000/-c) Rs.150000/- d) Rs.175000/-

34. What is the repayment cycle in car loans?a) 10th of the following month for

loans disbursed up to 15th of themonth on which the loansanctioned

b) 20th of the following month for loansdisbursed up to 16th of the month onwhich the loan sanctioned

c) (a) and (b) are correct d) Coincide with the date on whichborrower’s major income flowhappens.


Page 21 of 197

35. Which mode of disbursement is correct in case of car loans?a) Direct credit into dealer’s

account, if dealer maintainstheir account with us

b) Through RTGS/NEFT if dealermaintain their account with otherbanks.

c) Through DD/BC d) (a) and (b) are correct36. What types of facilities are available under SBI Combo Loan Scheme?

a) Only OD b) Composite Term Loanc) Only TL d) Both TL & OD

37. What is the repayment period of used cars?a) 5 Years b) 7 Yearsc) 7 Years from the date of original

purchased) 5 years from the date of original

purchase.38. The maximum car loan amount that can be granted to agriculturists is restricted to

_____________ times of Net Annual Incomea) 2 times NAI b) 4 times of NAIc) 2.5 times NAI d) 3 times of NAI

39. The concessionary margin of 10% (loan of 90% of On-Road price) will availablein case of customers under salary package/ tie-up up to NAI of ---a) Rs.10.00 lakhs b) Rs.15.00 lakhsc) Rs.12.00 lakhs d) Irrespective of income amount

40. Where a check-off from the reputed employer is available the sanctioningauthority has discretion to reduce the margin by ---% in used cars financinga) 1% b) 2%c) 3% d) 5%

41. Pre Payment Penalty for loan sanctioned under Used Car financing……a) No Penalty b) 1.00%c) 2.00% d) 0.50%

42. What is the Penalty for Non-Registration /Non-Hypothecation of Vehicle - If theborrower fails to get the vehicle registered, with hypothecation charge in favour ofthe Bank, within 120 days?a) Rs.4000+ST b) Rs.5500+STc) Rs.6000+ST d) Rs.5000+ST

43. Periodical inspection frequency for ‘Standard’ car loansa) Quarterly b) Monthlyc) Waived after initial inspection d) Yearly

44. What is the minimum EMI/NMI percent in case of car loan applicant having NAIup to Rs.5 lakhs?a) 40% b) 50%c) 55% d) 60%

45. What is the rate of concession in EMI/NMI for car loans in case of tie-ups withreputed PSU/Corporate institutions for applicants with Net Annual Income up toRs.5 lakhs?a) 40% b) 50%c) Since withdrawn d) 70%

46. Which of the following repayment method is correct in case of car loan sanctionedto agriculturists?a) Half year installments b) EMI methodc) Yearly installments d) As per Agriculture Harvesting year


Page 22 of 197

47. Under SBI Combo Loan scheme, the following loans can be sanctioned at a time.a) Car and Tractor b) 2 Carsc) Car and 3 wheeler d) Car and Two wheeler

48. Insurance of the car should be done in the name of borrower?a) Comprehensive insurance for

market valueb) At least 10% above loan amount

c) Higher of a or b d) None of these49. The income of the following can be clubbed with that of the applicant for a car

loan?a) Spouse b) Father, Motherc) Brother, sister d) Any of the above

50. How many applicants can be considered in the car loan?a) Only 1 b) Maximum 2c) Maximum 3 d) Maximum 4

51. What is the maximum cost of accessories to be financed?a) 5% of the cost of vehicle b) Rs.50000/-c) Lower of a or b d) Only a

52. What is the minimum processing charge for car loan? (----+ST)a) 500/- b) 950/-c) 2000/- d) 2500/-

53. What is the maximum processing charge for car loan? (----+ST)a) 5000/- b) 9100/-c) 15000/- d) 20000/-

54. What is the rate of processing charges for a car loan?a) 1.00% b) 0.75%c) 0.50% d) 0.25%

55. In the case of short-term promotional drives, the G. M. Of Network can reduce theprocessing fee of car loans up to?a) 25% b) 50%c) 75% d) 100%

56. What is the name of the website developed by the Ministry of Road Transport &Highways (MoRTH)?a) Vahan.nic.in b) Vehicle.nic.inc) Morth.nic.in d) None of the above

57. As per recent instructions, the loan tenor of a car loan can be extended up to_______ years if interest rates on the existing loans go up and the EMIs are leftunchanged.a) 8 years b) 9 yearsc) 10 years d) 12 years

58. Who will be the borrower in case of NRI Car loan scheme?a) Resident Indian b) NRIc) Resident Indian & NRI d) Only NRI

59. Who will be guarantor in case of NRI Car loan scheme?a) Resident Indian b) NRIc) Both (a) & (b) d) NRI & employer

60. What is the percent of margin under NRI CAR loan scheme?a) 5% b) 10%c) 15% d) 20%


Page 23 of 197

61. The sanctioning authority of NRI car loan will have discretion to reduce margin by_____% where check off from a reputed employer is availablea) 5% b) 10%c) 20% d) 30%

62. What is the minimum NMI/NAI of the guarantor under NRI car loan scheme?a) $ 500 NMI or $ 10000 NAI b) $ 1000 NMI or $ 12000 NAIc) $ 1200 NMI or $15000 NAI d) $1500 NMI or 18000 NAI

63. How the eligible Loan amount is calculated under NRI car loan?a) 6 times NMI or 0.5 times NAI b) 12 times NMI OR 1 time NAIc) 18 times NMI or 1.5 times NAI d) 24 times NMI or 2 times NAI

64. What is the minimum loan amount under car loan overdraft facilitya) 3.00 lacs b) 5.00 lacsc) 10.00 lacs d) 7.00 lacs

65. EMI of the Car Loan may be reduced once during its tenure, if the account is aStandard Asset and the loan outstanding is at least………..…………..andthe interest rate reduction is of 1% or more.a) Rs. 2.00 Lacs b) Rs. 3.00 Lacsc) Rs. 4.00 Lacs d) Rs. 5.00 Lacs

66. What is NAI under High value Super Bike Loan scheme for salaried / agriculturist/ Self-employed, Professionals, Proprietary/Partnership firms and Businessmena) 4 lacs b) 3 lacsc) 6 lacs d) 5 lacs

67. The cut-off score for clear sanction under revised car loan scoring modelis……………………………...a) 66 and above b) 76 and abovec) 85 and above d) 86 and above

68. Eligibility criteria to avail car loan by Ex-servicemen Clerical Staff are minimum 5years service including that in Armed forces, but subject to completion of………………….confirmed service in the Bank.a) 6 months b) 1 yearc) 2 years d) 3 years

69. As per revised Car Loan Scoring Model, a loan application may be declined if itsscore is …………..& belowa) 65 b) 75c) 85 d) None of the above

70. What is the minimum loan amount under High Value Super Bike Loan scheme?a) Rs.2.00 Lakhs b) Rs.3.00 Lakhsc) Rs.4.00 Lakhs d) Rs.5.00 Lakhs

71. The car loan product offered to our existing home loan borrowers is ……a) Loyalty Car Loan b) Freedom Car Loanc) Luxury Car Loan d) Home Car

72. Loan amount under Loyalty car Loana) 100% of ex showroom price b) 100% of on road pricec) 85% of ex showroom price d) 85% of on road price

73. Extension of EM not required for loans upto Rs._____ under Loyalty Car LoanSchemea) 10 lacs b) 3 lacsc) 5 lacs d) 7 lacs


Page 24 of 197

74. Processing fee under Loyalty Car Loan Schemea) 0.50% b) 0.20%c) 0.55% d) 0.25%

75. Loyalty car loan is applicable to home loan borrowers who have regularly repaidthe loan for ___ year after moratoriuma) 1 year b) 5 yearsc) 2 years d) 3 years

76 What the maximum cost allowed towards accessories under Used Car LoanScheme?a) 5% of the cost of vehicle or

Rs.10000/-b) 5% of the cost of vehicle or

Rs.25000/-c) 10% of the cost of vehicle or

Rs.10000/-d) Not allowed under the scheme.

77 The Minimum NMI/NAI under Two Wheeler Loan Scheme is……….a) Rs.6,250/- & Rs.75000/- b) Rs.10,000/- & Rs.1,20,000/-c) Rs.12,500/- & Rs.1,50,000/- d) Rs.15,000/- & Rs.1,80,000/-

78 The Minimum and Maximum Loan Amount under Two Wheeler Loan Scheme…a) Min Rs. 10,000/-, Max : <Rs

3.00 lacsb) Min Rs. 25,000/-, Max : <Rs 3.00 lacs

c) Min Rs. 50,000/-, Max : <Rs3.00 lacs

d) Min Rs. 30,000/-, Max : <Rs 3.00 lacs

79 The Margin Stipulated under Two Wheeler Loan Scheme is….a) 15% b) 20%c) 25% d) No Margin required

80 Maximum repayment period under Two Wheeler Loan Scheme is….a) 24 months b) 36 monthsc) 48 months d) 60 months

81 Processing fee under Two Wheeler Loan Scheme is….a) 0.50% + ST b) 1.00% + STc) 1.50% + ST d) No Processing fee for two wheelers

82 Maximum Dealer commission payable under Two Wheeler Scheme…..a) 2.50% of the loan amount

(inclusive of Service Tax)b) Maximum restricted to Rs.2500/-

c) Either (a) or (b) d) No such payment

83 What is the security need to be provided by the borrower under NRI Car Loan….a) 20% of the Loan amount b) 35% of the Loan amountc) Waived d) 25% of the Loan amount

84 Post disbursement inspection of vehicle must be carried out within …….. from thedate of disbursement in respect of auto loans.a) 15 days b) 30 daysc) 60 days d) 90 days

85 It was permitted in respect of car loans below Rs……., to have on record,insurance policy obtained for the 1year at the time of purchase and do away withthe practice of collecting copies of policies for subsequent renewals, if theaccount remains ‘Standard’


Page 25 of 197

a) Rs.10.00 Lakhs b) Rs.20.00 Lakhsc) Rs.15.00 Lakhs d) Copy to be obtained every year

86 CICs (Credit Information Companies) score is not applicable to the followingcategory while deciding Rate of Interest in Car Loans…..a) Corporate Salary Package

customersb) Other than Corporate Salary Package

customersc) Business People d) No such instructions

87 The periodicity of verifying registration details of a vehicle/car in Vahan.co.inwebsite within in ………a) 30 days from disbursement b) re-verify the hypothecation details

each time when account slips to NPAc) 60 days from disbursement d) Both (a) & (b)

88 In terms of extant instructions, operating units have to obtain Credit InformationReports from two Credit Information Companies for the Car Loan ………….a) Limit above Rs.3.00 Lakhs b) Limit above Rs.4.00 Lakhsc) Limit above Rs.5.00 Lakhs d) No such instructions

89 Credit Information Companies in India at present are……..a) Credit Information Bureau

Limited(CIBIL)

b) Equifax Credit Information ServicesPvt Ltd (ECISPL)

c) Experian Credit InformationCompany of India Ltd(ECICIPL)

d) CRIF Highmark CreditInformation Services PvtLtd(HMCISPL)

e) All are correct

90 Which of the following CIC’s report is the primary report including loans toagriculturists for sanction of Car Loans?a) CIBIL b) Experianc) CRIF Highmark d) Equifax

CAR LOAN – ANSWERS

1 d 2 d 3 c 4 C 5 c 6 d 7 d 8 d 9 d 10 d11 d 12 d 13 a 14 B 15 d 16 c 17 a 18 c 19 b 20 a21 b 22 a 23 b 24 d 25 a 26 a 27 d 28 a 29 d 30 b31 d 32 c 33 b 34 d 35 d 36 c 37 c 38 d 39 d 40 d41 a 42 d 43 c 44 b 45 c 46 b 47 d 48 c 49 d 50 b51 c 52 b 53 b 54 c 55 b 56 a 57 a 58 b 59 a 60 c61 a 62 b 63 c 64 a 65 d 66 c 67 d 68 c 69 c 70 b71 a 72 b 73 a 74 d 75 a 76 b 77 c 78 d 79 c 80 b81 c 82 d 83 c 84 a 85 b 86 a 87 d 88 c 89 e 90 a


Page 26 of 197

EDUCATION LOANS

Prepared by B .Chalamji Manager (Training)

1 For securing Education loan which of the following documents is mandatory forboth the student and parent/guardiana) Ration card b) PAN cardc) Passport d) Voter ID

2 Our Educational loan scheme does not covera) Within India b) Foreign Studyc) Distance Education d) None of the above

3 Expenses for like study tours, project work, thesis, etc. can be considered forloan subject to the condition that these should be capped at ____ of the totaltuition fees payable for completion of the course.a) 40% b) 35%c) 20% d) None of the above

4 Cost of a two-wheeler upto Rs. ___________ can be included in the expensesconsidered eligible for finance where the loan amount is secured by a suitablethird party guarantee and/or tangible collateral security.a) 1,00,000/- b) 45,000/-c) 50,000/- d) None of the above

5 Educational loan Quantum of finance____?a) Rs.10 lacs for studies in India &

Rs.30 lacs for studies abroadb) Rs.15 lacs for studies in India &

Rs.30 lacs for studies abroadc) Rs.20 lacs for studies in India &

Rs.10 lacs for studies abroadd) None of the above

6 Borrower Margin for Education loans of above Rs.4.00 lakhs?a) Studies in India: 10%

Studies abroad: 15%b) Studies in India: 5%

Studies abroad: 15%c) Studies in India: 10%

Studies abroad: 15%d) None of the above

7 Security for Education loan up to Rs.7.5 lakhs?a) NIL b) Coobligation of parent(s) & No

Securityc) Third party guarantee d) None of the above

8 Which branch is identified as Nodal branch in respect of education loan foreconomically weaker sections for submission of claims under the schemea) New Delhi Main branch b Kolkata Main branchc) Mumbai main branch d Chennai Main branch

9 What is the repayment period under SBI student loan? After commencement ofrepayment….a) 7 years b) 15 yearsc) 10 years d) 12 years

10 What is the margin in Scholar loan?a) Up to Rs.4.00 Lakhs – NIL b) Above Rs.4.00 Lakhs & Up to

Rs.7.50 Lakhs – 5%c) 15% d) Both (a) & (b) are correct


Page 27 of 197

11 What is the security for loan above Rs. 7.5 lakhs under SBI student loan?a) Co-obligation of parents b) Tangible collateral security.c) TPG d) Both a) & b

12 What is the rate of interest concession if full interest is repaid during moratoriumperiod?a) 1% b) 1.5%c) 1.75% d) 2.00%

13 What is the processing fee for loans up to Rs.7.5 lakhs?a) 0.5% b) 0.75%c) 1.00% d) Nil

14 What is the maximum loan under SBI Scholar scheme?a) Rs.15.00 lakhs b) Rs.20.00 lakhsc) Rs.25.00 lakhs d) Rs.30.00 lakhs

15 For availing loan under SBI Education plus the applicant must be permanentemployee with ____ years of service?a) 1 b) 2c) 3 d) The scheme was withdrawn

16 In SBI Scholar Loan which of the following institutions were added under List - Ba) Army Institutions b) Navy Institutionsc) Air Force Institutions d) All the above

17 The eligibility criteria for Education counselor/ agency ……..a) Should operate from his/ her

place. Bank will not provide anyoffice

b) Should have been into this businessfor minimum 3 years

c) Only B d) Both (a) & (b)18 Budged applications to be sourced by Education counselor/ agency during the

year ….a) 20 b) 30c) 40 d) 50

19 What is the limit of Education loan that can be classified as priority sectoradvance for studies in India?a) Rs.5.00 lakhs b) Rs.10.00 lakhsc) Rs.15.00 lakhs d) Rs.20.00 lakhs

20 What is the limit of education loan that can be classified as priority sectoradvance for studies abroad?a) Rs.10.00 lakhs b) Rs.15.00 lakhsc) Rs.20.00 lakhs d) Rs.25.00 lakhs

21 What is the limit up to which education loans are eligible for interest subsidyduring moratorium for students from economically weaker sections with annualgross parental/family income up to Rs.4.50 lakhsa) Rs.2.00 lakhs b) Rs.5.00 lakhsc) Rs.7.00 lakhs d) Rs.10.00 lakhs

22 SBI Student loan scheme is sanctioned asa) Overdraft b) Term Loanc) Both d) None of the above

23 What is the repayment period of education loans sanctioned to wards of staff?a) 60 months b) 84 monthsc) 108 months d) 120 months after moratorium


Page 28 of 197

24 Which of the following statements about SBI student loan is correct?a) No qualifying marks stipulated in

the last qualifying examinationb) Admission through management

quota may be considered.c) Evening courses of approved

institutesd) All of these

25 Which courses are not eligible under SBI student loan scheme?a) Vocational training & skill

development study coursesb) Medical courses in USSR, China,

Nepal &other countries notrecognized by Medical council ofIndia.

c) Courses conducted byuniversities through distancemode of learning.

d) All of these

26 What is the maximum no. of loans in a family under the scheme?a) 1 b) 2 onlyc) 3 only d) No ceiling

27 2% penal interest to be charged for loans of Rs. ---- for the overdue amount andoverdue period?a) 2 lacs b) Above 2 lakhsc) 4 lakhs d) Above 4 lakhs

28 Which of the following expenses can be considered for arriving at loan amount?a) Fee payable to college/hostel

including examination fee.b) Expenses like study tours, project

work, theses etc.c) Purchase of computers d) All of these

29 What is the repayment holiday/moratorium under SBI student loan?a) Course period + 1 year b) Course period + 6 months after

getting jobc) Course period only d) Course period+ 1 year or 6 months

after getting job whichever is earlier30 Loan applications under SBI student loan have to be disposed off within a period

of ---- days?a) 7 days b) 7 weeksc) 9 days d) 15 days

31 The processing of education loan applications should be monitored by thecontrollers and RACPCs on ------ basis?a) Daily b) Weeklyc) Fortnightly d) Monthly

32 What is the maximum age limit prescribed for the students availing the loan?a) 21 years b) 25 yearsc) 30 years d) No age limit

33 Application for educational loan should not be rejected without the concurrenceofa) BM b) AGMc) GM d) Next higher authority.

34 “No Dues” Certificate need not be insisted upon as a pre-condition forconsidering education loan.a) True b) Falsec) Can’t Say d) None of these


Page 29 of 197

35 Loan applications received and disposed off register should be properlymaintaineda) True b) Falsec) Can’t Say d) None of these

36 Our branches can issue the capability certificate for the students going abroadfor higher studiesa) True b) Falsec) Can’t Say d) None of these

37 Government of India has formulated a scheme of providing Interest Subsidy forEducation Loans of students of Economically Weaker Sections whoseparental/family gross Annual Income is up to Rs.__________a) Rs.1.00 lac b) Rs.2.50 lacsc) Rs.3.00 lacs d) Rs.4.50 lacs

38 Concession in interest for girl students availing SBI student loan and SBIScholar loan w.e.f. 02.03.09 isa) 1.00 % b) 0.75 %c) No concession d) 0.50 %

39 Maximum Loan Amount for Studies Abroad is?a) Rs 20.00 lacs b) Rs 25.00 lacsc) Rs 30.00 lacs d) Rs 50.00 lacs

40 For the purpose of reporting Priority Sector Lending, loans up to Rs. ____ Lacsfor studies abroad will only be taken into consideration.a) Rs.20 lakhs b) Rs.25 lakhsc) Rs.30 lakhs d) Rs.50 lakhs

41 Under ‘SBI Loan Scheme for Vocational Education and Training’ quantum offinance for course duration up to 6 months is subject to the ceiling ofa) Rs 25,000/- b) Rs 50,000/-c) Rs 1,00,000/- d) Rs 2,00,000/-

42 Under ‘SBI Loan Scheme for Vocational Education and Training’ quantum offinance for course duration above 6 months is subject to the ceiling ofa) Rs 50,000/- b) Rs 1,00,000/-c) Rs 2,00,000/- d) Rs 2,50,000/-

43 The margin % stipulated under ‘SBI Loan Scheme for Vocational Education andTraininga) 5% b) 10%c) 15% d) NIL

44 Moratorium Period under SBI Loan Scheme for Vocational Education andCourses Training, of duration up to 1 year ?a) 3 months from the completion

of the courseb) 6 months from the completion of

the coursec) 9 months from the completion of

the coursed) 12 months from the completion of

the course45 Moratorium Period under SBI Loan Scheme for Vocational Education and

Courses Training, of duration above 1 year ?a) 3 months from the completion of

the courseb) 6 months from the completion of

the coursec) 9 months from the completion of

the coursed) 12 months from the completion of

the course


Page 30 of 197

46 Repayment Period under SBI Loan Scheme for Vocational Education andCourses Training, of duration up to 1 year ?a) 3 years b) 5 yearsc) 7 years d) 10 years

47 Repayment Period under SBI Loan Scheme for Vocational Education andCourses Training, of duration above 1 year?a) 3 years b) 5 yearsc) 7 years d) 10 years

48 Under SBI Scholar Loan scheme, enhanced maximum loan limit without anytangible collateral, for List AA, A, B and C category institutes are ________Respectively.a) Rs15lacs, Rs10lacs, Rs7.50 lacs

and Rs.5 lacsb) Rs 30 lacs, Rs20lacs, Rs 20 lacs

and Rs.7.5 lacsc) Rs25lacs, Rs20lacs, Rs 12.5lacs

and Rs.10 lacsd) Rs30lacs, Rs20lacs, Rs15 lacs and

Rs.12 lacs49 Under SBI Scholar Loan scheme, enhanced maximum loan limit with tangible

collateral of full value for List A and C category institutes are ____ respectively.a) Rs15lacs and Rs7.50lacs b) Rs20lacs and Rs 10 lacsc) Rs25lacs and Rs12.5lacs d) Rs30lacs and Rs 30 lacs

50 Maximum repayment period under SBI Scholar Loan?a) Upto 10 years b) Upto 15 yearsc) Upto 12 years d) None of the above

51 Bank has launched New Loan product under Education Loan scheme forpursuing full time regular courses in foreign colleges/universities abroad againstthe collateral security is…..a) SBI Global Ed-Vantage b) SBI Globe Ed-Vantagec) SBI Overseas Ed-Vantage d) SBI Ed-Vantage

52 Minimum & Maximum Loan under SBI Global Ed-Vantage Loan….a) Rs.10.00 Lakhs & Rs.1.00 Cr b) Rs.15.00 Lakhs & Rs.1.50 Crsc) Rs.20.00 Lakhs & Rs.1.00 Cr d) Rs.20.00 Lakhs & Rs.1.50 Crs

53 Processing Fee under SBI Global Ed-Vantage Loan….a) Rs.5,000/- per application b) Rs.7,500/- per applicationc) Rs.10,000/- per application d) No Processing Fee

54 What is the margin required under SBI Global Ed-Vantage Loan….a) 5% with each disbursement b) 10% with each disbursementc) 15% with each disbursement d) No Margin

55 What are the security norms under SBI Global Ed-Vantage Loan….a) 100% of loan amount for liquid

securitiesb) Land /Building at 110% of loan limit

+ simple interest during the courseand moratorium

c) Either (a) or (b) d) None of the above56 Maximum moratorium period allowed under SBI Global Ed-Vantage Loan….

a) 24 months after completion ofcourse

b) 12 months after completion ofcourse

c) 6 months after completion ofcourse

d) No moratorium period under thisscheme


Page 31 of 197

57 SBI Global Ed-vantage Loan is sanctioned at……..a) All branches b) BPR Branches onlyc) RACPC/RASMECC d) Only at designated branches

58 Name the trust established by Government of India through Ministry of HumanResource Development (MoHRD) to guarantee Education Loans up to Rs.7.50Lakhs…a) Credit Guarantee Fund for

Education Loans (CGFEL)b) Credit Guarantee Fund for Skill

Development (CGFSD)c) Credit Guarantee Fund for

Factoring (CGFF)d) None of the above

59 What is the maximum repayment period under SBI Global Ed-vantage Loan….a) 8 years b) 10 yearsc) 12 years d) 15 years

60 What is the minimum and maximum incentive payable to Education counselor/agency on each disbursementa) 0.25% & 2.00% b) 0.50% & 2.00%c) 0.75% & 2.00 d) 1.00% & 2.00%

EDUCATION LOAN – ANSWERS

1 b 2 c 3 c 4 c 5 a 6 b 7 a 8 c 9 b 10 d

11 b 12 a 13 d 14 d 15 d 16 a 17 d 18 d 19 b 20 a

21 d 22 b 23 d 24 d 25 d 26 d 27 d 28 d 29 a 30 d

31 b 32 d 33 d 34 a 35 a 36 a 37 d 38 d 39 c 40 a

41 b 42 b 43 d 44 b 45 d 46 a 47 b 48 b 49 d 50 b

51 a 52 d 53 c 54 b 55 c 56 c 57 d 58 a 59 d 60 c


Page 32 of 197

OTHER PER SEGMENT LOANSLOANS AGAINST BANK DEPOSITS/ SHARES/ GOLD LOANS/ NSCs

Prepared by B.Chalamaji Manager (Training)

1 How many Demand Loans can be sanctioned against same TDR/STDR withinthe overall permissible amount?a) One b) Twoc) Three d) Four

2 In special cases, the AGM/RM can permit ____ loan against the same TDR/STDR within the overall permissible amounta) Second b) Thirdc) Fourth d) Fifth

3 The maximum amount that can be sanctioned against security of shares isa) 5 lacs b) 20 lacs in demat form and 10

lacs for physical sharesc) 50 lacs d) No limit

4 What is the margin prescribed for advances against shares granted for thepurpose of acquiring new shares?a) 50% b) 40%c) 33 1/3% d) 75%

5 The maximum Gold Loan amount that can be sanctioned under SBI PersonalGold Loana) Rs.1.00 lac b) Rs.5.00 lacsc) Rs.20.00 lacs d) No limit

6 Minimum age limit for sanction of Personal Gold Loan?a) 18 years & above b) 21 years & abovec) 25 years & above d) None of these

7 Maximum repayment period under Personal Gold Loan?a) 36 months b) 12 monthsc) 30 months d) None of these

8 Margin under Personal Gold Loan Scheme?a) 30% b) 65%c) 25% d) None of these

9 The loan against debentures to be liquidated within?a) 36 months b) 30 monthsc) 24 months d) None of these

10 If outstanding of loan against shares exceed Rs ______the shares should betransferred in Bank’s favoura) 20 lacs in Demat form 10 lacs

Physicalb) 15 lacs

c) 20 lacs d) 25 lacs11 Charge created on Shares/ debentures?

a) Hypothecation b) Pledgec) Assignment d) None of these

12 The surrender value of an LIC policy is Rs 10,000/-. How much loan can besanctioned?


Page 33 of 197

a) 9,000/- b 9,500/-c) 10,000/- d) 5,000/-

13 How much % of face value and accrued interests of an NSC can be sanctionedas loana) 50% b 60%c) 75% d) 85%

14 Maximum repayment period of loan sanctioned against sharesa) 24 months b 30 monthsc) 36 months d) 60 months

15 ____% of Face value and accrued interest can be sanctioned to staff memberswhile sanctioning loan against NSCsa) 65% b) 85%c) 75% d) 100%

PENSION LOANS:

16 For availing Pension loan maximum age should not exceed?a) 70 years of age b) 76 years of agec) 72 years of age d) None of these

17 Minimum loan amount under Pension loan for Pensioners & Family pensioners?a) Rs.50,000/- b) Rs.25,000/-c) Rs.1,00,000/- d) 10%

18 Maximum loan amount under Pension loan scheme for pensioners ?a) 18 months Pension b) Maximum Rs.14 lacsc) Both of the above d) None of the above

19 Maximum loan amount under Pension loan scheme for Family pensioners ?a) 18 months Pension b) Maximum Rs.5 lacsc) Both of the above d) None of the above

20 Maximum age limit at the time of full repayment for Pensioners & Familypensioners ?a) 78 years b) 80 yearsc) 84 years d) None of the above

21 ____ % margin should be met by pensioner while availing a pension loan?a) 15% b) 10%c) 5% d No margin

XPRESS CREDIT:

22 Under Xpress Credit Loan Scheme, the maximum loan amount for SchoolTeachers shall be a maximum of…….…a) 12 times NMI b) 24 times NMIc) 36 times NMI d) 48 times NMI

23 Apart from “PAN Verification, the Xpress Credit proposals should be processedthrough ‘LOS’ without any exception to ensure ………a) CIBIL Defaulters b) Validation under Risk Scoringc) De-dupe Check d) All of these


Page 34 of 197

24 Respective RM, RBO to the DGM(B&O) will certify _______ that all ControlReturns in respect of Xpress Credit Loans sanctioned by the Branchesunder their control up to the end of previous month have been scrutinized andfound in order.a) Monthly b) Bi-monthlyc) Quarterly d) Half yearly

25 Minimum NMI for sanction of Xpress Credit Loan?a) Rs.3,000/- b) Rs.5,000/-c) Rs.7,500/- d) Rs.10,000/-

26 Minimum & Maximum loan under Xpress Credit Term Loan?a) Rs.24,000/- & Rs.15 lacs b) Rs.50,000/- & Rs.15 lacsc) Rs.25,000/- & Rs.15 lacs d) None of these

27 Minimum & Maximum loan under Xpress Credit Overdraft?a) Rs.5 lacs & Rs.15 lacs b) Rs.10 lacs & Rs.15 lacsc) Rs.1 lac & Rs.15 lacs d) None of these

28 Maximum loan amount for Employees of Govt. Aided Schools under XpressCredit Scheme?a) Maximum 6 months Gross Salary b) Maximum 12 months Net Salaryc) Maximum 12 Months Gross

Salaryd) None of these

29 Minimum & Maximum repayment period under Xpress Credit Scheme?a) 6 months & 60 months b) 12 months & 60 monthsc) 24 months & 60 months d) None of the above

30 What is the periodicity and other conditions for sanction of 2nd loan underXpress Credit?a) 1 year after disbursement b) 1st loan is being satisfactorily

conductedc) More than 2 loans cannot be

outstanding at a timed) All of these

31 Prepayment penalty for Xpress Credit?a) Rs.10,000/- b) 2% on the prepaid amountc) 3% on the prepaid amount d) No Prepayment penalty

32 With a view to further increase our market share in the Unsecured PersonalLoans, a new product launched under Xpress Credit Loan Scheme which isespecially designed for Senior Officials working in Central/ State Governmentsestablishments, Quasi Government Bodies, PSUs, Defence. The Product Nameis….a) Xpress Elite b) Xpress Delightc) Xpress Premium d) Xpress Pride

33 The minimum Gross Monthly Income (GMI) of the employee to avail Loan underXpress Elite should be….a) Rs.50,000 b) Rs.60,000c) Rs.75,000 d) Rs.1,00,000

34 What is the Minimum and Maximum Loan under Xpress Elite Product?a) Rs.3.00 Lakhs & Rs.20.00 Lakhs b) Rs.4.00 Lakhs & Rs.20.00 Lakhsc) Rs.5.00 Lakhs & Rs.20.00 Lakhs d) Rs.3.00 Lakhs & Rs.15.00 Lakhs


Page 35 of 197

LOAN POLICY GUIDELINES:

35 SBIs Loan Policy is applicable to?a) All lending b) All domestic lendingc) All foreign lending d) None of these

36 What is CRA?a) Credit Risk Assessment b) Credit Realisation Assessmentc) Customer Risk Assessment d) None of these

37 Maturity of a Term Loan should not normally exceed?a) 8 years b) 10 yearsc) 9 years d) None of these

38 Repayment of PER Segment loans is generally on the basis of?a) Post Dated Cheques b) Standing Instructionsc) Equated Monthly Installment d) None of these

39 Take over in respect of PER Segment loans is restricted to?a) Housing Loans b) Car Loansc) Both of the above d) None of these

40 During Pre-Sanction, the bank official has to visit…….a) Residence of the Borrower/

Guarantorb) Work place of the Borrower/

Guarantorc) Actual site/ Builder in case of HL d) All of these

41 Marginal Cost of Funds based Lending Rate (MCLR) system was introducedw.e.f.a) 01.04.2016 b) 01.07.2016c) 01.01.2016 d) None of these

42 Penal Interest should not be charged for priority sector loans up to?a) Rs.50,000/- b) Rs.25,000/-c) Rs.1,00,000/- d) None of these

43 Certain documents like Will, Mortages (other EMs) are to be witnessed by?a) 3 persons b) 2 personsc) 1 person d) None of these

44 Credit Information Report is used for assessment of borrower’s ?a) Past payment behaviour b) Current capability to service the

loanc) Both of the above d) None of these

45 Account status “BLANK” in CIBIL report indicates?a) The oustandings in the account

has not been written offb) Suit Filed

c) Written off d) None of these

46 Credit Information Companies in India other than CIBIL ?a) Equifax Credit Information

Services Pvt. Ltdb) Experian Credit Information

Company of India Ltd.c) Highmark Credit Information

Services Pvt. Ltdd) All of these


Page 36 of 197

47 Bank cannot grant any loans and advances on the security of its own sharesunder Section ……of the Banking Regulation Act, 1949.a) 20(1) b) 20(a)c) 20(2) d) 20(b)

48 Unconditional Cancellability clause, which gives the Bank the right to cancel thesanctioned limit without reference to the borrower at any time…a) True b) Falsec) Bank doesn’t get such right d) None of the above

49 Grant of advance against NR (E) and FCNR(B) deposits would be subject to theguidelines issued under…..a) Banking Regulation Act, 1949 b) State Bank of India Act,1955c) RBI Act, 1934 d) Foreign Exchange Management

Act, 199950 Under Takeover Loans for exposure from Rs. 25 lacs and above to less than Rs.

10 crores, CRA of the borrower should bea) SB-6 or better. b) SB-7 or better.c) SB-5 or better. d) SB-8 or better.

OTHER P-SEGMENT LOANS - ANSWERS

1 D 2 D 3 B 4 A 5 C 6 B 7 C 8 C 9 B 10 A

11 B 12 B 13 B 14 B 15 B 16 B 17 B 18 C 19 C 20 A

21 D 22 B 23 D 24 A 25 B 26 C 27 A 28 C 29 B 30 D

31 C 32 A 33 D 34 A 35 B 36 B 37 B 38 C 39 C 40 D

41 A 42 B 43 B 44 C 45 A 46 C 47 A 48 A 49 A 50 B


Page 37 of 197

AGRICULTURE

Compiled By Shri P.Adityudu, Manager (Training)

1 D.C.B register is to be prepared as on what date every year?A 31st May B 30th AprilC 30th June D 31st July

2 Which of the following is one of SBI’S initiatives under “Bonding with Farmers”A Apka Gaon B Hamara GaonC SBI Ka Apna Gaon D Apna Gaon

3 Maximum limit under KCC is ----- LakhsA 15 B 20C 75 D No Limit

4 According to The Ministry of Water Resources, What is the bench markpercentage for exploitation of ground water in respect of white area for irrigationpurposeA Less than 90% B Less than 70%C Less than 80% D Less than 65%

5 SHG financing is based on which committee ?A Kalia Committee B Narasimham CommitteeC Ghosh Committee D Rangarajan Committee

6 What is the Land Holding criteria for Small Farmer ?A 2.5 acres of Wet land and 4

acres of dry landB 2.5 acres of wet land and 5 acres of

dry landC 4 acres of wet land and 2.5

acres of dry landD None of the above

7 Where is ICRISAT locatedA Chandigarh B ChennaiC Bangalore D Hyderabad

8 The Document AB 3 refers to what in agriculture advances ?A Hypothecation Agreement B Gurantee AgreementC Simp Hypothecation

AgreementD Mortgage Deed

9 Which Document is to be obtained from the Agriculture Borrower at the time ofconversion of Crop Loan to Term LoanA AB 1 B AB 7C AB 5 D AB 6

10 What is the validity of KCC Card as per the revised KCC Scheme guidelinesA 4 Years B 6 yearsC 2 Years D 5 Years

11 As per the revised KCC scheme the limit will be stepped up by ----% for everysuccessive year(2nd, 3rd, 4th and 5th year)A 10% B 20%C 15% D 25%

12 Under the KCC Scheme, Maintenance expenses can be included in the over alllimit to a maximum extent of ----% of the original limitA 10% B 20%C 15% D 25%


Page 38 of 197

13 Processing Charges are waived upto what limit in Kisan Credit Card Scheme ?A 2 lac B 1lacC 3 lac D 5 lac

14 Personal Accident Insurance Scheme to KCC Borrowers can be covered uptoMaximum Age ?A 70 Year B 72 YearsC 75 Years D 65 Years

15 Under PAIS to KCC Borrowers what is the ratio of fee borne by Bank & BorrowerA 1:2 B 3:1C 1:3 D 2:1

16 What is the maximum coverage to a KCC Borrower under PAIS, who died due toaccident ?A 50000/- B 25000/-C 75000/- D 100000/-

17 What is the maximum premium to be paid by a KCC Borrower under PAIS ?A Rs.5/- B Rs.15/-C Rs.10/- D None of these

18 In which scheme Self Employed persons such as fishermen, rickshaw owner,handloom weavers and SHGs can be sanctioned Working Capital and Term Loanin same lines of KCC ?A Kisan Gold Card B General Credit CardC Swarojgar Credit Card D Kisan Sarpat Yojana

19 What is the Maximum Quantum of finance can be extended under Kisan GoldCard Scheme ?A Rs.10 lacs B Rs.15 lacsC Rs. 5 lacs D Max. 5 times the annual farm

income/50% value of the landmortgaged less term loanoutstandings/Rs. 10 lacs whicheveris less

20 What is the validity of General Credit Card ?A 3 years B 5 yearsC 4 years D 1 year

21 What is the minimum and maximum quantum of loan that can be sanctioned as amortgage loan to seed processing units ?A Rs.5.00 lacs and Rs.50 lacs B Rs.50.00 lacs and Rs.100 lacsC Rs.5.00 lacs and Rs.100 lacs D Rs.1.00 lac and Rs.50 lacs

22 What is the Margin fixed for mortgage loan to seed processing units ?A 35% B 25%

C 20% D 50%23 What is the maximum amount of advance that can be sanctioned under Produce

Marketing Loan Scheme ?A Rs.10 lacs B Rs. 50 lacsC Rs.30 lacs D Rs.15 lacs

24 What is the margin applicable for loans under PML Scheme issued by privateWarehouses ?A 40% B 5%C 10% D 15%


Page 39 of 197

25 What is the maximum repayment period in respect of Term Loans for Power TillersA 7 years B 9 yearsC 5 years D 6-7 years

26 What is the Maximum Project Cost for financing of Agri Clinic and Agri BusinessCentres for single agri graduate and group of agricultural graduates respectively ?A 20 lacs, 50 lacs B 25 lacs, 50 lacsC 25 lacs, 100 lacs D 20 lacs, 100 lacs

27 As per the Supreme Court ruling, no advance should be granted to ------- type ofagricultural activityA Sericulture B Advances for cold storagesC Pisci culture D Brackish Water Aquaculture

28 Maximum amount can be sanctioned to a farmer under SBI Krishak UthaanYojana ?A 1 lac B 2 lacC 0.50 lac D 1.5 lac

29 What is the maximum amount can be financed under scheme for financing PrivateCold Storage / Private Warehouses for on-lending to farmers ?A 100 lacs B 200 lacsC 300 lacs D 400 lacs

30 What should be the minimum capacity of cold storage to be considered for financeunder scheme for cold storage/private ware houses for on lending to farmers ?A 2000 mt B 2500 mtC 1000 mt D 5000 mt

31 What is the minimum land criteria for financing a self propelled Combine HarvestorA 8 Acres Irrigated land B 6 Acres Irrigated landC 4 Acres Irrigated land D 2 Acres Irrigated land

32 What should be the minimum usage per annum for Combine Harvestor to becomea viable project, for finance ?A 500 hrs B 1500 hrsC 2000 hrs D 1000 hrs

33 Which type of Alternate Channel product is being provided to KCC Borrower ?A State Bank Gift Card B Green Remit CardC State Bank Kisan Card D State Bank Credit Card

34 What is the minimum land holding should a borrower possess to become eligiblefor finance under Modified New Tractor Loan Scheme ?A 4 Acre B 2 AcreC 1.5 Acre D 1 Acre

35 What is the maximum repayment period under Modified New Tractor LoanScheme ?"A 5 years B 9 yearsC 7 years D 6 years

36 What is the maximum limit/limits for waiver of collateral security as per the revisedKCC Scheme ?A 3 lacs B 1 lacC 2 lacs D 1 lacs and 3 lacs with tie-up

arrangement37 What Flexible Limit can be sanctioned to KCC borrowers, to meet post harvest

expenses, consumption needs, storage cost and small means of investment etc asper the revised KCC Scheme for marginal farmers


Page 40 of 197

A Rs. 10000/- B Rs.50000/-C Rs.10000/- to Rs.50000/- D None of the above

38 RBI has directed the banks that the shortfall in Agricultural credit of 18% andshortfall in priority sector lending target of 40% should be invested inA RBI B RIDFC PM's Relief Fund D Agriculture Development Fund

39 What is the Bank's reward and recognition scheme to reward the officers whohave excelled in Agri BusinessA The Achiever Award B Green Channel Program for

ExcellenceC The Gold Crown D The Silver Crown

40 What is the maximum loan amount can be financed to a Dairy unit under NewDairy Product under tie-up ?A 1 lacs B 2 lacsC 3 lacs D 10 lacs

41 What is the maximum repayment period for a Dairy unit under New Dairy Productunder tie-up ?A 7 yrs with I month Morotorium B 5 yrs with I month morotoriumC 3 yrs with I month morotorium D 4 yrs with I month morotorium

42 What should be maximum age for a borrower to get a finance under Dairy Plus ?A Below 65 years B Below 70 yearsC Below 60 years D No age limit

43 For a big dairy unit of 10 animals and above applicant should own ----- acres oflandA 1.5 acre B 2 acreC 1 acre for every 5 animals D None of the above

44 No. of persons in a SHG shall not be more than ------- members ?A 20 B 10C 25 D No limit

45 Maximum Credit Limit permissible to an SHG under SHG Credit Card Scheme?A 10 times of corpus B 8 times of corpursC 6 times of corpurs D Rs. 500000/-

46 What is the validity of SHG Credit Card ?A 1 year B 5 yearsC 2 years D 3 years

47 What is the minimum limit amount as per the SHG Gold Card ?A 1 lac B 2 lacC 3 lac D 0.50 lac

48 What is the maximum sub limit amount can be financed for purchasing a BulkChilling Unit for a dairy society under Dairy Plus Society schemeA 2 lac B 3 lacC 4 lac D 1 lac

49 What is the minimum DSCR to sanction a loan under dairy plus scheme ?A 2:1 B 1.75:1C 2.5:1 D None of the above

50 What is the maximum loan amount under SHG finance ?A 4 times the corpus or savings B 8 times the corpus or savingsC 6 times the corpus/savings D 10 times the corpus or saviangs


Page 41 of 197

51 What should be the collateral value in respect of an agricultural gold loan ?A 110% of advance value B 125% of advance valueC 100% advance value D 150% of advance value

52 Agri OCAS has been rolled out for the following Products of the bankA KCC, PML B KCC, PML, Tractor LoanC KCC, PML, Tractor Loan,Power

TillerD KCC, PML, Tractor Loan,Power

Tiller, Combine Harvestor & PumpSet

53 Crop insurance is required to be done compulsorily for -----A Compulsory for all crops B Not compulsoryC Compulsory for all notified crops D Only Small and M.F crops

54 SBI Krishak Uthaan Youjana aims to provide short term production andconsumption credit to-----A Small and Marginal Farmers

who own agri landB Agriculture Labour

C Tenant farmers, oral lesseesand share croppers

D None of the above

55 What is the margin required for Stree shakti tractor loan with and without collateral.A Only tractor – 25%, For tractor

and implements: 25%B Only tractor – 50%, For tractor and

implements: 50%C Only tractor – 25%, For tractor

and implements: 25% / 50%D Only tractor – 25%, For tractor and

implements: 50%56 What is the minimum hours of work per annum required to get finance under

Tractor Loan Scheme ?A 600 hours B 800 hoursC 1000 hours D 500 hours

57 Instead of obtaining No dues Certificate _______________from the borrower inrespect of KCC/ACC loans will be obtained.A CERSAI registration B Letter from Revenue AuthoritiesC Search Report of the land. D self declaration

58 Margin under AgriAsset Backed Loan isA 10% - 15% B 20% - 25%C 5% to 10% D Nil Margin

59 What is the periodicity for inspection of a Irregular Tractor Loan accountA Quarterly B Half YearlyC Monthly D Annually

60 Combined marks scored under “Hiring potential + percentage of income from alliedactivities” in Tractor scoring model will determine the repayment schedule as:A Below 5 marks – Montly

Rs.1000/- per lakh of loanoutstanding to service interestplus principal at Half yearlyintervals

B 6-10 marks – Montly Rs.1000/- perlakh of loan outstanding to serviceinterest plus principal in quarterlyintervals

C 11-14 marks – Montly EMIcovering principal + Interest

D All the above.

61 What is the name of Bank's Scheme for financing Commission Agents whosupport the farmers to meet their needs at the time of harvest ?


Page 42 of 197

A Artisan Credit Card B Arthias PlusC General Credit Card D None of the above

62 What is the maximum loan limit that can be sanctioned under Arthias Plus SchemeA Rs. 50 lacs B Rs. 25 lacsC Rs. 20 lacs D Rs. 10 lacs

63 What is the margin for Arthias Plus ?A 25% B 40%C 50% D 15%

64 SHG Linkage is of how many types ?A Three B TwoC Four D One

65 What is the document executed by Authorised representatives of SHG whilefinancing an SHG ?A Hypothecation Agreement B Guarantee AgreementC Inter Se Agreement D Articles of Agreement

66 What is the document executed by all the group members of SHG while financingSHG ?A Hypothecation Agreement B Guarantee AgreementC Inter Se Agreement D Articles of Agreement

67 Inspection Charges on SHG Loans is ______A Rs. 75 per lac B Rs. 100 per lacC 50% of the normal rate D Rs.150 per lac

68 Under SHGs Financing Scheme of Schedule Tribes the max amount of Rs.-------per member subject to a max. limit of Rs. 5.00 lac per groupA 35000 B 50000C 25000 D 75000

69 Under SHGs Financing Scheme of Scheduled Tribes (Refinance by NSTFDC)Bank will charge 6% p.a interest (Fixed) on reducing balance on SHG Loanaccounts and the NSTDFC will charge ------p.a on funds released to the Bank as100%A 5 B 4C 3 D 2

70 As per the revised guidelines Interest subvention entry has to be passed on lastworking day of each -------------- without fail.A Quarterly B Half YearlyC Yearly D Monthly

71 In the revised scoring model maximum no. of marks are given to which parameterA Hiring Potential B Social StatusC Cropping Pattern D Perennial Source of Irrgiation

72 Financing of both Working Capital and Term Loan simultaneously is called as?A Loan Syndication B Composite LoanC Combined Loan D Loan Syndication

73 While financing for crop production in Agriculture the amount of finance per acre iscalled as ?A Working Capital Finance B Crop FinanceC Scale of Finance D None of the above

74 Scale of Finance i.e., amount we sanction per acre under KCC is decided by ?A NABARAD B RBIC AGM of the Region D District Level Technical Committee


Page 43 of 197

75 The limit in KCC depends on the followingA Farmer, Area, Crop B Farmer, Security, CroppingC Operational Land Holding,

Cropping Pattern, Scale ofFinance

D None of the above

76 In KCC consumption credit is calculated on the followingA Crop Production Limits B Total Limit SanctionedC On allied production needs D On total production needs

77 Minimum Loan under Agri Asset Backed Loan is ?A 3.00 lac B 1.00 lacC 5.00 lac D 2.00 lac

78 The Primary Security in case of KCC isA Hypothecation of Standing

CropsB D P Note

C Charge on Land D Mortgage of Land79 Maximum Loan under Agri Asset Backed Loan is?

A Rs.500 lacs B Rs.200 lacsC Rs.300 lacs D No Ceiling

80 Crop insurance is applicable to which crops ?A All crops B Cereals onlyC Pulses D Crops as decided by GOI for each

district and for each season81 Crop Insurance should be covered by ------

A Month wise B Monthwise , Crop wiseC Monthwise, Crop wise, and

Mandal wiseD Month, Mandal Village and

SF/Big Farmer wise

82 What is the Processing fee on the Agri Asset Backed LoanA 1% of the Limit B 0.75% of the LimitC 0.50% of the Limit D 1.50% of the Limit

83 KCC is sanctioned for the following purposesA Crop production needs B Allied Production needsC Miscellaneous needs D All the above

84 In contract Farming with the Tie Up Arrangement obtention of collateral security iswaived upto Rs.-------A 2 lacs B 1 lacC 3 lacs D 5 lacs

85 In Agricultural Term Loans, collateral is waived upto a limit of Rs.A 5 lac B 3 lacC 2 lac D 1lac

86 In Agriculture Term Loans where movable assets are not created out of bankfinance what is the limit above which collateral security is obtained ?A 1 lac B 0.20 lacC 0.50 lac D 2.00 lac

87 In Kisan Gold Card (KGC) how many number of loans can be sanctioned to asingle borrower ?A 3 B 4C 5 D 6


Page 44 of 197

88 In personal accident insurance what is the time limit within which the nominee ofthe injured has to report to the concerned bank ?A With in 1 week B Within 10 daysC Within 15 days D Within 30days

89 The corpus fund in SHG does not include the following ?A Cash in Hand B Bank LoanC Cash in their Savings Account D Internal Loan outstanding with the

borrowers90 Government of India is providing Interest Subvention to Short term agriculture

advances toA Only commercial banks B Commercial banks, RRBsC Commercial Banks, RRBs, and

Cooperative BanksD None of the above.

91 In Agriculture Cash Credit interest @7% is charged upto a limit of Rs.A 1 lakh B 3 lakhC 5akh D 2 lakh

92 RIDF stands forA Rural India Development Fund B Rural Integrated Deposit FundC Rural Industrial Development

FundD Rural Infrastructure Development

Fund93 NABARD prepares --------plan taking into consideration the potentials available in

the district before preparing the annual credit plan ?A Potential Credit Plan B Annual Credit PlanC Service Area Credit Plan D Potential Linked Credit Plan

94 Inspection charges for advances to weaker sections ?A No charges B 25% of actual chargesC 75% actual charges D 50% of actual charges

95 In agriculture advances, detailed opinion is compiled on borrowers whoseaggregate credit limits are more than Rs.A 2 lac B 3 lacC 0.50 lac D 0.25 lac

96 AB1 Simple Documentation is obtained for borrowers whose limits are -------A Upto 0.50 lac B Upto 2 lacC Upto 1 lac D Upto 3 lac

97 The minimum amount in KCC for take over -------A 1 lac B 2 lacC 3 lac D 5 lac

98 Demand Collection Balance Register is maintained forA CC & ACC accounts B KCC AccountsC ATL Accounts D ACC/KCC/ATL accounts

99 What is meant by mixed farming ?A Growing more than 1 crop B Growing crops on community basisC Growing crops and allied

activitiesD None of the above

100 In Agricultuer, Document AB 6 refers toA Revival Letter - borrower B Revival Letter GurantorC Guarantee Deed D Letter sent to Borrower by Bank if

the loan is not repaid on due date


Page 45 of 197

101 Stamp duty for AB 1 in case of agriculture cash credit where the loan is securedby mortgage crop is --------% of loan amount or maximumA 0.5% B 0.6%C 2% D 2.%

102 Annewari indicatesA Cropping pattern B RainfallC Land Cess D The extent to which crops are

damaged due to natural calamity103 What does AB 4 refer to ?

A Notice to Borrower B Notice to GuarnatorC Revival Letter - Borrower D Revival Letter - Guarantor

104 Which segmental advances will be covered under Differential Interest RateScheme 1971A SSI B SBFC Agri D All of these

105 What is the annual family income criteria for Urban and Semi Urban areas tobecome eligible for finance under DIR Scheme ?A Rs.40,000/- B Rs.24,000C Rs.30,000/- D None of these

106 What is the annual family income criteria for Rural area, to become eligible forfinance under DIR Scheme ?A Rs.20,000/- B Rs.22,000/-C Rs.18,000/- D Rs.25,000/-

107 What is the revised or enhanced loan ceiling under DIR Scheme ?A Rs.15,000/- B Rs.25,000/-C Rs 20,000/- D Rs. 6,500/-

108 What is the revised loan ceiling for housing under DIR Scheme ?A Rs.24,000/- B Rs.20,000/-C Rs.25,000/- D Rs.26,000/-

109 What is the ROI and Margin respectively under DIR Scheme ?A 3% , 10% B 4%, 15%C 4%, 5% D 4%, nil

110 The Banks are required to lend under DIR at least ----% of the total credit as at theend of the previous year.A 18% B 40%C 24% D 1%

111 What is the loan maximum loan repayment tenor under DIR ?A 3 years B 4 yearsC 5 years D 2 years

112 What is the criterion for land holding irrigated and non irrigated respectively tobecome eligible for finance under DIR scheme ?A Not to exceed 1 acre of irrigated

and 2.5 Acres of Non irrigatedland

B Not to exceed 2 acre of irrigatedand 5 Acres of Non irrigated land

C No such ceiling D None of these


Page 46 of 197

113 What is the criterion for land holding irrigated and non irrigated respectively forSC/ST community farmers to become eligible for finance under DIR scheme ?A Not to exceed 1 acre of irrigated

and 2.5 Acres of Non irrigatedland

B Not to exceed 0.5 acre of irrigatedand 1.25 Acres of Non irrigated land

C No such ceiling D None of these

114 What is the full form of PMEGP ?A Prime Ministers Education

Guarantee ProrammeB Prime Ministers Environment

Guarantee PlanC Prime Ministers Employment

Guarantee ProgrammeD None of these

115 What is the single national level nodal implementation agency for PMEGP ?A NREGS B PMRYC KVIC D NHB

116 As per the Scheme of Capital Investment Subsidy Scheme for commercialproduction units of organic inputs, out of three components what was thecomponent that was withdrawn from the scheme w.e.f 11/8/2010 ?A Fruit and vegetable waste

compost production unitB Vermi Hatcheries

C Biofertilizers and Biopesticidesproduction units

D None of these

117 What is the subsidy provided for Fruit and vegetable waste compost productionunit by the NABARD under the above Scheme ?A 33% of capital cost max. 60 lakh B 33% of capital cost max. 40 lakhC 25% of capital cost max. 60

lakhD 25% of capital cost max. 60 lakh

118 What is the subsidy provided for Bio Fertilizers/Bio Pesticides unit by the NABARDunder the above Scheme ?A 33% of capital cost max. 60

lakhB 25 % of capital cost max. 40 lakh

C 25% of capital cost max. 60lakh

D 25% of capital cost max. 60 lakh

119 What is the implementing agency under the above scheme ?A National Centre of Organic

FarmingB NABARD

C National Horticulture Board D Central Government of India120 As per the finance under Capital Investment Subsidy for Construction /

Renovation of Rural Godown what is the project cost for godowns upto 1000mtA Project cost as appraised by

financing Bank or actual cost ofRs.3500/- per MT of storagecapacity, whichever is lower

B Project cost as appraised byfinancing Bank or actual cost ofRs.2500/- per MT of storagecapacity, whichever is lower

C Project cost as appraised byfinancing Bank or actual cost ofRs.5000/- per MT of storagecapacity, whichever is lower

D Project cost as appraised byfinancing Bank or actual cost ofRs.3000/- per MT of storagecapacity, whichever is lower


Page 47 of 197

121 What is the ceiling on maximum subsidy in any category for the finance under thescheme Capital Investment Subsidy for Cosntruction/Renovation of RuralGodowns ?A Rs. 2 Crore B Rs.2.25 CroreC Rs.1.35 Crore D Rs. 3 crore

122 What is the eligible DSCR to get finance under New Tractor Loan Scheme ?A 1.75 : 1 B 1.5 : 1C 2 : 1 D 2.25 : 1

123 What is the IT platform used for issuing State Bank Kisan Card for usage throughATM and POS ?A RuPay B VerisignC Maestro D Visa

124 What is the Margin on market value of gold to be retained in case of AgricultureGold Loans ?A 20% B 25%C 30% D 35%

125 Branch should obtain a certificate from a local jeweler for the loans above the limit---------?A Rs.50000/- B Rs.100000/-C Rs.75000/- D Irrespective of the limit

126 The existing schemes under tractor finance are as follows.A Modified New tractor loans

scheme, Stree shakti(SSTL)And Tatkal Tractor Scheme

B New tractor loans scheme andStree shakti(SSTL)

C Modified New tractor loansscheme,Stree shakti(SSTL) andScoring model scheme.

D None of the above

127 What is Green Power?A Scheme to donate solar street

lights to villages with excellenttrack record of recovery of AgriNPAs.

B Villages having recovery of 50% ormore should be selected.

C Each RBO to select 3 to 5 bestvillages in their area.

D All of these.

128 Limits sanctioned to dealers/sellers of fertilizers, pesticides, seeds, cattle feed,poultry feed , agricultural implements and other inputs is.A Rs.5.00 crores. B Rs.1.00 crore.

C Rs.50 lacs. D None of these.129 Kharif season is from______ to ______.

A April to September. B January to June.C October to March. D July to December.

130 Rabi season is from______to________.A April to September. B January to June.C October to March. D July to December.

131 Apiculture is________cultivation.A Bee keeping B MushroomC Mulbery D None of these


Page 48 of 197

132 Silviculture relates to___________.A Bee keeping B SericultureC Floriculture. D Forest tree cultivation

133 Pisci culture relates to___________A Rearing of silk worm B Food grain productionC Fish farming D Mushroom cultivation

134 Aqua culture relates to___________A Prawn / Shrimp production B FloricultureC Bee keeping D Mushroom

135 Vermiculture relates to__________A Fish farming B Rearing of earthwormsC Prawn / Shrimp production D Forest tree cultivation

136 Seri culture relates to____________A Bee keeping B Rubber producion

C Rearing of Silk worms D Mushroom cultivation137 Minimum and maximum limit under KCC is Rs._____ and Rs._______.

A No Miminum ceiling,No upper ceiling

B 1000, No upper ceiling

C 1000, Rs.3.00 lacs D None of these.138 KCC is valid for ________ years.

A 1 B 3C 5 D 2

139 CC SHG is valid for a maximum period of______yearsA 3 B 5C 1 D 10

140 Inter cropping means.A Cultivation of crops once in

along with two years.B Cultivation of crops dairy farming.

C Cultivation of shrot durationcrops between the rows ofmain crop.

D None of the above.

141 Service Area is applicable for_________.A All agricultural loans B Only for crop loansC Only for Government

sponsored schemesD Only for Agricultural Term-loans

142 Green revolution relates to ___________.A Paddy B Grass productionC Food-grains production. D Dairy farming

143 “Trail Netting” techniques is employed in________.A Pisciculture B Tissue cultureC Moriculture D Dairy finance

144 Brown revolution relates to____________.A Cocoa production B Rubber productionC Wheat producton D Paddy production

145 Black revolution relates to_____________.A Black water B Rubber productionC Oil seed production D Forest tree production


Page 49 of 197

146 Blue revolution relates to______________.A Fish farming B Sea waterC Rain water harvesting D None of these

147 Under Minor irrigation, the spacing norms between two bore wells is?A 250 meters B 180 metersC 215 meters D None of these.

148 No fresh minor irrigation loan can be sanctioned inA Green area B Dark areaC Grey area D White area

149 White revolution relates to___________A Milk production B Rain water harvestingC Fish farming D Prawn cultivation

150 Yellow revolution relates to__________A Milk production B Flower productionC Oil seed production D Rubber production.

151 An area is grey block where the underground water exploitation is morethan______% but up to __________%A 50, 50 B 60, 70C 70, 90 D 50, 75

152 Underground water exploitation not more than____% is called white block.A 50 B 25C 10 D 70

153 Broiler farming means__________A Rearing of layers B Rearing of ducksC Poultry farming for meat D Meat

154 Performance test report for tractors, combine harvesters and power tillers shouldbe obtained by the manufacturers fromA Dealer B ManufacturerC Central Farm Machinery

Training & Testing Institute,Budni(M.P) / Hissar (Haryana)

D RBI

155 Small farmer means a person who is havingA Up to 5 acres of dry land or 2.5

acres of wet land.B 10 acres of dry land

C 2.5 acres of dry land D 5 acres of wet land156 A Person having agricultural income has to produce ______ form No for

depositing cash into a deposit account, as per IT rules.A 60 B 61C 50 D 54

157 Marginal farmer is a person havingA 5 acres of wet land B Up to 1.25 acres of wet land & up to

2.5 acres of dry landC Up to 2.25 acres of wet land &

up to 5 acres of dry land.D None of these

158 Agriculture labourer meansA Person having up to 0.5 acres B Has home steadC More than 50% of the income

is from agricultural wagesD All of these.


Page 50 of 197

159 Debeaking relates to________A Sheep rearing B PoultryC Fisheries D Duck rearing

160 Of the Bank's Net Bank Credit _______ % should go to agricultural sector.A 40% B 18%C 10% D 20%

161 BC CSPs should be visited by the Branch Manager or the designated official suchas RMRO/FO of the linked branch as per the following periodicityA Monthly every CSP irrespective

of geography(M/ U / SU /R)with population below 2000population, to be visited once aweek

B On a weekly basis on a prefixed dayin FI Villages with population above2000

C Only A D Both A & B162 BC CSPs should be visited by the Branch Manager or the designated official such

as RMRO/FO of the linked branch and recorded through online portalA http://10.2.210.248/CSPVisits B http://10.4.248.245/CSPVisits/Login.

aspxC http://10.4.248.245/CSPVisits D none of the above

163 BCs should submit the following with the MOU to mitigate the operational risksthrough BC channel.A BCP B DRPC Both D Locking up arrangement

164 The Account opening forms of small accounts opened at branches with productcode 1011-1601 need not be sent toA RCPC B LCPC as in the case of BC

accountsC Both A & B D None of the above

165 “Boom Heen Kissan scheme” is related toA Financing to Joint Laiablility

groupsB Financing KCC borrowers

C Financing self employed D Rural poor166 Under “Boom Heen Kissan” scheme the JLG members should be between

A 5-10 B 10-20C 4-10 D 2-10

167 Under “Boom Heen Kissan” scheme the maximum finance per member of theJLG isA Rs.25,000/- B Rs.50,000/-C Rs. 1,00,000/- D Rs.75,000/-

168 The objective of Boom Heen Kissan scheme” isA Credit to landless farmers

cultivating land as: tenantfarmers, oral lessees or sharecroppers and small/marginalfarmers as well as other poorindividuals taking up farmactivities,off-farm activities andnon-farm activities

B Credit to poor with atleast 1 acre ofagricultural land.

C Only B D None of the above.


Page 51 of 197

169 The full form of MDBTL isA Modified Direct Benefit

Transaction limitedB Modified Direct Benefit Transfer

limitedC Modified Direct Benefit

Transfer for LPG schemeD None of the above.

170 Under the MDBTL scheme the payment of LPG subsidy can be made byA Aadhar linked Bank account of

the LPG consumerB Bank accounts linked to LPG ID of

the LPG consumer.C Either of them D Only A

171 In CBS from 15.12.2014 the LPG ID can be linkedA Yes B NoC Only B D None of these.

172 Issue of Rupay debit cards with 1 lac accidential insuracne cover to FinancialInclusion customers includingA Agriculturists B MinorsC Except Minors D None of the above

173 Agri Gold loans and KCCs where interest subvention is given, the Bank has tofinance as perA Scale of finance B Area of extentC Both A & B D Only B

174 “Swarna Dhara Agri Gold loan” Campaign includes the followingA Agri Gold loans with

subventionB Multi purpose Agri Gold loans

without interest subventionC PER Gold loans D Both A & B

175 Full form of RML the SMS based agri advisor for farmer and trader isA Reuters Market light B Reporter Market LoaderC Rural Market level D None of the above.

176 Under Credit Scoring Model in Agri loans after the roll out of Agri LOS.A 71 and above are considered

good loansB 26 and above but upto 70 may be

considered after creditenhancement or referred to nexthigher authority

C Applications with credit scoringof 25 and below should not besanctioned.

D All of the above

177 The four models of Credit Scoring Model in Agri loans areA Crop Loans Model Crop Loans,

Irrigation, Land Development /Tractor Loans and other FarmMechanisation Model

B Dairy and Poultry Loans Model /Horticulture and Plantation CropLoan Model

C Both A & B D Only A178 7% interest subvention loans to Women SHGs under

A National Rural LivelihoodsMission scheme(NRLM)

B Govt scheme

C IRDA scheme D PMEGP scheme179 Full form of PMJDY is

A Pradhan Mantri JointDevelopment Yojana

B Pradhan Mulk Jan Dhan Yojana

C Pradhan Mantri Jan Dhan D None of these


Page 52 of 197

yojana180 Sanction/ Renewal of KCC/ ACC Accounts for raising crops

A Option to adopt SLBC/ DLTCrecommended repayment duedates or common repaymentdue dates

B Only Common repayment duedates: 31st Jan for Kharif and 31st

July for Rabi. 31st July for multiplecrops

C Only B D None of the above.181 NAIS was replaced w.e.f 01.11.2013 with

A NCIP B WBISC AIC D None of the above

182 The full form of NCIP isA National corporation for

insurance PaymentB National Crop Insurance

ProgrammeC National Crop Insurance

Payment schemeD None of the above

183 Campaign for Deposit mobilization through BC channelA Lakshya 2000 B Lakshya 5000C Lakshya 7000 D Lakshya 3000

184 Krishi Plus II campaing is related toA Financing Agri loans to farmers

having 3 years good trackrecored and upto Rs.l lac.

B Financing Agri loans to farmershaving 3 years good track recoredand upto Rs.3 lac.

C Only B D None of the above.185 Nomination for Gold loans

A Not available to loans evenGold loans

B Available

C Only B D None of the above186 For Tatkal Tractor loan

A Mortgage of Agri land upto 2acres

B Mortgage of Agri land of 4 acres

C Mortgage of Agri land upto 6acres

D It is a Mortgage free loan.

187 The definition of High networth farmers in Tatkal tractor loanA Farmers who score 61 & above

score under Tractor scoringmodel.

B Farmers who score 71 & abovescore under Tractor scoring model.

C Farmers who score 56 & abovescore under Tractor scoringmodel.

D Farmers who score 76 & abovescore under Tractor scoring model.

188 Eligibility of land holding under Tatkal tractor loan schemeA All farmers-Individual / joint

borrowers who are ownercultivators having minimum 4acres of land.

B All farmers-Individual /jointborrowers who are owner cultivatorshaving minimum 8 acres of land.

C All farmers-Individual / jointborrowers who are ownercultivators having minimum 2acres of land.

D All farmers-Individual / jointborrowers who are owner cultivatorshaving minimum 6acres of land.


Page 53 of 197

189 Maximum loan amount under Tatkal Tractor loan schemeA 75% (Tractor

cost+Insurance+Registrationcharges)

B 100% (Tractorcost+Insurance+Registrationcharges)

C 90% (Tractorcost+Insurance+Registrationcharges)

D 90% (Tractorcost+Insurance+Registrationcharges)

190 In Tatkal tractor loan rate of interest is based onA Margin B AcerageC Score D None of the above

191 DSCR in Tatkal Tractor loan isA 1.75 : 1.00 B 1.50 : 1.00C 2.00 : 1.00 D 1.00 : 1.00

192 Minimum and Maximum Repayment period in Tatkal Tractor loan isA 48 months and 60 months B 60 months and 84 monthsC 36 months and 48 months D 36 months and 60 months

193 Security to be obtained in case of Tatkal Tractor loan scheme isA Primary : Hypothecation of

tractor, Collateral : Lien onTDR accepted as a MarginMoney.

B Primary : Hypothecation of tractor issufficient, no need of TDR asmargin money.

C Primary : Hypothecation oftractor, Collateral : 2 acres ofAgricultural land.

D None of the above

194 Maximum LTV Ratio based on loan limit under Agri Asset Backed Loan isA) 65% B) 60%C) 55% D) 50%

195 What is the interest on Agri Asset Backed Loan?A MCLR + 1% B MCLR + 2.5%C Base Rate + 2% D None of the above

196 What is the repayment for Agri Asset Backed LoanA 84 months B 36-84 monthsC 12 months to 72 months with

equated reduction in LimitD 84 months with Equated

Reduction in Limit.

197 What is the type of can be sanctioned under Agri Asset Backed Loan?A Term Loan B Cash CreditC Drop line- Overdraft facility (OD) D None of the above

198 What is the Penal interest on Agri Asset Backed Loan?A 2% of the limit B 1% p.a over and above the rate

of interest on the balanceoutstanding

C 1% of the limit D No Penal Interest


Page 54 of 197

199 Under Agri Asset Backed Loan the property should be with ___ in the radius of thebranch?A 15 km B 20 kmC 5 km D 25 kms

200 Agricltural Subventon is applicable for Agri Asset Backed Loan?A Yes B NoC Applicable for loans upto 3 lacs D Applicable for loans upto 1 lacs

201 For what purpose the Agri Asset Backed Loan can be sanctioned?A Short Term Production B Investment CreditC Short Term Production &

Investment CreditD None of the Above

202 The new product product launched for Agriculturists isA Mc-Revised KCC B Digital KCCC New KCC D None of these

203 What is the interest rate concession under “Digital KCC” Scheme for aboveRs.3.00 lacs LoanA 1.25% B 1%C 0.75% D 0.50%

204 What is the minimum and Maximum Loan amount under Digital KCC scheme?A 1.01 lacs & No Ceiling B 0.50 lacs & 3.00 LacsC 1.00 lacs & 5.00 lacs D No minimum & No Maximum

205 What is the FREE insurance available under PAIS for Digital KCC SchemeBorrowers?A Rs.1.00 lacs B Rs.5.00 lacsC Rs.2.00 lacs D No Free Insurance undr PAIS

206 The Scoring Model for PML/WHR financing is applicable for the loansA 10 lacs-15 lacs B 25 lacs-50 lacsC Above 50 lacs D Scoring Model is not required

207 Who will obtain insurance of the cash at the BC outlet?A B.C himself B Regional Business OfficeC Link Branch D None of the above

208 What is the minimum land criteria for financing a Combine Harvestor?A 8 Acres Irrigated land B 6 Acres Irrigated landC 4 Acres Irrigated land D 2 Acres Irrigated land

209 All crop loans under KCC are to be covered underA Prime Minister Fasal Bhima

YojanaB National Agricultural Insurance

SchemeC National Crop Insurance Scheme D None of the above


Page 55 of 197

AGRICULTURE MCQs - ANSWERS

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10c c D b a b d d b d11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20a b C a d a a c d a21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30c a B a b d d a a d31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40a d C b a d c b b a41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50b a C a a d b c b d51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60b d A c d a d a c d61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70b a B a d c c a c d71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80b b C d c d a a b a81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90d a D c d a c d b c91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100b d D a b c a d c d101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110b d C d b c a b d d111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120c a C c c b a b a a121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130d b A b a a d a a c131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140a d C a b c a c b c141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150c c A a b a a b a c151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160a d C c a b b d b b161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170d b A b a c b a c c171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180a b C d a d c a c a181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190a b c a a d a c b a191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200b a a a b c c b d b201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209c b d a c b a b a


Page 56 of 197

SYSTEMS & PROCEDURES I


1. As per extant instructions regarding payment of balances in the deceasedconstituents accounts, no separate affidavit (COS 539) would be required foran aggregate amount up to Rs.______a) Rs. 0.50 lacs b) Rs. 5 lacc) Rs. 2 lacs d) Rs. 3 lacs

2. A person will be declared as legally dead, if for a period of _______ years ormore, the persons who would have normally known of his existence have notheard of him / known of his existence:a) 5 b) 6c) 7 d) 8

3. Nomination by illiterate to be witnessed by ___________a) One person b) Two personsc) A Bank official d) Nominee

4. Which of the following statement is not correct?a) Nomination can be made by

illiterate depositorb) Nomination can be made on

joint Accounts alsoc) One person should be nominated d) Two persons can be nominated

in the Joint Accounts5. Nomination, cancellation of Nomination and change in nomination

require______a) Registration with Revenue

authoritiesb) Registration with Co. Act

c) Registration with RBI under BR Act d) No Registration is required

6. An Officer of __ scale and above is authorized to issue notices underSARFAESI Acta) III b) IVc) V d) VI

7. All customer complaints have to bea) Acknowledged within 24 hours b) Disposed off within 21 days

c) Both (A) & (B) above d) None of the above

8. Search warrant for Locker issued by Income Tax Department should bearSignature of official not below the rank of Commissioner of I.T. of searchauthority. (Sec of I tax act)a) Sec 52 b) Sec 122c) Sec 132 d) Sec 142

9. Bearer Bonds, IVPs, TDR/STDR held as security against loan are kept ina) Single custody of Branch Manager b) Single custody of Manager

(cash)c) Joint Custody of Manager (cash) &

Branch operationd) Single custody of Manager

Branch operation


Page 57 of 197

10. Safe Custody A/c in the name of Minor can be opened in respect ofa) Govt Securities only b) Bank’s TDR onlyc) Any Security d) Cannot be opened

11. While delivering scrip kept under safe custody to the depositor, hisacknowledgement is obtained ona) COS 139 b) COS 339c) COS 49 d) COS 141R

12. Relationship between Customer & Banker in case of Safe Deposit Articlea) Bailer- Bailee b) Debtor- Creditorc) Licensor- Licensee d) None of the above

13. In case of Joint A/c (E or S), locker can be surrendered and the accountcloseda) By both of them jointly b) By either of themc) By First Hirer singly d) Either a or b

14. Nomination facility is available in case of Safe Deposit Lockers under whichact?a) Sec 45Z of BR Act b) Sec 45ZA of BR Actc) Sec 45ZC of BR Act d) Sec 45 ZE of BR Act

15. Locker rent for New/existing hirers is to be paid every year in advance ona) 31 st March b) 1 st Aprilc) 2 nd April d) Date of Allotment of Locker

16. Periodicity for balancing Safe custody/Security isa) Monthly b) Quarterlyc) Half yearly d) Yearly

17. Lockers cannot be allotted toa) Resident Individuals b) Non Resident Indiansc) Blind Persons d) Minors

18. While closing an accounta) Customer’s ID is to be established

beyond doubtb) Ensure that no lien is marked

on depositsc) Ensure that there is no

direct/indirect liability to the Bankd) All of these

19. Security forms should be stocked to meeta) 6 months requirements b) 12 months requirementsc) 24 months requirements d) None of these

20. All state Government transactions are reported toa) FSLO at LHO b) GAD, Belapurc) GAS, Nagpur d) None of the above.

21. Security forms should be in the custody ofa) Accountant b) Branch Managerc) Joint custodians d) None of these

22. Various audit reports are under the custody ofa) Record Keeper b) Accountantc) Branch Manager d) Any officer

23. EXIM Bills is the software used ina) LCPC b) LPCc) RACPC/RASMECC d) CCIL


Page 58 of 197

24. Disaster Recovery Site for ATM Switch is ata) Mumbai b) Chennaic) Kolkata d) Bangalore

25. The stages of Pre Sanction Credit Process area) Appraisal and Sanction b) Assessment, Appraisal and

Sanctionc) Appraisal and recommendation,

Assessment and Sanctiond) Appraisal and Assessment

26. CGTMSE stands fora) Credit Guarantee Trust for Micro

and Small Enterprisesb) Credit Guarantee Fund Trust

for Micro and Small Enterprisesc) Credit Guarantee Trust for

Manufacturing & service Enterprisesd) Credit Guarantee Fund Trust

for Manufacturing & serviceEnterprises

27. RTGS business hours as per the revised RBI guidelines area) 9 AM TO 2 PM b) 8 AM TO 8 PMc) 10 AM TO 4 PM d) 9 AM TO 4 PM

28. Foreign Department (FD), Kolkatta has been renamed asa) Global Link Services b) Global Marketing Unitc) None of these d) No change

29. OPERATION SANKALP is the name of campaign announced by Bank fora) RINB b) GCC & GRCc) NPA reduction d) None of the above

30. i-Probe is mandatory for all loan applications ofa) Rs.5 lacs & above b) Rs.25 lacs & abovec) Rs.10 lacs & above d) Rs.1 cr & above

31. Maximum capability that can be given to Employee in CBS isa) 7 b) 9c) 10 d) 12

32. Maximum amount of subscription to be made in a PPF account in a financialyear isa) Rs.1 lac b) Rs.1.50c) Rs.1.25 lacs d) Rs.0.50 lac

33. The ceiling on MCCSs as per CTS 2010 Standard cheques at Home branch isa) Rs.10 lacs b) No Ceiling

c) Rs.50 lacs d) Rs.20 lacs34. Succession certificate does not cover

a) Gold loan ornaments b) Safe deposit lockersc) Articles in safe custody d) All of the above

35. The Manager, CAC is having reporting relationship witha) AGM, FSLO b) DGM (B&O)c) Regional Manager of the Region in

which the CAC is Locatedd) None of the above

36. Which of the following roles is not stipulated by BPR manual for CAC?a) Mobile messengers b) Dy Manager (transportation)

c) Deputy Manager(Maintenance) d) Mobile Cashiers


Page 59 of 197

37. Issuance of a cheque without balance is punishable undera) Cr.CPC b) IPCc) Banking Regulation Act d) NI Act

38. Small coin depot transaction reported toa) SGLO b) FSLOc) CAG d) ITS

39. A depositor of PPF account can nominate ____personsa) One b) Twoc) Three d) No limit

40. When interest is applied to PPF accounts?a) 31st December b) 31st Marchc) 30th June d) 30th September

41. CDR mechanism covers only multiple banking/consortium/syndicationaccounts with outstanding exposure of Rs. __ Cr. And above.a) 10 b) 5c) 25 d) 1

42. CRA is applicable to trade advances of ______a) Above Rs.5 lacs b) Above Rs.10 lacsc) Above Rs.20 lacs d) Above Rs.25 lacs

43. What are the KYC conditions we have to fulfill to open Small accounts ?a) Photograph and Address proof b) Two Photo proof and self

certificationc) Photo proof and address proof d) Photograph and self

certification for the address44. In the CPPC ( Centralized Pension Processing Centers) concept the

commission between Dealing/Home branch and Focal Point branch/ CPPC isdistributed -------a) 75%-25% b) 100%by CPPCc) 100% by Dealing/ Home branch d) 25%-75%

45. A authorizes B for operating his locker. B approaches the bank for surrenderthereof. How would you react?a) B can surrender the locker b) B cannot surrender the locker

c) If contents are nil he can surrender d) None of the above46. The packets or boxes accepted for keeping in safe custody must bear which

one of the following seals------------:a) Seal of the Bank b) Seal of the depositorc) Both the above d) None of the above

47. When a person dies without leaving behind a will, a person appointed by courtto manage his estate is calleda) An executor b) An attorneyc) An administrator d) A trustee

48. In the event of Original and duplicate IOI are presented for payment throughclearing, by two different banks on the same day, the Bank----------a) Will pay the duplicate b) Will pay the originalc) Will return both d) Both will have to be paid

49. 49.Maximum amount for which an IOI can be issued isa) Rs. 100,00,00,000 b) Rs. 99,99,99,999c) 99,00,00,000 d) none of these


Page 60 of 197

50. If the collection is realized beyond 45 days it is treated as---------a) Normal Delay b) Abnormal delayc) Delay is delay, it hardly whether

normal or abnormald) No such classification matters

51 BMMC is to be submitted at what intervels to the controllersa) Before 5th of Every Month b) Before 7th of every monthc) At the Quarter end d) BMMC is discontinued

ANSWERS – SYSTEMS & PROCEDURES – 1

1 B 11 C 21 C 31 B 41 C2 C 12 A 22 C 32 B 42 D3 B 13 A 23 D 33 B 43 D4 D 14 D 24 B 34 D 44 A5 D 15 C 25 C 35 B 45 B6 B 16 C 26 B 36 C 46 B7 C 17 D 27 B 37 D 47 C8 C 18 D 28 B 38 B 48 A9 C 19 A 29 C 39 D 49 B10 B 20 A 30 C 40 B 50 B51 D

SYSTEMS & PROCEDURES – II


1. What is MDBTL Scheme?a) Mobile Direct Benefit Transfer of

LPGb) Modified Direct Benefit Transfer of

LPGc) Mobile Direct Bank Transfer of

LPGd) None of the above

2. What is the name the Project rolled out by NPCI In respect of CTS-2010?a) Payee Name Project b) Project CTS-2010c) Project Vijay d) Project MCC

3. Nomination facility is available in case of Deposit accounts, under which act?a) Sec 45Z of BR Act b) Sec 45ZA of BR Actc) Sec 45ZC of BR Act d) Sec 45 ZE of BR Act

4. All branches should ensure that all cases of counterfeit currency note to bereported by way of counterfeit currency report to principal office (KYC/AML)through?a) DGM& CFO and money

laundering officerb) GM & CFO

c) CGM & CFO d) AGM & CFO


Page 61 of 197

5. Forgery of valuable security / cash transaction where forged or counterfeitcurrency note have been used, the report should be furnished to FIU-IND?a) Every month by 5th day of

succeeding monthb) Every month by 15th day of

succeeding monthc) Every month by 10th day of

succeeding monthd) None of the above

6. Maximum number of deposits that can be made in a PPF account in afinancial year isa) 24 b) 6c) 36 d) 12

7. What is the name the campaign for Deposit Mobilization through BC channel ?a) Lakshya 2000 b) Lakshya 7000

c) Lakshya 5000 d) Lakshya 3000

8. When a scrip is withdrawn for renewal, it will be entered in which register?

a) Miscellaneous register b) Branch Document Registerc) Securities Exchange Custody

registerd) Securities Register

9. Nomination of safe custody and safe deposit articles is available under whatsection?a) Sec 45ZC of BR Act b) Sec 45ZC of SBI Act

c) Sec 45ZAof BR Act d) Sec 45ZF of SBI Act10. Two currency Note press owned by RBI are at?

a) Devas and Nashik b) Devas and Salbonic) Devas and Salboni d) Mysore and Salboni

11. Difference between Day’s deposit and withdrawal in the chest is known as?a) Chest Transfer b) Currency Transferc) Amount Transfer d) Balance Transfer

12. In case if counterfeit notes found in remittance from currency chest to RBI,how much amount is debited from banks current account?a) Entire amount + ( Bank Rate+2%) b) Entire amount + (Base Rate+ 2%)c) Entire amount + (Base Rate ) d) Entire amount + (Bank Rate+ 1%)

13. What is the Fidelity insurance for SWO?a) 1 Lac b) 3 Lacc) 5 Lac d) 4 Lac

14. What is the size of the aluminium box of SWO?a) 14x11x4 b) 11x14x4c) 4x11x14 c) None of the above

15. IOI can be paid by ______ irrespective of the location of the drawee brancha) Drawee branch only b) Clearing branchc) Issuing branch only d) Any branch

16. Under Deceased account what is the aggregate balance upto which surety isnot required?a) 1 Lac b) 2 Lacc) 4 Lac d) 5 Lac


Page 62 of 197

17. Under Pahla Kadam and Pehli Udaan what is the threshold limit for AutoSweep?a) 10000/- b) 15000/-c) 20000/- d) 25000/-

18. Under Pehla Kadam and Pehli Udaan the transaction limit for Internet Bankingper day is--?a) 2000/- b) 4000/-c) 3000/- d) 5000/-

19. Under Pehla Kadam and Pehli Udaan the transaction limit for Mobile Bankingper day is --?a) 1000/- b) 2000/-c) 3000/- d) 4000/-

20. Duplicate draft is to be issued within a maximum period ofa) 14 days b) 5 daysc) 10 days d) 7 days

21. Which one of the following is NOT a BPR initiative ?a) Grahak Mitra b) Drop Boxc) Project Ambience d) Cross Selling

22. How many compartments does the Drop Box have, to accept theinstruments/Cheques through it for processing ?a) Two b) Fourc) Three d) None of these

23. Which one of the following Business Unit is not a part of National BankingGroup (NBG) at Corporate Centre ?a) SME Business Unit b) Government Business Unitc) Financial Institutions Business

Unitd) Agri Business Unit

24. What is the Annual Turnover Range defined for any unit to be classified underMid Corporate Group ?a) Rs. 10 Cr to Rs.100 Cr b) Rs. 100 Cr to Rs.500 Crc) Rs. 500 Cr to Rs.1000 Cr d) Rs. 50 Cr to Rs.500 Cr

25. Which one of the following is the major role of Green Banking Cell that hasbeen set up in the Bank ?a) Setting up of Green Channel to all

Counters in the Branchb) Providing Internet Banking Facility

c) Providing Green Remit Cards d) Undertaking various initiatives likeEnergy efficient lighting, treeplantation, water & wastemanagement etc, to theCustomers.

26. CENMAC (Central Office Management Committee) consists ofa) CGM, CDO, MDs b) Chairman, MDs, DMDsc) MDs, DMDs, Circle CGMs d) None of these

27. The Bank's Registered Office is ata) Mumbai b) Kolkattac) New Delhi d) Chennai


Page 63 of 197

28. The reduction of liquidity and interest rate risk and optimization of returns ismanaged by which committee ?a) Asset Liability Management b) Inspection and Audit Committee

Management Systemc) Bank Risk Management

Departmentd) Corporate Risk Mitigation

Committee29. BPR is introduced as per the recommendations of which consultancy

organizationa) Rangarajan Committee b) Narasimham Committeec) Mckinsey & Co d) Tata Consultancy Services

30. The functionality of Loan Origination Software (LOS) refers toa) Designing a Loan Product b) Registration, Processing and

Generation of Loan using thesoftware Documents and trackingthe status of Loan applications

c) NPA Tracking d) None of these31. As per the revised Bank's organizational structure, The Regional Manager of a

Region will directly report toa) DGM (O & C) b) DGM (B & O)c) GM (Net Work) d) CGM of the Circle

32. Which of the following is not a profitability Ratio for the Bank ?a) Gross Rate of Return b) Net Profit Per Employeec) Rs. Expenses Ratio d) Net Interest Margin

33. What is the role of Currency Administration Cell ?a) Managing of Currency Chest b) It is the cell provided at RBI to

take care of Cashc) Optimization of currency balances

at our branches, efficientmovement planning, insuranceand security arrangements.

d) Printing of Currency Notes

34. Which is the software used at Currency Administration Cells ?a) Finance One b) B@ncs 24c) Bancslink d) Kubera

35. The Role of CRO is linked to which Cell under BPR initiative ?a) Currency Administration Cell b) Liability CPCc) Multi Product Sales Team d) RACPC

36. Trade Finance Central Processing Center deals witha) Letters of Credit b) Bank Guarantees

c) LC & BG d) LC, BG and Bills both rupees andforeign currencies

37. Which is the unit set up by Bank which performs the various services likereceiving voice calls, emails, letters, complaints from the customers, inaddition to accepting the requests for cheque book, fund transfer, bill paymentetc.a) Liability Centralized Processing

Centerb) Contact Centre

c) Complaint Centre d) Outbound Sales Force


Page 64 of 197

38. Presently, how many associate Banks are there in the State Bank Group ?a) 7 b) 6c) 5 d) None of these

39. What is the role of Document Archival Centre (DAC) under BPR ?a) Decongest the Branches by

removing records maintenanceb) Execution of Bank's Loan

c) Printing of Bank's LoanDocuments

d) None of these

40. Who is a Manager (BO) in a BPR Branch?a) Accountant b) Branch Managerc) CRO d) RMPB

41. Number of IRCs (Inward Remittance Cell) in the country area) Only two b) 14 at all LHOs

c) 4 at Delhi, Chennai, Calcutta andMumbai

d) Only one

42. Limitation period of a TDR is 3 years from the date ofa) Demand b) Maturityc) No Limitation period d) None of the Above

43. Limitation period of a mortgage is _____years from the date the mortgagemoney falls due.a) 3 b) 12c) 6 d) 1

44. Which one of the following is not an actionable claim ?a) TDR b) Units of Unit Trustc) LIC Policy d) Book Debt

45. Who is responsible for the genuiness and purity of the gold ornaments ?a) Cash Officer b) Branch Managerc) Joint Custodians d) Accountant

46. Bank cannot file a suit after the expiry ofa) The due date of installment b) The limitation periodc) None of these d) Both A&B

47. All the accounts where mortgage has been created has to keyed in the systemwithin___ days failing which Rs.5000 has to be paid an additional fee.a) 60 b) 30c) 15 d) 90

48. License for Gun at the branch is obtained in the name ofa) Regional Manager b) Armed Guardc) Bank d) Branch Manager

49. LIC Policy given as Security for Overdrafts are entered ina) Miscellaneous Security Register b) Branch Documents Registerc) Risk Register d) Safe custody register

50. DRP and BCP is prepared in the first week of __________every year forapproval by C.A.a) February b) Januaryc) December d) May


Page 65 of 197

KEY FOR SYSTEM & PROC - 2

1 B 2 A 3 B 4 A 5 B6 D 7 B 8 C 9 A 10 D11 B 12 A 13 C 14 A 15 D16 D 17 C 18 D 19 B 20 A21 D 22 C 23 C 24 D 25 D26 B 27 B 28 A 29 C 30 B31 B 32 C 33 C 34 D 35 B36 D 37 B 38 D 39 A 40 A41 D 42 A 43 B 44 E 45 A46 B 47 B 48 D 49 A 50 B

GENERAL AWARENESS-1

Prepared by : Sri. P.Adityudu, Manager(Trg)

1. Commodity exchange markets in India are regulated bya) Commodities exchange Board b) Forward markets commissionc) Commodities Exchange

Regulation Commission.d) Commodities Exchange

Regulation Board.2. MCA-21 relates to

a) Mopping up of black money in thecountry.

b) Prevention of malpractices bycompanies.

c) Computerization of ROC/MCA(Registrar of companies)dealings.

d) Governing companies in abetter way in the wake ofSathyam.

3. Bombay Stock Exchange (BSE) is situated at Mumbai. Where is the NationalStock Exchange (NSE)?a) Kolkata b) New Delhic) Bangalore d) Mumbai

4. Stress Testing in financial parlance relate toa) Finding out Bank’s strength to

withstand various stressesemanating from various risks.

b) An advanced approach forasset liability management offinancial institutions.

c) Business strategy of banks bytesting the stress in the economy.

d) An approach for measuringstress levels in bankemployees.

5. IRDA Chairman isa) Amitabh Chowadhary b) J.Hari Narayanc) K.Chakraborthy d) T.S.Vijayan

6. The headline inflation measure in Indian economy are based ona) Year-on-year variation of WPI. b) Year-on-year variation of CPI.c) Real time variation of WPI d) Real time variation of CPI.

7. Bit coins in the economy meansa) Bit coins is digital currency not

backed by any Government.b) New currency going to be

introduced.c) Coins in bit form d) Plastic coins.


Page 66 of 197

8. As per IRDA, a pension insurance policy should also contain a provision fora) One time withdrawal b) An annuityc) Benefits of accident d) Both (b) & (c)

9. M-3 money supply measurement in India takes into considerationa) Post office SB savings b) Time deposits with banksc) Interbank deposits d) All the above.

10. The social web site “ORKUT” is owned bya) msn.com b) Rediff.comc) Google d) None of the above

11. 4G SPECTRUM isa) New generation of cell phones b) Allotment of new and higher

bandwidths in cellularcommunication

c) New technology in cellular.communication.

d) Multimedia cellularcommunication technology.

12. The managing director of IMF isa) Percy Anderson b) Lileon Mathewc) Christine Lagarde d) Lely Cipora

13. Vijay Malya Chairman of the ill fated Kingfisher Airlines resigned froma) VB Group b) UB Groupc) Jaiswal Group d) Jindal Group

14. Who is the president of CII?a) Adi Godrej b) Dr.Naushad Forbes.c) D.Parekh c) Anil Ambani

15. The world Bank consists ofa) IBRD (International Bank for

reconstruction and Development)& IDA (International developmentAgency).

b) IBRD only and IDA is anindependent andcomplementing agency.

c) IDA only and IBRD is anindependent and complementingagency.

d) None of the above is correct.

16. World’s largest bank in terms of balance sheet size isa) BNP Paribas b) Deutche Bankc) HSBC Bank d) ICBC of china

17. Procyclicality is a word associated witha) Credit Risk b) Market Riskc) Country Risk d) Systemic Risk

18. Carbon credits are systematized followinga) Paris protocol b) Kyoto protocolc) Manila protocol d) Washington protocol

19. The institution which looks after regulation of insurance sector in the country isa) IRDA b) AMFIc) ICDA d) SEBI

20. As per the recommendations of Basel-III, the Tier-2 capital is to be ______a) Enhanced b) Reducedc) Eliminated d) Harmonized.


Page 67 of 197

21. The tag line of which of the following banks is “world’s local bank”a) HDFC b) ABN AMROc) HSBC d) CITY BANK

22. Who is the chairman of IBA (Indian Banks Association)?a) Smt.Chanda Kochchar b) Sri.Rajeev Rishic) Shri.Bhaskar Sen d) Shri.K.R.Kamath

23. Aadhar Payment Bridge System (APBS) was developed bya) NPCI b) RBIc) SBI d) CCIL

24. Which bank / Financial Institution took the lead in setting up of CCIL (ClearingCorporation of India Limited)?a) SBI b) IDBIc) LIC d) ICICI

25. As per SEBI Rules, what is the maximum investment limit for Retail Inventors inpublic issues?a) Rs.50,000/- b) Rs.100,000/-c) Rs.125,000/- d) Rs.200,000/-

26. Jean Claude Trichet is a personality associated with______?a) IMF b) World Bankc) European Central Bank d) Federal Reserve

27. Which of the following summits is related to climate change?a) Canberra summit b) Greenland summitc) Copenhagen summit d) Venice summit

28. Who is the honorary secretary of IBA?a) Shri.T.M.Bhasin b) Smt.Arundhati Bhattacharyac) Shri.Bhaskar Sen d) Shri.K.R.Kamath

29. Monetary review will be taken up by RBI ata) Half yearly intervals b) Annual policyc) Quarterly intervals d) Bi-monthly intervals.

30. Finacle is a CBS software developed bya) TCS b) Infosysc) IBM India d) i-flex solutions

31. Who is the new chairman of Tata Sons?a) JRD Tata b) Natarajan Chandrasekharanc) Nandan Nelekan d) Narayana Murthy

32. Technology up-gradation fund scheme (TUFS) promoted by Government ofIndia is applicable toa) Textile & Jute Industry b) Sugar industryc) Tea & coffee industry d) Food industry

33. “NASSCOM” is thea) Indo-American venture for

collaboration in software.b) American outsourcing

regulatory authorityc) National Association of Software

and Service Companiesd) Chamber of commerce of IT-

BPO industries in America.34. Rail Bandhu is a

a) Indian Railways magazine b) Indian Railways Volunteerc) Indian Railways co-branded card d) Railways Hotel chain


Page 68 of 197

35. Which committee on customer service appointed by RBI recommended forrestoration of cash failed to be dispensed through ATMs to the customer’saccounts within 5 days?a) Damodaran Committee b) Khale committeec) Usha Thorat Committee d) Narendra Dev committee

36. Abbrevation of MUDRAa) Micro Units Development and

Recovery agencyb) Money Utility Development

and Refinance agencyc) Micro Units Devlopment and

Refinance agencyd) None of the above.

37. BRICS stands fora) Brazil, Russia, Indonesia & Chile b) Britain, Russia, India and

Chilec) Britain, Russia, Indonesia and

China.d) Brazil, Russia, India,China

and South Africa38. VAT is imposed ----------

a) Directly on consumer b) On final stage of productionc) On first stage of production d) On all stages between

production and final sale.39. Viticulture refers to

a) Preparing honey b) Preparing wine from grapes.c) Preparing olive oil d) Preparing narcotics.

40. DGFT is related toa) Exports & imports form India b) Transportation in India.c) Civil aviation in India d) Industrialization of the

country.41. Julian Assange is a name known for association with

a) Apple b) Dellc) Wikileaks d) Times magazine

42. Which city has been identified as the hottest ( i.e. first ranking ) outsourcingdestination in the world.a) Banglore ( India) b) Dublin ( Ireland)c) Makati City (The Philippines) d) Tokyo (Japan)

43. How many capital buffers were recommended by Basel-III?a) One b) Twoc) Three d) Four

44. RIDF is a scheme to be operationalized bya) State Governments b) Ministry of Rural developmentc) NABARD d) Nationalized Banks

45. Which Indian Bank recently entered the mortgage loan market in UK?a) BOB b) SBIc) ICICI d) HDFC

46. OTCEI is __________a) Atomic submarine of china b) Economy policy of USAc) An Indian Share market d) A Defence research

organisation47. The cap on FDI in insurance sector presently is

a) 74% b) 49%c) 26% d) 51%


Page 69 of 197

48. The entities identified by PFRDA for floating their pension funds area) LIC,SBI & UTI-AMC b) LIC, SBI & UTIc) SBI, BOB & AXIS Banks d) SBI, BOB & UTI

49. Swavalamban is related toa) RIDF (Rural Infrastructure

development fund) schemeb) Health insurance programme

launched for rural poorc) Rural housing scheme. d) Government’s assistance to

NPS (New pension scheme)50. According to 2001 census, the state with lowest literacy rate is

a) Bihar b) Rajastanc) Madhya Pradesh d) Nagaland

51. The capital conservation buffer recommended by Basel-III as percentage osRWA (Risk Weighted Assets) isa) 2% b) 2.5%c) 3% d) 5.0%

52. The base of Consumer Price Index for Industrial Workers is being shiftedfrom 1982 to ______a) 1995 b) 1998c) 2000 d) 2001

53. TALLY is aa) Software for book keeping b) Software for balancing bank’s

daily transactionsc) Software for Bank’s balance

sheets.d) None of the above.

54. “Incredible India” isa) A campaign for promoting

India as a investmentdestination

b) A campaign for promotingIndia as a global tourist hotspot

c) A campaign launched forpromoting SBI as a globalbank.

d) A campaign launched topromote India as an exporter.

55. Contribution isa) Sales – fixed cost b) Sales/variable costc) Sales – variable cost d) Sales/fixed cost.

56. Which of the following is not a Credit Rating Agency?a) CAMELS b) ICRAc) CRISIL d) CARE

57. MCX is aa) Exchange for gold trading b) Commodities exchangec) Forex exchange d) Metals exchange

58. ETF stands fora) Exchange traded fund b) Electronic traded fundc) Exchange traded future d) Electronic traded future

59. Who is the NSE chairman?a) Vijay Khelkar b) Ashok Chawlac) J.Hari Narayan d) None of the above

60. One of the focus areas of Bharath Nirmaan programme isa) Construction of rural dwellings b) Removal of poverty through


Page 70 of 197

employment assuranceprogramme

c) Rural & urban upliftmentprogramme

d) Literacy programme.

61. Chairman of Federal reserve of USA isa) Alen Greenspan b) Ben Bernankec) Steve Goldstein d) Janet L.Yellen

62. iPhone is the product ofa) Microsoft b) Samsungc) Apple d) Motorola

63. SAARC University will have its head office ina) Dhaka ( Bangledesh) b) New Delhi ( India)c) Colombo ( Srilanka ) d) Male ( Maldives )

64. SEZ (Special economic Zone) is aa) Improvement over EPZ

conceptb) Renamed EPZ concept.

c) Old form of EPZ concept. d) No relation between EPZ andSPZ concept.

65. Recently a new Tax system bill is passed in the parlament What is thetax?a) Direct tax code b) Uniform CST (Central sales

Tax)c) GST (Goods and Services

Tax)d) All the above

66. Oligopoly refers toa) Perfect competition b) Competition between few

playersb) A pure form of monopoly d) None of the above

67. 360 degrees feedback isa) Boss appraisal b) Subordinate appraisalc) HR system d) None of the above

68. Factoring relates toa) Bill finance b) Export financec) Receivable finance d) Infrastructure finance

69. Take out finance is best used fora) Bill finance b) Real estate sectorc) Stock broker finance d) Infrastructure finance

70. Derivatives derive their valuea) From SWAPs b) Based on market pricesc) From the underlying security d) Future tradable proposition.

71. Call option refers toa) The right of the investor to buy a

stockb) The right of the investor to sell

a stock.c) The obligation of the investor to

buy a stockd) The right of the investor both

to buy and sell a stock.72. Which of the following is an Indian e-commerce firm?

a) Expedia.com b) Flipkart.comc) Bestbuy.com d) Amazon.com


Page 71 of 197

73. Reverse mortgage loans are introduced by banksa) At the behest of RBI advice. b) To help out old age people.c) Changing population profile. d) All the above

74. RBI advised Indian banks to adapt RBS (Risk Based Supervision)a) To fall in line with BASEL-II

framework.b) To facilitate RFIA.

c) To quantify risk d) None of the above.75. IFRS refers to

a) International financialreconstruction system

b) International FinancialReporting Standards

c) Internal Financial Regulationand Supervision.

d) Internal Financial reportingsystem

ANSWERS GENERAL AWARENSS - 1

1. b 2. c 3. d 4. a 5. d 6. a 7. a 8. d 9. b 10. c11. b 12. c 13. b 14. b 15. a 16. d 17. d 18. b 19. a 20. d21. c 22. b 23. a 24. a 25. d 26. c 27. c 28. b 29. d 30. b31. b 32. a 33. c 34. a 35. a 36. c 37. d 38. d 39. b 40. a41. c 42. a 43. b 44. c 45. b 46. c 47. b 48. a 49. d 50. a51 b 52 d 53 a 54 b 55 c 56 a 57 b 58 a 59 b 60 a61 d 62 c 63 b 64 a 65 c 66 b 67 a 68 c 69 d 70 c71 a 72 b 73 d 74 a 75 b

GENERAL AWARENESS -2

Compiled by Shri P.Adityudu, Manager (Training)

1. CAPART is related with ___a) Assisting and Evaluating rural welfare

programmesb) Computer hardware

c) Consultanat Service of exportpromotion.

d) Controlling pollution inbig cities.

2. Note issuing deptt. of RBI should always possess the minimum gold stock ofworth -------

a) Rs.85 crore b) Rs. 115 croreb) Rs. 200 crore. d) None of these.

3. Which of the following does not grant any tax rebate ?a) National Saving Certificate b) Indira Vikas Patrac) National Saving Scheme d) Public Provident Fund

4. Ad hoc Treasury Bill System of meeting budget deficit in india was abolished on_____a) 31 March , 1997 b) 31 March , 1996c) 1 April , 1992 d) 1 April , 1995

5. SEBI was established in _______a) 1993 b) 1992c) 1988 d) 1990


Page 72 of 197

6. The working of SEBI includes ________a) To regulate the dealings of

share market.b) To check the foul dealings in share

marketc) To control the inside trading of

sharesd) All of these.

7. The Committee appointed by RBI to look into the HR management practices inPublic sector Banks was headed bya) Dr. A.K.Khandelval b) Dr. Rangarajanc) Dr. Raghu Ram Rajan d) Dr. Bhimal Jalan

8. Which statement of the following is true for IMF ?a) It is not an agency of UNO b) It can grant Loan to any country of

the worldc) It can grant loan to state

Govt. of a country.d) It grants loan only to member

nations.9. The “ Ad hoc Treasury Bill system “ of meeting budget deficit in India was

replaced by “ Ways and Means Advances System “ which has come into forceon _____a) March 31, 1997. b) April 1, 1996.c) April 1, 1997. d) None of these.

10. Indian economy is __________a) Socialistic economy b) Gandhian economyc) Mixed economy d) Free economy .

11. The most important source of capital formation in india has been ?a) House Hold savings b) Public sector savingsc) Government revenue surpluses d) Corporate savings

12. In india , the public sector is most dominant in ?a) Transport b) Steel productionb) Commercial

bankingd) Organised term lending financial

institutions.13. Goa’s economy is mainly based on ?

a) Tourism b) Export of ores.c) Agriculture d) None of these

14. As per Finance Minister’s speech while presenting the Union Budget, theCurrent Account deficit continues to be high due to excess dependence on

a) Oil & Coal imports b) Coal & Gold importsc) Gold & Oil imports d) All the three.

15. India’s wage policy is based on ?a) Cost of living b) Standard of livingc) Productivity d) None of these.

16. Which of the following is correct regarding the Gross Domestic Savings in India.a) Contribution of the

household sector is thelargest.

b) Contribution of Government sectoris the largest.

c) Contribution of thecorporate sector is thelargest.

d) None of the above.


Page 73 of 197

17. The modern economy is not characterized bya) Capital intensive mode of

productionb) Development of money

economyc) Production for market. d) Self Sufficient village

system.18. One of the problems in calculating the national income in India correctly is ?

a) Under employment. b) Inflation.c) Non monetized consumption. d) Low savings.

19. The main source of India’s national income is ?a) Industry. b) Agriculture.c) Forestry d) None of these.

20. Which of the following are the main causes of slow rate of growth of per capitaincome in India. ?a) High capital – output ratio. b) High rate of growth of

population.c) High rate of capital formation. d) All the above

21. Among Indian economists who had done pioneering work on National Income?a) P N Dhar b) Jagdish Bhagwatic) V K R V Rao d) Prof. Shenoi

22. Which of the following is not a method of estimating national income ?a) Income method b) Value added method.c) Expenditure method d) Export import method.

23. In our country , which of the following affects poverty line the most ?a) Level of Prices b) Expenditure methodc) Export import method. d) None of these.

24. The largest revenue in india is obtained froma) Sales tax. b) Direct taxes.c) Excise duties. d) None of these.

25. “DTC” is related toa) Income Tax b) Excise dutyc) Customs duty d) Service Tax

26. Which of the following is an advice rendered by RBI to banks to curtail fraudsinvolving stolen/theft cards?a) Introducing additional

passwordsb) Introducing photo embossed cards

c) Introducing online trackingmechanism for cards

d) Introduction of comprehensive chipbased cards

27. Chairman of the Prime Minister’s economic advisory council is?a) Mr.C.Rangarajan b) Dr.Y.V.Reddyc) Mr.Ahluwalia d) None of these ( vacant)

28. “Stagflation” is a characterized bya) High growth rate and low

inflation rateb) High growth rate and high inflation

ratec) Low growth rate and low

inflation rated) Low growth rate and high inflation

rate


Page 74 of 197

29. As per specific guidelines of RBI, repayments into loans can bea) Through ECS only wherever

ECS is availableb) Either through ECS or through Post

dated cheques as per the choice ofbanks at all centers

c) Either through ECS or throughPost dated cheques as per thechoice of banks at centerswhere ECS is available.

d) No specific instructions.

30. Head quarter of IMFa) New York b) Washington D.C.c) Islamabad d) Hyderabad

31. WMA (Ways and means advances) isa) Banks borrowings from RBI b) Government borrowings from RBIc) Government borrowings from

banksd) RBI’s borrowings from banks

32. The interest rate charges on WMA outstanding isa) Repo rate b) Reverse Repo Ratec) Bank rate d) Standing Facility Rate

33. After the recent infusion of capitalization of SBI by Government of India to thetune of Rs.3,004 Crores, the share holding of Government of India will go up toa) 62.22% b) 59.24%c) 52.35% d) 55.0%

34. “CAMELS” framework is meant fora) Credit appraisal b) Assessing health of banksc) Sovereign credit rating method

used by credit rating agenciesd) Trends in global economic

situations35. As per the census of India, which city (with a population of more than 1 million)

tops the list of cities with largest number of slum households?a) Mumbai b) New Delhic) Chennai d) Visakhapatnam

36. CDs (Certficate of Deposits) are basicallya) Short term instruments issued

by Corporatesb) Promissory notes issued by banks

for short term fund raisingc) Promissory notes issued by

Corporates for short term fundraising

d) All the above

37. Minimum public shareholding (MPS) norms of SEBI are applicable toa) PSUs alone b) Non-PSUs onlyc) To both PSUs and Non-PSUs

as welld) PSBs alone

38. As per the census of India, which State tops the list of cities with largest numberof slum households?a) Andhra Pradesh b) Biharc) Delhi d) Maharastra

39. “CAMELS’ was developed bya) IMF b) World Bankc) US Federal reserve d) European Central Bank


Page 75 of 197

40. FSLRC (Financial Sector Legislative Reforms Commission) was led bya) Mr.C.Rangarajan b) Justice. B.N. Sri Krishnac) Sri Tarapore d) Mr.Chidambaram

41. Banks are being asked to populate Aadhaar Numbers along with bank accountnumbers for the purpose ofa) Rapid cheque clearing and ECS

operationsb) Replacement of IFSC code for

NEFT/RTGS transactions in thelong run

c) Identification of governmentbeneficiaries

d) All the above

42. “IBAN” stands fora) International Bank Account

Numberb) Indian Bank’s Association Number

c) International Banker’sAuthentication Number

d) International Banker’sAuthentication Norm

43. A post dated instrument/ debit mandate issued in favour of the creditor by thedebtor in some financial markets like Singapore, Indonesia are popularly calledasa) PIRO b) LIROc) TEMPO d) GIRO

44. The principal recommendation of FSLRC (Financial Sector Legislative ReformsCommission) isa) One super regulator for entire

financial sectorb) RBI to be the super regulator for

entire financial sectorc) Stringent law enforcement to

regulate financial sectord) Widening the scope of laws for

better controlling financial sector45. “Report on Currency and Finance” is published by

a) RBI b) Ministry of Finance, Government ofIndia

c) Central Statistical Organization(CSO)

d) International Monetary Fund(IMF)

46. Who is the present appellate authority of Banking Ombudsman?a) Deputy Governor of RBI b) Dr.Raghuram Rajan, Governor of

RBIc) Central Finance Minister d) Dr. Ranga Rajan

47. NIBM (National Institute for Bank Management) is an autonomous traininginstitute ofa) Promoted by Government of

India.b) IBA

c) NABARD d) RBI48. The Slogan of Census-2011 is

a) Census India-Bright India b) Our Census-Our Futurec) Bright India-Our future d) Future India-Bright India

49. Who is the current World Bank president?a) Mr.Jim Yong Kim b) Mr.Bon Yong Moonc) Mr. Ravulfson d) Mr.Richard Calson


Page 76 of 197

50. e-filing of income tax returns is mandatory for individuals with annual taxableincome ofa) Above Rs.5.00 lakhs b) Above Rs.5.50 lakhsc) Above Rs.7.50 lakhs d) Above Rs.8.00 lakhs

51. “El Nino” isa) A Korean trading Company b) A weather pattern in Pacific which

affects monsoon arrival in Indiac) A pattern of movement in Dow

Jones index of New York stockexchange

d) Statistical tool for arriving at stockprice sensitivities

52. PMI (Purchasing Manager’s Index) , an index relating to purchasing orders bymanufacturer’s company, is published bya) HDFC b) CMIE (Center for monitoring Indian

economy)c) HSBC India d) Ministry of Finance

53. EMV Compliance is related toa) Cross border money transfers b) Payments systems in Indiac) Debit cards d) Forex transactions

54. The Core Sector Industries in India area) 5 b) 6c) 7 d) 8

55. Which of the following is not Core sector industry in Indian economy?a) Gas & Oil production b) Coal miningc) Cement industry d) Capital goods industry

56. The minimum capital required for setting up a new bank under RBI’s newlicensing norms isa) Rs.75 Cr b) Rs.100 Crc) Rs.250 Cr d) Rs.500 Cr

57. Which of the following is a must for new banks under new licensing norms ofRBI?a) The new banks should be stock

market listed within 3 years ofcommencement

b) Foreign share holding should notexceed 49% within the first 5 years

c) ¼th of the branches should beopened in rural areas.

d) All the above

58. As per WTO estimates for 2012, India is the _______largest merchandiseexporter and _______largest merchandise importer in the world.a) 19th and 12th b) 12th and 19th

c) 3rd and 7th d) 7th and 3rd

59. A recent committee appointed by Ministry of Finance suggested that currencybins occupancy rate should not be more than ____% of Vault Holding Limit(VHL)so that more shuffling of currency takes place.a) 10% b) 25%c) 50% d) 75%

60. Fresh evaluation of every item of expenditure from the very beginning of eachfinancial year is called ?a) Fresh Budgeting b) Deficit Budgetingc) Performance Budgeting d) Zero-based Budgeting


Page 77 of 197

61. SBI recently opened it’s second Branch in China ata) Shangai b) Beijingc) Tianjin d) Shangdu

62. Chairman of Planning Commission In India isa) Prime Minister of India b) President of Indiac) Finance Minister d) Cabinet Secretary, Ministry of

Finance63. SDRs are part of

a) Balance of payments b) Forex Reservesc) Current Account deficit d) Trade deficit

64. The purpose of allowing banks to introduce Gold Deposit scheme by RBI isa) To channelize idle gold with

public into productive purposesb) To check unbridled Gold imports

c) As suggested by K U B Raocommittee

d) All the above

65. The FDI limits in retailing as introduced by Government of India recently area) 51% in single brand and 49% in

multi brandb) 100% in single brand and 49% in

multi brandc) 100% in single brand and 51%

in multi brandd) 100% in both single and multi

brands66. CAD (Current Account Deficit) is always measure as a proportion of

a) GNP b) GDPc) NNP d) NDP

67. The proposed GST (General Sales Tax) is a replacement ofa) Central Excise duty b) Value added tax (VAT)c) Service tax & other local taxes d) All the above

68 An ad valorem duty is a tax on the basis ofa) Check the accumulation of

wealth among the rich.b) Run the machinery of the state

b) Uplift weaker sections. d) None of these69 “Troika” is the name for

a) IMF, World Bank and UnitedNations

b) IMF, World Bank and EuropeanCentral Bank

c) IMF, United Nations andEuropean Central Bank

d) IMF, European Union andEuropean Central Bank

70 Which group of firms is facing charges from SEBI for violating various norms ofmobilization of funds from the public?a) Aditya Birla Group b) Vijaya Malya Groupc) Sahara Group d) All the above

71 Recently a sting operation on money laundering activities by some private bankswas conducted in India bya) Financial Express b) Cobra Postc) Wikileaks d) RBI and SEBI jointly

72 According to recent Banking Ombudsman Report, which type of complaints aremore in number form Banking Sector?a) Card related complaints b) Excess Interest charged related

complaintsc) SB Account maintenance

related complaintsd) Cheque collection delay related

questions


Page 78 of 197

73 “Visa / Master Card Secure” is aa) Card to Card transfer

mechanismb) A second factor authentication

c) A special Card offered by bothVisa and Master jointly

d) A special mechanism betweenVisa and Master to settle theirtransactions

74 Which type of cards are being introduced on a large scale to protect users fromskimming and cloning?a) Secure Cards b) Second factor authenticationc) Chip based Cards d) All the above

75 What is the name of the scheme launched under PDS (Public DistributionScheme) to benefit poor families with foodgrains availability?a) AAY (Antyodaya Anna Yojana)

schemeb) Antyodaya Dhanya Yojana

(ADY) schemec) Rajiv Anna Yojana d) Rajiv Dhanya Yojana

76 Who is SEBI chairmana) R V Verma b) T S Vijayanc) U K Sinha d) Vijay kelkar

77 Who is new Vice Chancellor of Nalanda Universitya) Suniana Singh b) Vijay Kelkarc) Praveen Sastry d) None of the above

78 Which country has become new new member of SASEC South Asia Sub-Regional Economic Cooperation programmea) Myanmar b) Chinac) South Korea d) Iran

79 Who is the new chairman of the CBEC (Central Board of Excise & Customs)a) Najib Shah b) Ms.Vanaja N.Sarnac) Nitish Kumar d) Milind Sharma

80 Which Country has recognised Bitcoin & Digital Currencies as Legal Moneya) Japan b) Chinac) South Korea d) United States of America

81 India’s first solar Power Boad “Aditya” is launched ina) Kerala b) Andhra Padeshc) Gujarat d) Madhya Pradesh

82 The 2017 annual meeting of WEF – (World Economic Forum) will be helda) China b) Japanc) Singapore d) Switzerland

83 India’s first international stock exchange “India International Exchange” ha sbeenlaunched ina) Hyderabad b) Punec) Gandhinagar d) Mumbai

84 The insurance Company tied up with SIDBI for capital support to Enterprises isa) Life Insurance Corporationof

India (LIC)b) New India Assurance Co. Ltd

c) SBI Life insurance Co. Ltd d) Oriental Insurance Co.Ltd85 Expected date of roll-out of GST is

a) 1st of July 2017 b) 1st of August 2017c) 1st of June 2017 d) None of the above


Page 79 of 197

ANSWERS- GENERAL AWARENESS – 2

1 a 2 b 3 b 4 a 5 b6 d 7 a 8 d 9 c 10 c11 a 12 b 13 b 14 d 15 a16 a 17 d 18 c 19 b 20 a21 c 22 d 23 c 24 c 25 a26 b 27 d 28 d 29 a 30 b31 b 32 a 33 a 34 b 35 d36 b 37 c 38 a 39 c 40 b41 c 42 a 43 d 44 a 45 a46 a 47 d 48 b 49 a 50 a51 b 52 c 53 c 54 d 55 d56 d 57 d 58 a 59 b 60 d61 c 62 a 63 b 64 d 65 c66 b 67 d 68 a 69 d 70 d71 c 72 b 73 a 74 d 75 a76 c 77 a 78 a 79 b 80 a81 a 82 d 83 c 84 a 85 a

GENERAL AWARENESS-3

Compiled by Sri. P.Adityudu, Manager (Training)

1. The present CRR isa) 3% b) 4%c) 5% d) 6%

2. Base rate of SBI as on 01.04.2017 isa) 9.50% b) 10.00%c) 9.10% d) 9.00%

3. Present Bank rate isa) 6.50% b) 8%c) 7.5% d) 7.75%

4. Which airliner borrowed substantially from SBI is facing liquidity problems?a) Air India b) Jet Airwaysc) Kingfisher Airlines d) Indigo Airlines

5. MCX stands fora) Money Commodities Exchange b) Multiple Commodities Marketc) Multi Commodities Xchange d) Multi Commodities Exchange of

India6. Subir Gokarn is

a) SEBI chief b) Election Commissionerc) RBI Deputy Governor d) Advisor to Ministry of Finance.


Page 80 of 197

7. White Label ATM (WLA) is an ATM owned bya) Banks b) NBFCc) Owned by non-bank and runs for

banks on fee basisd) By many banks together for

collective use.8. “PPP” represents

a) A political party in Uttara Pradesh b) An investment concept forinfrastructure projects

c) A new concept in financialinclusion.

d) None of the above

9. In recent times SENSEX generally became more sensitive to which of thefollowing factors?a) FII flows b) FDI flowsc) Money flow from Mutual Funds d) Profits announced by companies.

10. Which five countries together are known as PIIGS?a) 5 East Asian Countries b) 5 Latin American countriesc) 5 Southern Eurozone nations d) 5 Central Asian Nations

11. As per recent RBI guidelines which of the following is correct regarding WhiteLabel ATM?a) Five free transactions per month

can be conducted by customersb) WLA is hired by one bank.

c) Usage charges are displayed forthe customers

d) All the above

12. The Railway budget is presented to the parliament ona) 15th Feburary. b) 15th March.c) 31st March. d) Along with Union Budget on 1st

February13. Who is the MD&GE of Corporate Accounts Group of SBI

a) B.V.Chaubal b) B.Sriramc) V.G.Kannan d) P.Pradeep Kumar

14. Which of the following rates provide direction to interest rates in the country?a) Bank Rate b) Prime Lending Ratec) Repo and Reverse Repo Rates d) Base Rate

15. If RBI cuts CRR, thena) Excess Cash will be removed

from the economyb) Liquidity will be infused into the

economyc) Foreign Inward Remittances will

take place on large scale.d) Either (a) or (b)

16. What are the main components for fixing base rate by a bank?a) Cost of Deposits, Operating

Costs and Profit Marginb) Cost of Deposits, CRR & SLR

Costs and Profit Marginc) Profit Margin , Operating Costs

and CRR & SLR Costsd) Cost of deposits, Profit Margin ,

Operating Costs and CRR & SLRCosts

17. Which of the following rates play a key role in RBI’s LAF (Liquidity AdjustmentFacility)?a) Repo and Reverse Repo Rates b) Bank Ratec) PLR d) All the above


Page 81 of 197

18. The income tax in india is aa) Indirect and Progressive b) Direct and Proportionalc) Direct and Progressive d) Indirect and proportional

19. Which of the following is true with respect to Bank rate?a) A statutory rate in terms of

Banking Regulation Actb) A non-statutory rate used by RBI

to provide direction to the interestrate regime

c) A statutory rate in terms of RBIAct

d) Bank Rate moves in tune withRepo and Reverse Repo Rates

20. The state with highest population density in India as per census 2011 isa) NCT Delhi b) Biharc) Tamilnadu d) Kerala

21. Fiscal policy is connected with ______a) Issue of currency. b) Exports and imports.c) Public revenue and expenditure. d) None of these.

22. AMA (Advanced Measurement Approach) is used to calculatea) Operational risk b) Credit Riskc) Market Risk d) Sovereign risk

23. “Capital Conservation Buffer” was mentioned ina) Basel-1 b) Basel-IIc) Basel-III d) RBI Mid term policy Review

24. Malegaom Committee was set up by RBI fora) Reviewing LAF b) Looking into Micro Finance

Institutions regulation issuec) Review Bank rate concept d) To look into issues related to

MSME finance.25. Government Business can be conducted by

a) Public Sector Banks only b) Public Sector Banks and a fewprivate sector Banks

c) All public Sector and Private sectorbanks


26. Under FRBM (Fiscal responsibility and Budget management) mechanism, thefiscal deficit to be restricted toa) 3% of GDP b) 4.5% of GDPc) 5% of GDP d) No such restriction

27. Gross Domestic Savings of India as part of GDP hover in the range ofa) 10-15% b) 15-18%c) Around 20% d) Around 30%

28. Which of the following are called EMV Cards?a) Magnetic stripe cards b) Signature based cardsc) Chip based cards d) All the above

29. At present which bank is leading in setting up of POS machines?a) ICICI Bank b) Axis Bankc) SBI d) Bank of Baroda

30. A CRR cut is expected toa) Increase liquidity in the market b) Boost NIM of banksc) Increase trends of inflation d) All the above


Page 82 of 197

31. Which country is the largest consumer of sugar in the world?a) USA b) Chinac) India d) Brazil

32. Which of the following is not a direct tax ?a) Wealth tax b) Income taxc) Estate Duty d) Sales tax.

33. Recently RBI gave banking licenses to which of the following institutions ?a) IDBI and Bandhan b) Godrej and videoconc) Bajaj and Reliance d) Sundaram and Manapparam

34. HDI (Human Development Index) is a measure of human development used bya) World Bank b) IMF (international Monetary fund)c) G- 7 Nations d) UNDP of UNO (United Nations

Organization)35. A decrease in general price level of goods and services in an economy is called

a) Inflation b) Hyperinflationc) Deflation d) Disinflation

36. Broad Money in Indian economy is denoted bya) M1 money supply b) M2 money supplyc) M3 money supply d) None of the above

37. The effective literacy rate of India as per census 2011 isa) 68.34% b) 74.04%c) 70.12% d) 68.25%

38. The population density of India as per census 2011 isa) 282 b) 382c) 252 d) 352

39. The agency to look after the regulation of foreign trade of India isa) Ministry of commerce b) EXIM Housec) EXIM Bank d) DGFT

40. Statutory liquidity ratio (SLR) isa) 22.5% b) 23%c) 20.5% d) 24.5%

41. Insurance for exports from and imports to India is provided bya) Banks b) ECGCb) EXIM Bank d) All the above

42 Which two organizations are popularly known as “Brettenwoods Twins”?a) World Bank & United Nations

Development Program (UNDP)b) IMF and UNDP

c) IMF and World Bank d) IMF and InternationalReconstructions Fund

43 SDR is a drawing facility availablea) From world Bank to member

nationsb) From IMF to member nations

c) From Exim bank to big Corporatehouses in India

d) Aid from UNDP

44 Government of India decided year 2017 to asa) Cash Less b) Tourismc) Water Conservation year d) Alleviating Poverty


Page 83 of 197

45. Who is is the chairman of UPSC?a) T.Jacob b) Subodh Dasc) Laljit Singh d) RK Patil

46 The president of World Bank isa) Nicolas Sarkozy b) Alexi Kudrinc) Jim Yong Kim d) Christine Lagarde

47. There is a growing controversy about the deliberate undervaluation of aparticular currency to gain unfair advantage in trade by that nation. Whichcurrency is that?a) Yuan b) Yenc) Rial d) Euro

48. Chief Executive of IBA (Indian Banks Association) isa) K.Ramanathan b) Mohan V Tankasalec) Sandeep Deshpande d) Sudip Gokarn

49. “Gen X “ is a deposit product launched bya) Oriental Bank of commerce b) SBHc) Andhra Bank d) Bank of Baroda

50. There is a growing controversy between Tamilnadu and Kerala regarding whichdam?a) Periyar Dam b) Udukki damc) Mullaperiyar dam d) Idukki dam

51. The present Repo rate isa) 6.5% b) 6.75%c) 7.75% d) 6.25%

52. The present Reverse repo rate isa) 6% b) 5.75%c) 6.75% d) 5.5%

53. First ATM in India was installed in the year 1987 bya) SBI b) HSBCc) Standard & Chartered Bank d) Citi Bank

54. Investment limit under Sec 80C of the Income-tax act raised from 1 lack toa) 1.25 lacs b) 2 lacsc) 1.50 lacs d) 1.75 lacs

55. The Noble peace prize to Satyarthi and Malala Yousafzai is for the foughtagainsta) Right of all children to

educationb) Labour reforms

c) Protecting against widowmarriages

d) None of these

56. Under Basel III, RBI has stipulated a CRAR(Capital to Risk weighted AssetRatio) ofa) 9% b) 11.5%c) 10.5% d) 8%


Page 84 of 197

57 Computer security day is observed ona) Nov 30th b) Sep 30thc) Sep 14th d) Nov 14th

58. The union Budget is presented to the parlament on this daya) 28th of February every year b) 1st of February every yearc) 31st of March Every Year d) As decided by the Government

59 The Trade Finance Software “Exim Bills” is being provided bya) China system b) Infosysc) TCS d) IBM

60 Which state ranked No.1 in “Economic Freedom”a) Maharashtra b) Gujaratc) West Bengal d) Tamilnadu

61. Sachin Tendulkar’s model village in Andhra Pradesh isa) Mummidivaram, EG Dist b) Narsipatnam, Visaka Distc) Puttamraju Kandriga, Nellore

Distd) Machilipatnam, Krishna Dist

62. The first asian country to send aircraft to Mars isa) China b) Indiac) Pakistan d) Srilanka

63. The author of book “The Accidental Prime Minister-the making and unmaking ofManmohan Singh”a) Sanjay Baru b) Pranab Mukherjeec) PC Parakh d) Sachin Tendulkar

64. The autobiography of Sachin Tendulkar isa) Playing cricket b) Playing it my wayc) The godfather d) None of the these

65. Which airlines plane disappeard in South China Seaa) US airlines b) Arabian airlinesc) Malaysian Airlines d) Singapore Airlines

66. The bank formed on the efforts of Lala Lajpat Rai isa) Bank of Baroda b) Punjab National Bankc) Canara Bank d) Central Bank of India

67. The slogan “India’s International Bank’ is of which Bank?a) Punjab National Bank b) Bank of Barodac) Allahabad Bank d) Bank of Maharashtra

68. The slogan “ Experience our expertise” is of which Bank?a) Axis Bank b) HSBCc) BNP Paribus d) Yes Bank

69. The aim of 12th Five Year plan 2012-13 to 2016-17 isa) Growth with social justice and

equalityb) Faster and inclusive growth

c) Faster and inclusive andsustainable growth in all sectors

d) Maximisation of employment

70. The slogan “The Art of Being Smart” is of which insurance company?a) United India Insurance Co., Ltd b) The New India Ins.,Com Ltd.,c) The oriental insurance co., Ltd d) General Insurance Corporation

of India


Page 85 of 197

71. Which ndian business group has announced joint venture with a South AfricanInsurance giant MMI Holding Ltd., to enter India’s health Insurance marketa) Reliance Group b) Aditya Birla Groupc) Tata group d) Bharati Enterprises

72. In International banking, TIBOR stands fora) Tokyo Interbank offered rate b) Taiwan interbank offered ratec) Thailand Interbank offered rate c) None of the above

73. The term Paper Gold refers toa) Gold bonds b) Special Drawing Rightsc) Mutal funds d) Gold traded funds

74. Which country has recently launched “Gandhi Inspired Tourist AttractionProject”a) England b) USAc) Pakistan d) South Africa

68. United Nations has decided to dedicate year 2017 to which of the following?a) Water conservation b) Nuclear Energyc) Clean India d) Sustainable Tourism for

development69. International Internet day was observed globally on

a) October 29 b) October 30c) October 24 d) October 1

70. With which bank, RBI has signed a pact for supervisory cooperation andexchange of supervisory information.a) Federal Reserve Bank b) Central Bank of Kenyac) Bank of China d) Bank of Japan

71. Social networking site of SBIa) SBI Aspirations b) SBI Facebookc) SBI Twitter d) SBI You tube.

72. Which committee recommended a maximum age of 65 for private bank CEOs?a) Damodaran committee b) A.K.Kandelval committeec) Dr. Rangarajan committee d) P J Nayak committee

73. SBI has its social media presence ona) Only Face book b) Facebook, You tube and

Twitter.c) Face book and twitter d) Facebook and Youtube

74. Union Government recently approved amendment to __ Act 1981 forincreasing authorized capitala) NABARD b) RBIc) SBI d) CAPITAL

75. What is a Masala Bonda) To invest in commodies market b) Bonds to get exemption under

ITc) Raised by individual d) Rupee demoniated bonds to

raise money from foreignmarkets


Page 86 of 197

76. For merger of Associates into SBI which acts have to be amendeda) BR Act & RBI Act b) RBI Act & SBI Actc) SBI Act & SBH Act d) SBI Act. & Associate Bank ‘sAct

77. What is “Indradhanush”a) Plan for recapitalization of

Public Sector lendersb) New Deposit Scheme

c) Scheme for Instant Issue ofPassport.

d) New Scheme to protectEnvironment

78. RBI is to set up a separate Enforcement Department toa) To monitor the NPAs b) Monitor banks against violation

of regulations.c) To monitor digital transacntions

of the banksd) To monitor cash transactions

79. Recently RBI issued Final Payments Bank Licence toa) India Post b) SBIc) Tata Services d) Reliance

80. Other entities who got final Payments Bank Licence from RBI area) Tata Services & Birla Group b) Bharati Airtel & Paytmc) d) Reliance & SBI

81. What is FSDCa) Financial stability and

Distribution Channelb) Financial Stability and

Development Commissionc) Financial Stability and

Development Councild) None of the above

82. Who is the Chairman of FSDCa) Union Finance Minister b) Prime Ministerc) Reserve Bank Governor d) Finance Secretary

83. New Executive Director of RBI isa) Ms.Malavika Sinha b) Mr.Govind nikhlanic) Mr.Sanjay Baru d) Mr.K.Ramanathan

84. RBI has recently increased the limit of Prepaid Payment Instruments toa) Rs.10,000/- b) Rs.20,000/-c) Rs.40,000/- d) Rs.15,000/-

85. What is FDMCa) Financial Distributory and

Maintainance Centreb) Finanancial Development and

Maintenance Councilc) Financial Data Management

Centred) Financial Data Merging Centre

86. GOI has appointed _______ as new Deputy Governer of RBIa) Mr.Ajay Thagyi b) Sri Hemant Khandevalc) Mr.N.Ramachander Rao d) Mr.V.Acharya

87. What is SBI’s Mobile Wallet appa) Eazy Pay b) SBI Buddyc) Mobicrash d) Mobi Wallet

88. Which village is declared as first digital village of india.a) Sangareddy of Telangana State b) Pedana of Andhra Pradesh

Statec) Akodara of Gujarat State d) Kandriga, Goa State


Page 87 of 197

89. What is the name of the new Payment System launched by Prime Ministerrecentlya) BHIM b) Buddyc) e-Zee Pay d) Mobi Transfer

90. What is GSTa) Goods and Services Tax b) Goods and Statutary Taxc) Global Service Tax d) Government Service Tax

91. GST is applicalbe in which statesa) All the States. b) All the States Except J&K and

North Eastern Statesc) All the states Except J&K d) Non of the above

92. GST is Governed bya) Finance Minister b) Prime Ministerc) Neti Ayog d) GST council

93. Chairman of GST Council isa) Prime Minister b) Finance Secretaryc) Union Financi Minister d) RBI Governor

94. GOI compensates the states for revenue loss o/a introduction os GST is fora) 3 Yrs from date of Introduction. b) 5 Yrs from date of Introduction.c) 10 Yrs from date of Introduction. d) No Compensation will be given

95. 2nd annual meeting of New Development Bank is hosted bya) India b) Chinac) Brazil d) Pakistan

96. Which Bank has launched “UNNATI” Credit Card to spread credit inclusion?a) Bank Of india b) Union Bank Of Indiac) State Bank Of India d) ICICI Bank

97. Truecaller Pay the UPI based mobile payment service has partnered withwhich banka) State Bank Of India b) ICICI Bankc) Axis Bank d) HDFC Bank

98. Money Plant Rupay International Platinium Debit Card is launched by whichbanka) Bharateeya Mahila Bank b) AXIS Bankc) Union Bank Of India d) Karnataka Bank

99. Which company is the new sponsor for the Indian Cricket?a) Reliance b) Aditya Birla Groupc) Oppo d) Sahara

100. For the year 2016 which bank has been adjudged the “Best Small Bank”a) Indus Ind Bank b) Bharateeya Mahila Bankc) Karur Vysya Bank d) Kotak Mahindra Bank

ANSWERS- GENERAL AWARENSS – 3

1. b 11. c 21. c 31. c 41. B2. c 12. d 22. a 32. d 42. C3. a 13. b 23. c 33. d 43. B4. c 14. c 24. b 34. d 44. D


Page 88 of 197

5. d 15. b 25. c 35. c 45. A6. c 16. d 26. a 36. c 46. C7. c 17. a 27. d 37. b 47. A8. b 18. c 28. c 38. b 48. B9. a 19. c 29. c 39. d 49. B10. c 20. a 30. d 40. c 50. C51 d 61 c 71 b 81 c 91 c52 b 62 b 72 c 82 a 92 d53 b 63 a 73 b 83 a 93 c54 c 64 b 74 a 84 b 94 b55 a 65 c 75 d 85 c 95 a56 B 66 b 76 c 86 d 96 c57 a 67 b 77 a 87 b 97 b58 b 68 d 78 b 88 c 98 d59 a 69 c 79 a 89 a 99 c60 b 70 b 80 b 90 a 100 c

General Awareness – 4

Prepared by Sri. P.Adityudu, Manager(Trg)

1. Prime Ministers prestigious project Make in India is related toa) Discourage Multinational

companies vis a vis our domesticcompanies

b) Manufacturing abroad and labellingin India

c) Encouraging Multinational anddomestic countries to manufacturein India.

d) Encourage Banks and financialinstutions to design products inIndia.

2. Make in India was launched ona) 25.09.2014 b) 26.01.2015c) 25.07.2015 d) 15.08.2015

3. Make in India policy consists of ______sectorsa) 10 b) 15c) 20 d) 25

4. 2017 G-20 summmit will be held ina) Hamburg b) Genevac) Beijing d) None of the above

5. The project relating to cleanliness of rural and urban areas isa) Swatch India b) Surabhi Bharatc) Swatchata Bharat d) Swachh Bharat

6. Goveronor of RBIa) Dr. Raghuram Rajan b) Dr. Subba Raoc) Dr. K C Chakraborthy d) Urjith Patel


Page 89 of 197

7. Foreign exchange reserves of India as on March 2017 werea) US$370 billion b) US$353 billionc) US$275 billion d) US$253 billion

8. NITI Aayog stands fora) National Institute for Technology

and Investmentb) National Institution for

Transforming Indiac) National Institute of Tech

Initiativesd) None of the above

9. Period of demonitization announced by GOI recently isa) 09.11.2016 to 30.12.2016 b) 08.11.2016 to 31.12.2016c) 09.11.2016 to 31.03.2017 d) None of the above

10. The CEO of a MNC is sacked Recently isa) Nusli Wadia b) Pallonji Mistryc) Cyrus Mistry d) Noneof the above

11. The period of new Foreign trade policy isa) 2015-2020 b) 2014-2019c) 2012-2017 d) 2012-2018

12. The twelth five year plan isa) 2014-2019 b) 2015-2020c) 2012-2017 d) 2013-2018

13. The other Name of Career Development Scheme (C.D.S)a) Saksham b) Sakshyamc) Suraksha d) Suraksha unnati

14. C.D.S is revamp of __________a) Products of SBI b) Products of SBI Associatesc) Human Resources d) None of the above

15. The 5 grades of C.D.S area) A, B, C, D, E b) AAA, AA, A, B, Cc) AA, A, B, C, D d) 1, 2, 3, 4, 5

16. The Consultants of C.D.S area) Mckensy and Co b) Price water Cooperc) Boston Consultancy group d) L & T

17. NITI Aayog replaceda) National Informatic Centre b) Planning Commissionc) National Advisory Council d) None of the above

18. Chairperson of NITI Aayog isa) Union Finance Minister b) Prime Ministerc) RBI Governor d) None of the above

19. The Governing council of NITI Aayog isa) CMs of States & Lt.Governors of

Union Teritoriesb) All the Union Ministers

c) Governors of all the States d) None of the above

20. First District to become the geotag of all the assets created under MGNRGA isa) Siddipet of Telangana State b) Dharvad of Karnataka Statec) Kangra of H.P State d) None of the above


Page 90 of 197

21. Finacle is CBS software developed bya) TCS b) Infosysc) IBM India d) i.flex solutions

22. Which committee on customer service appointed by RBI recommended forrestoration of cash failed to be dispensed through ATMs to the customer’saccounts within 5 days?a) Damodaran Committee b) Khale Committeec) Usha Thorat Committee d) Narendra Dev committee

23. SEBI was established ina) 1993 b) 1992c) 1988 d) 1990

24. WMA (Ways and means advances) isa) Bank borrowings from RBI b) Government borrowings from RBIc) Government borrowings from Banks d) RBI borrowings from banks.

25. How many digits are there in the Unique Identity Number ‘Adhaar’, issued by theUnique Identification Authority of India (UIDAI)a) 9 b) 11c) 12 d) 16

ANSWERS - GENERAL AWARENSS -41 c 2 a 3 d 4 a 5 d6 d 7 a 8 b 9 a 10 c11 a 12 c 13 a 14 c 15 b16 c 17 b 18 b 19 a 20 c21 b 22 a 23 b 24 b 25 c

ORGANISATIONAL STRUCTURE AND HISTORY

Compiled by Sri.P.Adityudu, Manager (Training)

1. On recommendations of and ________through passing of an Act inparliament, Imperial Bank of India was renamed as State Bank of India on 1stJuly 1955.a) All India Rural Credit Survey

Committee (Gorawala Committee)b) Goiporia committee

c) Narsimham committee d) RBI recommendations

2. State Bank Mobi Cash has been launched by SBI under with the partnership?a) Bharati Airtel b) BSNLc) Realiance Communications d) None of the above

3. Fully wholly owned banking subsidiary of SBIa) Nepal SBI Bank Ltd b) SBI Mauritius Ltdc) SBI Commercial & International

Bank Ltd (SBICI)d) SBICAP Securities Ltd

4. Find out which is not one of the Joint Venture of SBIa) SBI Macquarie SBI Infrastructure

Trustee Pvt Ltdb) Oman India Joint Investment

Fund-Trustee Co Pvt. Ltdc) GE Capital Business Process

Management Services Pvt Ltdd) SBI General Insurance

Company Ltd


Page 91 of 197

5. Which of the following statement is wrong?a) SBI’s Registered Office & Central

Accounts Office is in Kolkatab) SBI’s Corporate Centre (Apex

Office) is in Chennaic) Corporate Centre headed by

Chairmand) SBI’s Corporate Centre is in

Mumbai.6. Each Business Group is headed by

a) Deputy Managing Director b) Managing Directorc) Chief General Manager d) Chairman

7. State Bank of India has adopted _____villages under “SBI ka ApnaGaonScheme”.a) 1,272 b) 2,272

c) 1,722 d) 2,722

8. The Bank has ____ foreign offices in ___ countries spanning all time zones.a) 173: 34 b) 200:37c) 34:173 d) 34:186

9. Stressed Assets Management Group (SAMG) resolves all NPAs of Rs.___andabove across the country with a view to provide focused efforts in resolution ofNPAs.a) 10 cr b) 1 crc) 100 cr d) 1000 cr

10. Asset Liability Management Committee (ALCO) is headed bya) MD & GE CAG b) Chairman & DMDc) MD & CCRO d) DMD & CFO

11. Strategic Training Unit has been created headed by a ________to cater toever increasing training needs of the Bank. There are 5 ATIs (Apex TrainingInstitutes) and 47 SBLCs State Bank Learning Centres) across the country.a) DGM (L&D) b) AGM (L&D)c) CGM (L&D) d) CM (L&D)

12. The current Interest rate of PPF Balance isa) 8.10% b) 8.00%c) 7.95% d) 7.90%

13. Consultants for BPR in SBI –a) Deloitte consultancy b) Tata consultant servicesc) Mc Kinsey d) None of these

14. The following is not the Pillars of BPRa) NPA Management b) Alternate Delivery Channelsc) Centralized Processing Centers c) Branch Re-design

15. The following is not a Central Processing Centrea) Retail Asset Central Processing

Centre (RACPC)b) Currency Administration Cell

(CAC)c) Small and Medium Enterprise City

Credit Centre or SMECCCd) Centralized Clearing Processing

Centre(CCPC)

16. Turn Around Time (TAT) for Housing Loan at BPR centre under builder tie-upa) 6 days b) 16 daysc) 7 days d) 17 days


Page 92 of 197

17. SBI Buddy is available in ____ languagesa) 6 b) 10c) 13 d) 8

18. CRA model is applicable for limits of ________a) above 25lacs for all segments b) 25 lacs and above for all

segments except Personalsegment

c) above 50lacs for all segments d. 50lacs and above for all segmentsexcept Personal segment


19. If loan is given by two or more Banks jointly then it isa) multiple banking b) consortium

c) sole banking d) None of these20. Requirement of double signature while issuing DFT/ Banker‟s cheque

increased from 50000/- to …….a) 1,00,000 b) 1,50,000/-c) 2,00,000 d) No such change

21. What is “e_Booste”’a) Migrating transactions from

branches to INB Channelsb) Migrating transactions from

branches to GCCc) Migrating more & more transactions

from branches to GRCd) Migrating more & more

transactions from branches toATM

22. SBI General ‘Health Insurance’ pilot launched w.e.f ………a) 01.09.2013 b) 02.09.2013c) 03.09.2013 d) 04.09.2013

23. Priority Sector lending pertaining to Housing loans is reckoned up to Rs.___a) 5 lacs b) 15lacsc) 25 lacs d) 75 lacs

24. Abbreviation of GLIF is______.a) General Ledger Interchange File b) General Ledger Interface Filec) General Loss Identification File d) General Loss Interface File

25. e-filing of income tax returns is mandatory for individuals with annual taxableincome ofa) Above Rs. 3.00 lacs b) Above Rs. 5.00 lacsc) Above Rs. 7.50 lacs d) Above Rs.10.00 lacs

26. China’s Currency isa) Yuan b) Yenc) Taka d) None of the above

27. GOI has announced the scheme during the demonitization period to controlthe Black Money in the country isa) Pradhanmantri Garib Kalyan

Deposit Schemeb) Pradhan Mantri Jandhan

Yojanac) Pradhanmantri Mudra Yojana d) None of the above

28. SBI has sponsored_____ RRBs,a) 3 b) 5c) 10 d) 15


Page 93 of 197

29. Interest concession for women given by SBI in which of the following schemea) Housing Loan b) Personal Loanc) Agr Gold Loan d) Car Loan

30. Total Number of Foreign branches of SBI isa) More than 225 b) More than 198 branchsc) More than 250 d) None of the above

31. The Subsidiary launched by SBI for implementation of CSR isa) SBI Power b) SBI Servicesc) SBI Foundation d) None of the above

32. BCSBI meansa) Business correspondent of SBI b) Bankers Cheque of SBI

c) Banking Codes and StandardsBoard of India

d) Bank Commission acct of SBI

33. SBI’s Mobile Wallet Buddy launched in collaboration wittha) Accenture & Master Card b) Tata consultancy Services

c) Infosys & Master Card d) None of the above34. SBI started dedicated Specialized Branch for Start-Ups called is.

a) SBI – In Cube b) SBI -Startsc) SBI - Exclusive d) None of the above

35. Recently SBI sought approval to operate in the following country along withother Asian Asian Banks isa) Bhutan b) Srilankac) Singapore d) Myanmar

36. FIBU stand fora) Financial Institutions Business Unit b) Foreign Institutions Business

Unitc) First Institution Business unit d) Former Institution Business Unit

37. SBI launched a single wndow for investment of the following country and thesingle window is called:a) China – China Source b) Japan – Japan Deskc) Myanmar – Myans source d) None of the above

38. SBI tied up with the following e-commerce gaint isa) Flipkart b) Amazonc) Snapdeal d) Shopclues

39. SBI’s new Social Media Banking Platform isa) SBI Mingle b) Twitterc) Face Book d) Pintrest

40. New Managing Director of SBI appointed by GOI isa) Mr.B.Sriram b) Mr.Rajanish Kumarc) Mr.Praveen Kumar Gupta d) Mr.Dinesh Kumar Khara

41. Aggregate amount of Member’s contribution and Bank’s contribution plusinterest /income (if any) of Pension is known as _________.a) Pension Treasure b) Cumulative Pensionc) Pension Wealth d) Double Pension


Page 94 of 197

42. Advertisement "Paisa Bolta Hai" is related to ____________.a) Highlighting security features of

Bank Notesb) Promotion of Credit Cards

c) A slogan of Reserve Bank of India d) Promotion of Debit cards43. Grievance Redressal Committee was reconstituted at Corporate Centre to

redress the appeals/representations of willful defaulters is headed bya) Chairman b) MD & GE (IB)c) DMD & GE (SAMG) d) Any DMD

44. Under Corporate Social Responsibility our Bank has taken new stepsbeneficial to environment.a) Green Champion b) Ozone Championc) Green Colour Banking d) Both (a) & (b)

45. Ultra Small Branches of the Banks are in the context of ______________a) Financial Inclusion b) Focused lending for SMEc) Intensified Agricultural lending d) Priority sector lending

46. To facilitate online monitoring of currency chests maintained by us a Websitecalled ________has been launched.a) CAC – online b) ‘CURRENCYCHEST-online’c) RBI – online d) SBI – online

47. After the merger of new banks into SBI’s market share is expected to increasebya) 22.5% – 23% b) 18% - 20%c) 23% - 25% d) None of the above

48. The past and the latest data of the branch business environment, andeconomic data is available ina) P Report b) B.S.R. Reportc) Branch Dossier d) Weekly Abstract

49. Legal expenses incurred by the bank in respect of Recalled assets accountsare to be debited toa) Charges A/c - legal b) respective PB/RD A/cc) Cash Receipt d) Charges – sundries

50. Which bank merged with State Bank Of India along with 5 associates?a) Bharateeya Mahila Bank b) Punjab & Sind Bankc) Maharana Pratap Bank d) Uco Bank

Organizational Structure key

1 a 2 b 3 c 4 b 5 b 6 a 7 a 8 b 9 a 10 c11 c 12 d 13 c 14 a 15 b 16 a 17 c 18 b 19 b 20 b21 a 22 b 23 c 24 b 25 b 26 a 27 a 28 d 29 a 30 b31 c 32 c 33 a 34 a 35 d 36 a 37 b 38 a 39 a 40 d41 c 42 a 43 b 44 d 45 a 46 b 47 a 48 c 49 a 50 a


Page 95 of 197

Supervisory roles and Responsibilities

Prepared by Sri. P.Adityudu, Manager (Trg)

1. Passing powers of MMGS-II and abovea) Rs.5,00,000/- lacs b) Rs.10,00,000/- lacsc) Rs.4,00,000/- lacs d) Unlimited.

2. Passing powers of PO, TO is Cash Rs______ & Transfers_______ (3 monthsafter their date of joining)a) Rs.20000/- and Rs.25000/- b) Rs.25000/- and Rs.50000/-c) Rs.50000/- and Rs.100000/- d) None of the above

3. Passing powers of PO, TO is Cash Rs_____& Transfers_______ (6monthsafter their date of joining)a) Rs.25000/- and Rs.50000/- b) Rs.50000/- and Rs.100000/-c) Rs.100000/- and Rs.200000/- d) Rs.200000/- and Rs.500000/-

4. Passing powers of JMGS –I/ PO, TO is Cash Rs_____& Transfers_______(2nd year of probation)a) Rs.50000/- and Rs.100000/- b) Rs.100000/- and Rs.200000/-c) Rs.200000/- and Rs.500000/- d) None of the above.

5. Passing powers of JMGS-I designated as Accountant, Field officer, BranchManager, Manager of Division area) Cash-Rs.200000/- and Transfer-

Rs.500000/-b) Cash-Rs.500000/- and

Transfer-Rs.1000000/-c) Cash-Rs.700000/- and Transfer-

Rs.800000/-d) Unlimited.

6. The role of Assistant is redesignated asa) Assistant (Cash and Accounts) b) Junior Associatec) Junior Associate (Customer Support

and sales)d) None of the above

7. The role of Customer Assistant is redesignated asa) Customer Assistant (Sales) b) Customer Assistant(Customer

support & sales)c) Associate (Customer Support &

sales)d) None of the above.

8. The role of Senior Assistant is redesignated asa) Senior Assistant (Sales) b) Senior Associate (Customer

support)c) Senior Associate (Sales) d) Senior Associate (Customer

support & Sales)

9. The role of Special Assistant is redesignated asa) Special Assistant (Sales) b) Chief Associate (Customer

support and sales)c) Special Associate (Sales) d) Special Associate (Customer

support & Sales)10. The role of Senior Special Assistant is redesignated as

a) Senior Special Assistant (Sales) b) Senior Special Associate(Customer support and sales)

c) Chief Special Associate (Customer d) Chief Associate (Customer


Page 96 of 197

support and sales) support and sales)11. Passing powers of Chief Associate (Customer Support & Sales) is Cash

Rs__________& Transfers_______a) Rs.200000/- and Rs.500000/- b) Rs.400000/- and Rs.500000/-c) Rs.100000/- and Rs.400000/- d) Unlimited

12. Passing powers of Special Associate (Customer Support & Sales) is CashRs_________& Transfers_______a) Rs.200000/- and Rs.500000/- b) Rs.100000/- and Rs.400000/-c) Rs.400000/- and Rs.500000/- d) None of the above

13. Passing powers of Senior Associate (Customer Support & Sales) is CashRs_________& Transfers_______a) Rs.50000/- and Rs.100000/- b) Rs.100000/- and Rs.200000/-c) Rs.200000/- and Rs.400000/- d) None of the above

14. Passing powers of Junior Associate (Customer Support & Sales) with capabilitylevel 1 is Cash Rs_________& Transfers_______a) Rs.50000/- and Rs.100000/- b) Rs.25000/- and Rs.50000/-c) Rs.20000/- and Rs.25000/- d) Rs.15000/- and Rs.20000/-

15. Passing powers of Associate (Customer Support & Sales) is CashRs_________& Transfers_______a) Rs.50000/- and Rs.100000/- b) Rs.25000/- and Rs.50000/-c) Rs.35000/- and Rs.70000/- d) Rs.15000/- and Rs.20000/-

16. Passing powers of RM(SE) JMGS I officer is Cash Rs_________&Transfers_______a) Rs.200000/- and Transfer-

Rs.500000/-b) Rs.200000/- and Transfer-

Rs.1000000/-c) Cash-Rs.700000/- and Transfer-

Rs.800000/-d) Unlimited

17. Passing powers of Special Management Executives MMGS III officer for thefirst 6 months and after 6 months is Cash Rs_________& Transfers_______a) Up to 6 months : Rs.50000 &

Rs.100000After 6 months : Rs.200000 &Rs.500000

a) Up to 6 months : Rs.100000 &Rs.200000After 6 months : Rs.100000 &Rs.200000

c) Up to 6 months : Rs.200000 &Rs.500000After 6 months : Rs.500000 &Rs.800000

c) None of the above.

18. Signing powers of JMGS-I/Chief Associate (Customer support & sales) inrespect of Draft/IOI isa) Below Rs.150000/- Individually

Rs.150000/- and above: Jointly withanother official having full signingpowers.

b) Jointly with another officialhaving full signing powers.

c) Unlimited signing powers individually d) None of the above.19. Drafts, Banker cheque’s, SC payment advices to be signed by _____ officials if

the amount is Rs.150000/- and abovea) One official b) Two officialsc) Three officials d) None of the above


Page 97 of 197

20. LCs/Guarantees to be signed by______ officials irrespective of the amounta) One official b) Two officialsc) Three officials d) None of the above

21. Debits in Income A/cs should be authorized bya) Branch Head b) Controlling authorityc) Accountant d) Field officer

22. Debits in Sundry Deposits should be authorized bya) Accountant b) Controlling authorityc) Field officer d) Branch head

23. Both Debit & Credit in Suspense A/c should be authorized bya) Accountant b) Branch headc) Field officer d) Controlling authority

24. Retention period of power attorney register isa) 5 years b) 10 yearsc) 60 years d) To be retained permanently

25. Record register, letter of Indemnity and General ledger are to be preserveda) 5 years b) 10 years

c) 60 years d) To be preserved permanently

26. Banker Cheque’s prepared by debiting to charges account and are outstandingfor more than 3 years are to be credited toa) Charges(Sundries) b) Branch Exchange a/cc) Branch Commission account d) Cannot be credited.

27. Purchases below Rs.1000/- fixed assets to be debited toa) Fixed assets account(P&M) b) Charges account(Sundries)c) Fixed assets (Furniture and fixtures) d) None of the above

28. Cost of furniture item (Tea poy) amounting to Rs.850/- is debited toa) Fixed assets (Furniture and fixtures) b) Charges account (Sundries)c) Fixed assets account (P&M) d) None of the above

29. The cost of a trunk box for an amount of Rs.700/- for the purpose of using forcash remittancesa) Charges account b) Exchange accountc) Fixed assets account d) Commission account

30. Cheques / Instruments etc in respect of Govt / Non Govt transactions to bepassed by two officials with full passing powers for amount ofa) Rs.10 lacs and above b) Rs.25 lacs and abovec) Rs.50 lacs and above d) It is unlimited individually

31. Production of sureties may not be insisted upon while obtaining indemnity forissuance of duplicate IOI (Draft) where the amount of IOI (Draft) is up toRs_____ if the applicant (purchaser) of a IOI (Draft) is considered good for theamount.a) Rs.5000/- b) Rs.10000/-c) Rs.50000/- d) Rs.100000/-

32. Power of Attorneys are entered ina) Power of Attorney register b) Branch Documents registerc) Miscellaneous security register d) Sundry deposit register

33. LIC Policy given as security for Overdrafts are entered in


Page 98 of 197

a) Power of Attorney register b) Branch Documents register

c) Miscellaneous security register d) Sundry deposit register34. Death certificates, Succession certificates, Letter of Administration, Probates,

Court orders appointing receivers for property are entered ina) Power of Attorney register b) Branch Documents registerc) Miscellaneous security register d) Sundry deposit register

35. Indemnity Bonds are entered ina) Power of Attorney register b) Branch Documents registerc) Miscellaneous security register d) Sundry deposit register

36. Licenses, Retention limits, Insurance, Title Deed related to Bank’s property,lease, agreement etc are entered ina) Power of Attorney register b) Branch Documents register

c) Miscellaneous security register d) Sundry deposit register37. The unused/ Un surrendered cheque leaves are entered in

a) Power of Attorney register b) Branch Documents registerc) Lost Document Register d) Sundry deposit register

38. DRP & BCP are entered ina) Power of Attorney register b) Branch Documents registerc) Lost Document Register d) Sundry deposit register

39. Water droplet test (Fugitive ink test) needs to be conducted for instruments ofa) Rs.25000/- and above b) Rs.50000/- and abovec) Rs.100000/- and above d) Not required in CTS

40. With effect from 01.07.2017 the revised scoring in RFIA for AdequatlyControlled Branche isa) Marks between 700 - 849 b) Marks between 725 - 849c) Marks between 750 - 849 d) None of the above

41. With effect from 01.07.2017 the revised scoring in RFIA for ModeratlyControlled Branche isa) Marks between 700 - 849 b) Marks between 700 - 849c) Marks between 650 - 724 d) None of the above

42. Proposed Number of Circle after the merger of Associate Banks isa) 14 b) 15c) 16 d) None of the above

43. Under the new TDS system TRS stands fora) Tax Reporting System b) TDS Reporting Systemc) Tax Reconciliation System d) None of the above

44. In MRFTP (Market related fund transfer price mechanism), TP Bid rate meansa) Central office Interest receivable on

depositsb) Central office interest payable

on advancesc) Both a & b d) None of the above

45. In MRFTP (Market related fund transfer price mechanism), TP offer rate meansa) Central office Interest receivable on

depositsb) Central office interest payable

on advancesc) Both a & b d) None of the above

46. Every year expenses on a/c of training of all branch staff is transferred to LHOa) 28th/29th February b) 31st Januaryc) 31st March d) On any day.


Page 99 of 197

47. Yearly entry relating to staff welfare fund is passed ona) 31st January b) On any day.c) 28th/29th February d) 31st March

48. Income tax register is to be preserved for atleasta) 5 years b) 10 yearsc) 25 years d) permanently

49. Recoveries made on account of written off accounts are credited toa) Charges account(Recovery from

return off accounts)b) P & L account

c) Adjusting account d) Loan account /deposit accountof the customer

50. Bank Guards name is entered in Gun license asa) Owner b) Holderc) Retainer d) Only BMs name entered

51 Minimum Amount to be deposited in Sukanya Samriddhi Account in a FY isa) Rs.1,000/- b) Rs.1,500/-c) Rs 500/- d) No minimum is prescribed

52 Maximum Amount to be deposited in Sukanya Samriddhi Account in a FY isa) Rs.12,000/- b) Rs.6,000/-c) Rs.1,50,000/- d) No Ceiling

53 Penaulty for non payment of minimum amount of Deposit under SukanyaSamriddhi Account isa) Rs.50/- Per year b) Rs.10/- per yearc) Rs.100/- per year d) No Penaulty

54 Withdrawal under Sukanya Samriddhi Account is as undera) Girl child attains 18 years

of age or has passed 10th standard,whichever is earlier

b) Girl child has passed 10th

standard

c) Girl child attains 18 yearsof age d) None of the above55 Pre mature closure of the account can be done on exceptional cases after the

completion of ____ yearsa) 10 yrs from the opening of such

accountb) 5 yrs from the opening of such

accountc) 15 yrs from the opening of such

accountd) Pre mature closure is not

available

KEY FOR MCQ – Supervisory roles and Responsibilities

1 d 2 a 3 b 4 c 5 d6 c 7 c 8 d 9 d 10 d11 a 12 b 13 a 14 d 15 c16 b 17 a 18 a 19 b 20 b21 a 22 d 23 b 24 c 25 d26 a 27 b 28 a 29 b 30 a31 d 32 a 33 c 34 d 35 b36 b 37 c 38 b 39 a 40 b41 c 42 c 43 b 44 a 45 b46 a 47 c 48 b 49 a 50 c51 a 52 c 53 a 54 a 55 b


Page 100 of 197

BUSINESS CORRESPONDENTS & BUSINESS FACILITATORS

Compiled by Sri.P.Adityudu, Manager (Training)

1 As per latest instructions, Savings Bank accounts opened by Businesscorrespondents/CSPs the instruction is(a) Biometric machines to be

provided at branches in future.(b) Signatures of the account

holders to be scanned andwithdrawls to be allowed atbranches.

(c) Transactions may be allowedat branches, based on photoidentification as in the case ofilliterate customers, tillbiometric machines areinstalled.

(d) All the above.

2 The services of Business facilitators to be(a) Terminate the existing

individual B.Fs on expiry oftheir agreementswef.11.04.2012.

(b) Discontinue the engagement offresh individual B.Fs.

(c) New entity B.Fs(Corporate &NGOs) may be engaged onselective basis and existingentities may be reviewedbased on their contribution andaction taken.

(d) All the above.

3 An officer of the link branch will visit the CSPs once a week on fixed time andday, and will use the visit for(a) Monitor the activities at CSP.

Collect and check allapplications for opening of newsavings account.

(b) Deposit mobilization,Marketing for loans andadvances, follow up forrecovery of loans/NPAs.

(c) To meet the villagers to createawareness and to get feed ack.

(d) All the above.

4 The Software that has been developed with the various objectives likemaintenance of BC/BF details, their commission details, computation ofcommissions payable, MIS and performance control is.(a) ChannelManagement Software (b) SBI connect(c) China systems (d) B@ncs 24

5 Outsourcing of certain banking activities through Business Facilitators (BFs)and Business Correspondents (BCs) has been permitted by which Authority?(a) R.B.I (b) S.B.I(c) S.E.B.I (d) I.R.D.A


Page 101 of 197

6 The objectives of engaging BC/BF(a) Greater financial inclusion (b) Increasing the out reach of the

banking sector.(c) Only (a) (d) Both (a) & (b)

7 Can BC/BFs source large value deposits / loans(a) Yes (b) No(c) None (d) Can’t say

8 “FIC “ (FINANCIAL INCLUSION CENTER) is primarily meant for(a) Creating awareness about

financial inclusion(b) Supporting Business

Correspondents(c) RBI move (d) All the above

9 The security deposit for individual Business Correspondents is(a) average turnover of 3 days with

minimum Rs. 0.50 lacs.(b) average turnover of 2 days

with minimum Rs. 0.50lacs.(c) average turnover of 4 days with

minimum Rs. 0.50 lacs.(d) average turnover of 5 days

with minimum Rs. 0.50 lacs.10 The minimum security deposit of Rs.10 lacs to be applicable for Entity BCs

(NGOs, Sec. 25 companies, Societies etc) is(a) upto 1000 CSPs. (b) upto 2000 CSPs(c) upto 3000 CSPs (d) upto 4000 CSPs

11 The maximum amount that can be accepted by a BC/CSP under AEPS is(a) Rs.20000/- (b) Rs.10000/-(c) Rs.5000/- (d) Rs.15000/-

12 The maximum amount that can be accepted in cash for deposit to acustomer’s account by third party in kiosk banking is(a) Rs.20000/- (b) Rs.10000/-(c) Rs.5000/- (d) Rs.15000/-

13 Who is the head of the committee on Financial Inclusion?(a) V. Khelkar (b) Usha Thorat(c) C.Rangarajan (d) Vepa Kamesam

14 what is the periodicity of commission payable to BC/BF(a) Monthly (b) Weekly(c) Quarterly (d) Halfyearly

15 Which account is to be debited while paying commission to BC/BF?(a) Charges fees paid to BC/ BF (b) Commission fees paid to

BC/BF(c) Interest account (d) Suspense account

16 What is a small value transaction?(a) Cash withdrawl/deposit upto

Rs.10000/-(b) Cash withdrawl/deposit upto

Rs.1000/-(c) Cash withdrawl/deposit upto

Rs.5000/-(d) Cash withdrawl/deposit upto

Rs.100/-17 What is the difference between a BC and BF?

(a) Both are same (b) A BF will only sourceapplications for deposits. A BCin addition to the activities ofthe BF will also carry out smallvalue transactions cash /transfer


Page 102 of 197

(c) A BC in addition to theactivities of the BF will alsocarry out high valuetransactions cash / transfer

(d) None of the above.

18 Whether commission is to be recovered from BC/BF in case of prematurepayment of TDR?(a) Yes. In case the pre-mature

payment is before a period of1 year.

(b) Yes. In case the pre-maturepayment is before a period of 6months.

(c) Yes. In case the pre-maturepayment is before a period of2 years.

(d) Yes. In case the pre-maturepayment is before a period of 3months.

19 What is the minimum period for which a term deposit can be sourced by aBC/BF?(a) 3 months (b) 1 year(c) 9 months (d) 6 Months

20 Whether renewal of TDR is eligible for commission?(a) Yes, sourced by any body (b) No such provision(c) Yes, provided it is originally

sourced by a BC/BF.(d) None of the above

21 What is the rate of commission payable to BC/ BF on SB account?(a) Rs.20/- is payable for every

S.B account(b) Rs.10/- is payable for every

S.B account(c) Rs.30/- is payable for every

S.B account(d) Rs.5/- is payable for every S.B

account22 ________Committee report is on Rural Credit and Micro Finance and deals

with modalities for appointment of banking correspondents(a) Khan committee report (b) Narasimham committee(c) Rangarajan committee (d) None of the above

23 Can BC accept cash(a) Yes, maximum of Rs.20000/-

per day per customer(b) Yes, maximum of Rs.500/- per

day per customer(c) Yes, maximum of Rs.10000/-

per day per customer(d) Yes, maximum of Rs.1000/-

per day per customer24 Can an individual/entity affiliated to a political party be engaged as a BC/BF.?

(a) Yes (b) Yes, but with satisfactoryrecord

(c) None (d) No25 Are the BCs required to make investment before commencing

transaction on behalf of the bank?(a) Only laptop (b) The BCs need to make

investment in POSdevices,finger print capturingmachine, receipt printer andfinger print scanner, laptop anda digital camera.

(c) None (d) Fixed amount of Rs.50000/-


Page 103 of 197

26 What is a CSP?(a) Customer Sales Point (b) Consumer sales point(c) Customer sales procedure (d) Customer Service Point

27 Does the BC/BF also required to maintain a complaint register?(a) No (b) Maintained at the link branch(c) Maintained at the R.B.O (d) Yes

28 Who will obtain insurance of the cash at the BC outlet?(a) B.C himself (b) Link Branch(c) Channel manager (d) Regional Business office

29 Will the BCs/BFs be given any business targets?(a) No targets (b) Yes, Individual targets given(c) Yes. The target given to the

Channel Manager / ChannelManager Advisor will bedistributed among theBCs/BFs.

(d) Yes, maximum target ofRs.100000/-

30 Can the customers who have opened an account with BC SmartCard / transact through the Branch also(a) Yes. The customer has the

freedom to use Branchbanking facilities.

(b) Yes. The customer has thefreedom to use only at CSP.

(c) No such facility (d) None of the above31 Pass Books for the FIC accounts maintained by the BCs can be issued at?

(a) Issued at Link Branch only (b) Issued at BC point only(c) Both A & B are Correct (d) Pass Book Cannot be issued

to FIC account Holders32 Maximum Loan to Business Correspondents under SME segment To meet all

kinds of Credit requirements relating to business(a) Rs.1.00 lacs (b) Rs.2.50 lacs(c) Rs.3.00 lacs (d) No Loan canbe extended to

B.Cs

ANSWERS (FI)

1. d 2 d 3 d 4 a 5 a6 d 7 b 8 b 9 a 10 a11 b 12 a 13 c 14 a 15 a16 a 17 b 18 a 19 d 20 c21 d 22 a 23 a 24 d 25 b26 d 27 d 28 a 29 c 30 a31 a 32 b


Page 104 of 197

PER SEGMENT DEPOSIT PRODUCTS

Compiled by Sri K Giridhar Reddy, Manager (Training)

1 Which of the following cannot open Saving Bank account?(a) Illiterate Person (b) Municipal Corporations or

Committees(c) Pardanashin women (d) Minor

2 What is the minimum amount of deposit into SB account?(a) 5 (b) 10(c) 50 (d) No such stipulation

3 Savings Account should be treated as inoperative, if there are no debit as wellas credit transactions over a period of(a) 1 year (b) 2 years(c) 3 years (d) None of these

4 Minors who can adhere to uniform signature and are not less than ten yearsold can open sb accounts in their single name and maintain therein amaximum balance of(a) Rs. 100,000/- (b) Rs. 500,000/-(c) Rs. 200,000/- (d) Rs. 300,000/-

5 What is the minimum amount of withdrawal in SB account?(a) Rs.10 (b) Rs.20(c) Rs.50 (d) No such Stipulation

6 What is the agelimit for Yuva Savings account?(a) 18-40 years (b) 18-45 years(c) 18-30 years (d) 18-50 years

7 What is the min. and max. Period for which MOD can be accepted ?

(a) 1 and 5 years (b) 6 Months and 120 Months(c) 7 days and 10 years (d) None of the above

8 The type of deposit that can be opened in MODS(a) TDR (b) STDR(c) Either a or b (d) None of the above

9 Corporate Liquid Term Deposit can be accepted for amounts of(a) Min Rs.50000 and in multiples

of Rs.5000(b) Subsequent deposits Min.25000

and in multiples of Rs.5000(c) Both a and b are true (d) None of the above

10 Savings Plus is the combination of(a) SB and MODS (b) SB and CLTD(c) Current account and MODS (d) None of these

11 Which of the following are not true in respect of Savings Plus ?(a) Min. balance Rs.5000 (b) Deposits matured will be rolled

over unless indicated otherwise(c) TDS is applicable for MODS

created(d) None of these

12 Withdrawals are permitted from Savings Plus Account through(a) Cheque (b) ATM(c) INB (d) All of the these


Page 105 of 197

13 Which of the following are true in respect of Savings Plus account(a) No overdraft will be allowed

against SBI MOD Deposits(b) Deposits cannot be accepted as

margin for any NF business(c) Both are true (d) None of the above are true

14 Which of the following are true in case of Senior Citizen Deposit Scheme(a) Objective is to provide

differential interest rate toSenior Citizens

(b) Min. 7 days and Max. 10 years

(c) Min. Rs.10000 and in multiplesof Rs.1000

(d) All of these

15 Which of the following are not true in respect of Capgain Plus Scheme(a) Parking of capital gains for a

max period of 3 years(b) Min Rs.1000 in SB a/c and Min

Rs.5000 in TD Account(c) Deposit can neither be

accepted as margin nor ascollateral

(d) None of these

16 Amount withdrawn from deposits under Capgain Plus to be utilized within(a) 30 days (b) 60 days(c) 90 days (d) None of the above

17 Upper limit (ceiling) for issue of MCC for Per segment Savings Account holders(Others) and for HNI/NRI’s is(a) Rs.2 lacs and Rs.10.00 lacs (b) Rs.5 lacs and Rs.20.00 lacs(c) Rs.10 lacs and Rs.50.00 lacs (d) None of these

18 What are the variants available under Corporate Salary Package(a) Silver (b) Gold(c) Diamond & Platinum (d) All of the above

19 What is the eligibility criteria for opening salary accounts under CorporateSalary Package(a) Min. 25 employees (b) Min. payout of Rs.1.25 lacs(c) Both a & b (d) None of the above

20 The deposit scheme available in the bank that offers both higher interest andtax benefits u/s 80 C(a) Cap Gain Plus (b) MODS(c) SBI Tax Savings Scheme 2006 (d) None of the above

21 The income criteria under Corporate salary package under Gold category is(a) Rs.5,000 to Rs.20,000 (b) Rs.20,000 to Rs.50,000/-(c) Rs.50,000 to Rs.1,00,000 (d) Above Rs.1,00,000/-

22 The maximum number of debit entries permitted in savings account per halfyear is ---------- except transactions routed through alternate channels.(a) Depends on QAB (b) Depends on Half yearly balance(c) Depends on Monthly avg bal (d) No such stipulation

23 The income criteria under Corporate salary package under Silver category is(a) Rs.5,000 to Rs.20,000 (b) Rs.20,000 to Rs.50,000/-(c) Rs.50,000 to Rs.1,00,000 (d) Above Rs.1,00,000/-

24 The income criteria under Corporate salary package under Diamond category(a) Rs.5,000 to Rs.20,000 (b) Rs.20,000 to Rs.50,000/-(c) Rs.50,000 to Rs.1,00,000 (d) Above Rs.1,00,000/-


Page 106 of 197

25 Small Deposit account means(a) Balance at any point of time

does not exceed Rs.50000(b) Aggregate of all credits in a

financial year does not exceedRs.100000

(c) Aggregate of all withdrawalsand transfers in a month doesnot exceed Rs.10000

(d) All the above

26 Salient feature of Yuva SB account include(a) Free collection of one cheque,

with a ceiling of Rs.20,000/- pm(b) Min. balance Rs.5000

(c) Free INB (d) All of these

27 Penalty applicable on premature payment of TDRs(a) Retail Term Deposits up to Rs

5.00 lacs will be ‘NIL’ providedthe deposits have remained withthe bank for at least 7 days.

(b) For term deposit above Rs 5.00lacs but less than Rs 1 crore,1% for all tenors

(c) No premature penalty will belevied on staff and SBIpensioners Deposits

(d) All of the above

28 Norms for loan/overdraft against TDRs are(a) 0.50% above contracted rate (b) 90% of principal and accrued

interest can be sanctioned asloan

(c) Both a & b (d) None of the above29 Recurring Deposit with flexibility in amount of installment

(a) SBI Flexi (b) MODS(c) SBI Tax Savings Scheme 2006 (d) None of the above

30 Features of SBI Flexi Deposit include(a) Min. Rs.5000 per year and

Rs.500 at any one instance(b) Max. Rs.50000 in a financial

year(c) Penalty for default in payment

of minimum deposit will beRs.50/- per Financial Year

(d) All the above

31 Which of the following are not true in respect of SBI Surabhi(a) SB or CA will be linked to

CLTD(b) Min bal for CA is Rs.10000

(c) Min bal for SB is Rs.1000 (d) None of the above32 In Surabhi, CLTD will be created for the periods

(a) Min 12 months and Max 36months

(b) Min 7 days and max 10 years

(c) Min 6 months and Max 10years

(d) None of the above

33 Which of the following are not true in case of SBI Surabhi ?(a) No loan or OD is permissible

against the deposit(b) Partial withdrawal based on

LIFO(c) Periodicity for Sweep is weekly (d) None of the above


Page 107 of 197

34 The following are not true in case of SBI Tax Saving Scheme 2006(a) PAN is mandatory (b) Min Period of deposit is 5 years(c) Min deposit is Rs.1000 (d) None of the above

35 Under Premier Savings account, which are the facilities available(a) Through auto sweep, Term

deposit under MOD(b) Unlimited no of debits

(c) Free RTGS/NEFT (d) PRODUCT DISCON TINUED36 Tenure for MOD Component under Savings Plus

(a) 1 year to 3 years (b) 3 year to 5 years(c) 1 year to 5 years (d) 2 year to 3 years

37 Under Tax Savings scheme, which sections of IT act is applicable for deposits(a) 80 B (b) 80 C(c) 80 D (d) 80 H

38 Maturity proceeds if exceeds Rs.20,000/- or more to be invariably be creditedto account or paid through Account payee cheque is stipulation under:(a) Section 269 of IT Act (b) Section 269 of SBI Act(c) Section 268 of IT Act (d) Section 268 of SBI Act

39 Period of deposit under SBI Flexi Deposit scheme is(a) 3-5 years (b) 5-7 years(c) 4-7 years (d) 5-10 years

40 What is the period of deposit under Tax Savings Scheme(a) 5-7 years (b) 5 years(c) 5-8 years (d) 5-10 years

41 Name the deposit scheme which allows lump sum deposit and payment ofprincipal and interest at equated monthly installments(a) SBI Annuity Deposit (b) SBI Flexi(c) SBI Power Jyothi (d) None of these

42 Which of the following are not features of SBI Annuity Deposit(a) Min Deposit Amount Rs.25000 (b) Min Monthly Annuity Rs.1000(c) Period of Deposit 36/60/84/120

months(d) None of the above

43 The loan facility under PPF scheme is available during the period(a) 4-5 years (b) 3-5 years(c) 2-5 years (d) 5th year onwards

44 Which of the following is true under Sukanya Samriddhi Account(a) any girl child who had attained

the age of ten years(b) Minimum Deposit in a year is

Rs.1000/- and Maximum isRs.150,000/-.

(c) Minimum deposit mandatory till14 years from the date ofopening

(d) All the above

45 Pehla Kadam is a Savings Bank scheme for children below the age of(a) 5 yrs (b) 15 yrs(c) Minor of any age (d) 12 yrs

46 Pehli Udaan is a Savings Bank scheme for children above the age of—andsign uniformly.(a) 12 yrs (b) 5 yrs(c) 1o yrs (d) 8 yrs


Page 108 of 197

47 What is the cap on per day INB Transaction limits in Pehli Kadam, PehliUdaan account(a) Rs. 2,000 (b) Rs. 3,000(c) Rs. 4,000 (d) Rs. 5,000

48 Which child plan of SBI life is offered to customers of Pehli Kadam and PehliUdaan with inbuilt premier waiver benefit:(a) Smart Kadam (b) Smart Udaan(c) Smart Scholar (d) Smart Student

49 What is the basis for determining the variant of Salary Account underCorporate Salary Package(a) CSP – Gross Salary (b) Rank of the employee in all

other packages(c) Both a & b are true (d) None of the above

50 Following are the common features of all Salary Packages(a) Savings Plus accounts will be

opened(b) Overdraft facility available up to

2 month’s net salary(c) 1% discount on purchase of

Gold Coins of alldenominations

(d) All the above

51 Personal Accident Insurance cover available for Gold & Diamond variants inall the salary packages(a) Rs.5.00 lacs (b) Rs.4.00 lacs(c) Rs.3.00 lacs (d) None of these

52 The following offers are available for Platinum Variant in all the salarypackages(a) SBI Vishesh Status (b) Free Platinum International

Debit Card(c) 25% concession in locker

charges(d) All of these

53 Authority vested with CGM to permit coverage of employees having salaries ofless than Rs.5000 p.m under Silver variant provided:(a) All the salary accounts are

maintained with our Bank(b) Employees drawing gross

salary of less than Rs.5000should not be more than 20% oftotal

(c) Both a & b are true (d) None of these54 Max amount of deposit in any account under Pehla Kadam SB account

(a) Rs.5 lacs (b) Rs 10 lacs(c) Rs.1 lac (d) Rs 2 lacs

55 Max amount of deposits under common CIF in Pehla Kadam SB Account(a) Rs 10 lacs (b) Rs 5 lacs(c) Rs 1 lac (d) Rs 3 lacs

56 The maximum deposit permitted under SBI Tax Savings Scheme 2006(a) 150000 (b) 200000(c) 100000 (d) 50000

57 If a customer feels that the services rendered by the branch are notsatisfactory he can close his SB account with in_ _ and the SB accountclosure charges are waived


Page 109 of 197

(a) 14 days (b) 15 days(c) 30 days (d) 18 days

58 What is the margin stipulation for loan against term deposits ?(a) 10% of the face value plus

accrued interest(b) 5% of the face value plus

accrued interest(c) 15% of the face value plus

accrued interest(d) None of these

59 The interest will be paid on pre-mature payment of term deposits, if the depositremained in the Bank for a minimum period of _ _ _ _ _ _ days(a) 15 days (b) 14 days(c) 7 days (d) 30 days

60 The cap of 120 months on the tenor of term deposits is as per the guidelinesof _ _ _ _(a) RBI (b) IBA(c) Min. of Finance, GOI (d) None of these

61 Dishonor of electronic funds transfer has to be treated as dishonor ofnegotiable instrument as per the provisions of …..(a) BR Act (b) NI Act(c) Payment and Settlement

Systems Act(d) None of these

62 Which of the following statement are incorrect(a) Witness has to be obtained in

all nomination forms(b) Two witness signatures have to

be obtained on nominationforms given by illiterate persons

(c) For E or S deposit accountnomination can be obtained

(d) Nomination should be in favorof an individual only

63 What is the minimum deposit under Kisan Mitra Jama Yojana scheme(a) Rs.500 (b) Rs.1000(c) Rs.1500 (d) Rs.2000

64 The tenure of deposit under Kisan Mitra Jama Yojana scheme(a) 12 months to 5 years (b) 12 months to 7 years(c) 12 months to 8 years (d) 12 months to 10 years

65 On pre-mature payment of deposits the reduction in waiver of penalty can bepermitted by ____(a) CGM of the circle (b) GM of the Network(c) DGM of the Module (d) No discretion

66 What is the minimum monthly pay out in CSP facility ?(a) Rs.1.25 lacs (b) Rs.1.50 lacs(c) Rs.2.00 lacs (d) Rs.5.00 lacs

67 Who can not open PPF account(a) Resident Individual (b) NRI(c) HUF (d) Both b and c

68 PMJDY scheme stands for(a) Prime Minister Jan Dhan

Yojana(b) Prime Minister Jeevan Dan

Yojana(c) Prime Minister Jana Drishti

Yojana(d) Prime Minister Jeevan Dharti

Yojana


Page 110 of 197

69 Rupay card is associated with(a) New Yuva Card (b) Credit Card(c) Prepaid NRE Card (d) PMJDY

70 Accidental Death Insurance Cover of Rs________ is available in PMJDY A/C(a) 25000 (b) 100000(c) 50000 (d) 30000

71 Life Insurance Cover of Rs______ is available in PMJDY account(a) 50000 (b) 100000(c) 30000 (d) 10000

72 Overdraft of Rs_____ is available after 6 months in PMJDY account(a) 50000 (b) 5000(c) 10000 (d) 25000

73 Which of the following is true about granting overdraft in Savings Bankaccount:(a) Good customers to an extent of

Rs.1000/-(b) Not more than 3 occasions in a

year(c) OD to be adjusted within one

month(d) All the above

74 Which of the following is not true about Basic Savings Bank account(fully KYCCompliant) :(a) No Minimum Balance (b) No annual maintenance fee(c) Max 4 withdrawals in a month (d) Interest calculated on monthly

average basis75 Which of the following is not in the list Officially Valid Documents declared by

Government of India for the purpose of proof of identity under KYC.(a) Passport (b) Driving licence(c) Id card issued by Post offices (d) NREGA card issued by

Revenue authorities76 What is the periodicity for updation of KYC under High risk category customers

(a) 2 years (b) 3 years(c) 4 years (d) 5 years

77 Bank has set up AML/CFT cell at Jaipur, what is the software used by them foranalysing the alerts on transactions across the bank(a) Analog (b) Amlock(c) Digilock (d) Amlcftlock

78 What is the periodicity for updation of KYC under High risk category customers(a) 2 years (b) 5 years(c) 8 years (d) 10 years

79 What is the minimum threshold limit for executing auto sweep under PehliKadam and Pehli Udaan account(a) Rs.10000 (b) Rs.15000(c) Rs.20000 (d) Rs.25000

80 Which of the following is true about Over Draft facility in Pehli Kadam andPehli Udaan account(a) Overdraft facility is available to

the parents for meetingimmediate requirements suchas payment of school fees, etc

(b) Overdraft may be gratedagainst fixed deposits


Page 111 of 197

(c) two months’ salary in case ofCorporate Salary packageaccounts as the case may besubject to fulfilling other termsand conditions

(d) All the above

81 Under which of the following scheme is Value Added Feature(optional) facilityfor PAI Cover by SBI General Insurance under(a) Pehli Kadam (b) Pehli Udaan(c) Available in Both a&b (d) No such facility

82 Which of the following is true about DL against TDR/STDR(a) Maximum amount of loan that

can be granted against TermDeposits 90% of principalamount + accrued interest

(b) Max of 4 DL’s can besanctioned

(c) Both a&b (d) None of these83 Interest on deceased CA to be paid at the rate of

(a) No interest to be paid (b) TDR Rate(c) SB rate based on simple

interest from the date of death(d) None of these

84 Which of the following is true about for 15G/H.(a) Form 15H is submitted by

Depositors with age of 60years & above

(b) Form 15G is submitted byIndividuals below age of 60years

(c) Both a&b (d) None of these85 If PAN card is not submitted by depositor alongwith 15G/H, applicable rate of

TDS for Resident Individuals(a) 10% Plus 3% Cess (b) 15% Plus 3% Cess(c) 20% Plus 3% Cess (d) 25% Plus 3% Cess

86 Which of the following is true about Recurring Deposit Minimum Monthlyinstallment(a) Rs. 100/- at Metro/ Urban/

Semi Urban centre(b) Rs 50/- at Rural centres

(c) Thereafter in multiples of Rs.10/ -

(d) All the above

87 What is the periodicity for MOD’s under Savings Plus Scheme:(a) 1 year to 3 years (b) 1 year to 5 years

(c) 1 year to 10 years (d) 1 year to 7 years

88 Which of the following is true about Premium Savings Account.(a) 50% concession in draft issue

charges and cheque collectioncharges. Bankers Cheques willbe issued free.

(b) No Service charges in respectof outward RTGS/NEFTtransactions.

(c) Penalties for closing theaccount before completion of12 months: Rs.500/-

(d) All the above


Page 112 of 197

89 Which of the following is true about Kissan Mitra Jama Yojana?

(a) Minimum amount of depositRs 1500 and thereafter inmultiples of Rs. 100/-

(b) Minimum amount of Partialwithdrawal Rs. 500/- inmultiples of Rs. 100/-

(c) Period of deposit 12 months &10 years

(d) All of the above

90 What is the minimum, maximum amount of deposit in a year under SukanyaSamriddi Yojana Scheme(a) Rs.1000, Rs.100000 (b) Rs.1000, Rs.150000(c) Rs.1000, Rs.200000 (d) Rs.2000, Rs.100000

91 Which of the following true about Sukanya Samriddi Yojana Scheme(a) Natural/ Legal guardian may

open two accounts in the nameof two girl children.

(b) Minimum deposit mandatory till14 years from the date ofopening.

(c) The account shall mature oncompletion of 21 years fromthe date of opening theaccount

(d) All the above

92 Which of the following is not true about Caps Gain Plus Scheme(a) No Cheque Book (b) Withdrawal at home branch(c) ATM facility (d) No INB Facility

93 What is the period of deposit under Flexi Deposit Scheme(a) Min 1 yrs & Max 7 yrs (b) Min 3 yrs & Max 7 yrs(c) Min 2 yrs & Max 7 yrs (d) Min 5 yrs & Max 7 yrs

94 In case of joint account under SBI Tax Savings Scheme 2006, who will get thebenefit under Section 80C of IT Act 1961:(a) First account holder (b) Second account holder(c) All the account holders equally (d) None of these

95 The following is true in case of SBI Tax Saving Scheme 2006(a) Max deposit Rs.1.50 lacs pa (b) Period of deposit 5-10 years(c) No Loan facility (d) All of the above

96 What is the personal Accident cover available under Platinum variant ofCorporate Salary package in Rs.(a) 3.00 lacs (b) 4.00 lacs(c) 5.00 lacs (d) 10.00 lacs

97 What is the income criteria under Platinum variant of Corporate Salarypackage in Rs.(a) 50000-100000 (b) 50000-75000(c) 25000-50000 (d) Above 100000

98 When an account holder is unable to attend personally for withdrawing money,

(a) He may send hisrepresentative along with passbook

(b) He may send his representativealong with a letter of authority

(c) Withdrawal not permitted tothird party

(d) Both a & b


Page 113 of 197

99 In case the account holder is too ill/old to sign a withdrawal or put their thumbimpression, the impression of the depositor should be identified by(a) No witnesses required (b) Two independent witnesses

known to the Bank(c) One of the witnesses should be

Bank official(d) Both a & b

100 Nomination in respect of a Term Deposit shall be in prescribed form:

(a) DA1 (b) DA2(c) DA3 (d) DA4

PER DEPOSIT PRODUCTS ANSWERS

1 b 11 d 21 b 31 d 41 a 51 a2 b 12 d 22 c 32 a 42 d 52 d3 b 13 c 23 a 33 d 43 b 53 b4 c 14 d 24 c 34 d 44 d 54 c5 c 15 d 25 d 35 d 45 c 55 a6 c 16 b 26 d 36 c 46 c 56 a7 a 17 c 27 d 37 b 47 d 57 a8 c 18 d 28 c 38 a 48 c 58 a9 c 19 c 29 a 39 b 49 c 59 c10 a 20 c 30 d 40 d 50 d 60 b

61 c 67 d 73 d 79 c 85 c 91 d 97 d62 a 68 a 74 d 80 d 86 d 92 c 98 d63 c 69 d 75 c 81 a 87 b 93 d 99 b64 d 70 b 76 a 82 c 88 d 94 a 100 a65 d 71 c 77 b 83 c 89 d 95 d66 a 72 b 78 d 84 c 90 b 96 c


Page 114 of 197

REMITTANCES & COLLECTIONS

Compiled by Sri K Giridhar Reddy, Manager (Training)

1. The RBI draft is valid for ____ ( becomes stale after)a) 1 month b) 2 monthsc) 3 months d) 6 months

2. RBI draft becomes ‘lapsed’ if not paid withina) 6 months from the date of its

issueb) 1 accounting year from the date

of its issuec) 2 accounting years from the date

of its issued) 3 accounting years from the date

of its issue3. RBI’s accounting Year is

a) April to March b) July to Junec) January to December d) Either of the above

4. A ‘lapsed’ RBI draft can be revalidateda) With the clearance of Local Office

of RBIb) With the clearance of Central

Office of RBIc) With the clearance of Dy.

Governor of RBId) With the clearance of Currency

Chest Branch of a Bank5. Which of the following statements is not true in respect of RBI draft

a) Duplicate draft can be issuedagainst indemnity

b) Duplicate Draft can be cancelledonly if both the original &duplicate are produced

c) If the original is not produced,the payment of the duplicate to beobtained at the drawee office

d) Duplicate draft cannot becancelled under anycircumstances

6. RBI Interest warrant lapses _________ months after issuea) 6 b) 8c) 12 d) 18

7. Relationship of Banker with purchaser of Bank Draft:a) Debtor & Creditor b) Creditor& Debtorc) Principal & Agent d) Agent & Principal

8. Relationship of Banker with Payee of Bank Draft:a) Trustee & Beneficiary b) Debtor & Creditorc) Creditor& Debtor d) Principal & Agent

9. Hologram is affixed on drafts of Rs.______ against the Payee’s Name – ToPrevent Tamperinga) Rs.50000 & above b) Rs 1 lakh & abovec) Rs.2 lakhs & above d) Rs.5 lakhs & above

10. Drafts of Rs. ________should be issued only by debit to customer’s A/C oragainst cheque, etc.a) Rs.20000/- and above b) Rs.50000/- and abovec) Rs.100000/- and above d) Rs.200000/- and above

11. Payment of Drafts of Rs ___ should be made through Bank A/C and not incasha) Rs.20000/- and above b) Rs.50000/- and abovec) Rs.100000/- and above d) Rs.200000/- and above


Page 115 of 197

12. Which of the following statements is not true in respect of Bank drafta) If PAN is provided cash

transactions of Rs 50000/- andabove are permissible

b) Drafts of Rs.1,50,000/- and aboveshould be signed by two officials

c) No Advice is sent for Draftsbelow Rs 10 Lakh

d) Even If PAN is provided cashtransactions of Rs 50000/- andabove are not permissible

13. Inter Office Instrument (IOI) is a single running security form for issuing ___a) Demand Draft b) Associate Bank Draftc) Banker’s Cheque d) All the above

14. BGL A/C 98602BBBBBC representsa) IOI Account b) IOI to be issued Accountc) Drafts Account d) Banker’s Cheque

15. BGL A/C 98505BBBBBC representsa) IOI Account b) IOI to be issued Accountc) Drafts Account d) Banker’s Cheque

16. Which of the following statements is not true in respect of IOIa) Duplicate IOI can be issued

by the issuing branch only.b) Duplicate IOI shall not be

hand writtenc) Triplicate IOI cannot be

issuedd) Triplicate IOI can be

Issued

17. Which of the following statements is not true in respect of IOIa) Can be issued for all

denominations including HCseries upto Rs.99,99,99,999/-

b) Serial number of IOI will bea unique 12 digit numberwithout any Circle prefix

c) Serial number of IOI will bea unique 12 digit number withCircle prefix

d) Instrument type for IOI is 16.

18. Which of the following statements is not true in respect of Bill of Exchangea) A bill of exchange is a written

instrument containingan unconditional order,

b) signed by the maker, directingto pay a certain amount of moneyonly to a particular person, or tothe bearer of the instrument

c) It is a negotiable instrumentdrawn by the seller on the buyerfor value of the goods delivered tohim.

d) It is a negotiable instrumentdrawn by the buyer on the sellerfor value of the goods delivered tohim.

19. Which of the following statements is not true in respect of Bill of Exchangea) A demand bill is payable on

demand whereas a Usance bill ispayable after a specified time.

b) Clean Bills are accompanied bydocuments of title to goods

c) Documentary Bills are supportedby Railway Receipt (RR) or LorryReceipt (LR) or Bill of Lading (BL)

d) Clean Bills are not accompaniedby documents of title to goods


Page 116 of 197

20. In case Blank IOI forms are lost during the transit from Printer to CircleStationary Department, such losses are to be reported by _______ to _____.a) Branch to Central Stationery

Departmentb) Circle Stationery Department to

Central Stationery Departmentc) Central Stationery Department to

Circle Stationery Departmentd) None of the above

21. As per the benchmark prescription known as 'CTS-2010 standard' issued byRBI, no changes/ corrections should be carried out on the cheques other than____ for validation purpose, if required effective from Dec 1, 2010. (under theimage-based Cheque Transaction System and not applicable to chequescleared under other clearing arrangements such as MICR clearing, non MICRclearing , over the counter collection for cash payment or direct collection ofcheques)a) Date b) Amountc) Signature d) None of these

22. In case Blank IOI forms are lost at Branch, such losses are to be reported by_______ to _____________.a) Branch to Central Stationery

Departmentb) Circle Stationery Department to

Central Stationery Departmentc) Branch to Controllers besides

making necessary input in CBSd) Central Stationery Department to

Circle Stationery Department23. As the __________is updating the whole Bank level data of Draft/IOI reported

lost, the maintenance of ‘Draft/IOI lost register’ at Branches is redundant andhence is dispensed with.a) Draft Reconciliation Department b) IORc) CRMD d) None of the above

24. RBI has advised that ‘Savings’ as well as ‘Current Account’ should be treatedas ________ if there are no debit as well as credit transactions induced at theinstance of customers in the account for over a period of ____ years.a) Dormant, 2 b) Inoperative, 2c) Dormant, 1 d) Inoperative, 1

25. IBTS isA Inter branch transfer system B Inter branch transaction systemC Inter branch transfer scheme D Inter branch transaction scheme

26. IBTS is meant forA Inter branch transfers other than

SC/DDPsB Inter Branch transfers including

SC/DDPC Inter Branch transfers other than

staff purpose.D None of the above

27. How many new BGL accounts have been created for IBTS purpose?A 4 B 3C 2 D 8

28. The purpose of IBTS isA To ensure better control on inter

Branch transactions.B To replace Branch Clearing

General Account (BCGA) asIBTS is self reconciliation facility.

C Due to RBI compulsions. D To enable faster realization ofSCs/DDPs


Page 117 of 197

29. In IBTS, the transaction originated by the originating BranchA Can be monitored till the same is

responded by other Branch.B The other Branch should be

responding instantly.C The originating branch can’t view

the status after originatingtransaction.

D The controllers will be able tosee the status for follow up.

30. The transaction originated by the originated BranchA Should be accepted by the

responding Branch.B Can be accepted or declined by

the responding Branch.C Can be reversed by it at any point

of time.D Can’t be reversed by the

originating Branch

31. The transaction originated by the originating Branch in IBTSA Can be reversed by the originating

Branch at any point of time withoutthe involvement of the respondingBranch.

B Can be reversed by theoriginating Branch on the sameday without involvement of theresponding Branch.

C Can’t be reversed by the decliningBranch without getting declined bythe responding Branch.


32. Once the transaction in IBTS is declined by the responding BranchA The originating Branch has no

option but to reverse it.B The originating Branch can

either reverse or re-originate thesame.

C The originating Branch can only re-originate the entry after reversal

D Both (a) & (c)

33. Re-origination of entry in IBTS by the originating Branch involvesA Accounting entries. B No accounting entries.C Automatic accounting entries at

originating Branch by the system.D Automatic accounting entries

both at originating Branch andat receiving Branch by thesystem.

34. While re-origination of the entry by the originating Branch, which of thefollowing can be changed/modified.A Destination Branch code, amount

and narrationB Destination Branch BGL No,

amount and narration.C Destination Branch code, amount

and destination BGL account.D Destination Branch code, BGL

account and narration.

35. For responding a IBTS entry, the responding BranchA Need not depend on any

documents.B It can respond after receiving

system generated forward letterand documents.

C It can respond on the strength ofBranch Clearing General Account.



Page 118 of 197

36. If IOI security form fails to get printed or the printing is defective or the formgets corrupted/torn while printing, the security form shall be treated asdamaged and destroyed, as it cannot be put to use. Who can mark such IOIas damaged in CBSa Vault teller only b VPIS custodian onlyc Branch Manager d either a or b

37. Which of the following statement is not true in respect of blank IOI formsa Blank IOI forms lost during the

transit from Printer to CircleStationary Department thenCentral Stationary Department willmake necessary input in CBS upon receipt of information fromcircle stationary department

b Blank IOI forms lost during thetransit from Circle StationaryDepartment toBranch: The Circle stationaryDepartment will inform thedetails of lost blank IOI forms toCentral Stationary Departmentwhich will make necessary inputin CBS.

c Loss of blank IOI forms at Branch:The branch will inform CentralStationary Department who willmake the necessary input in CBS

d Draft/IOI lost register isdispensed with

38. Which is the customized forex outward remittance facility on the Retail InternetBanking platform introduced by the Banka RemXout b Xoutremc ReXout d remoutX

39. The customized forex outward remittance facility on the Retail Internet Bankingplatform named “remXout” is presently permitted in …………a USD b Euroc GBP d All of these

40. Under a customized forex outward remittance facility with RINB, a user canmakeUpto ______ remittances in a calendar month.a 8 b 4c 12 d 18

41. Under “remXout”, Remittances will initially be permitted to be made for which ofthe following purposes on ‘self-declaration’ basis:a Education b Medical treatment abroadc Maintenance of close relatives d All of these

42. Under “remXout”, Remittance will initially be restricted to how many countries?a 10 b 11c 12 d 13

43. How many remittances can a person receive in a single calendar year underMoney Transfer Service Scheme (MTSS) through Western Union andMoneygrama 10 b 20c 30 d 40

44. Bank has tied up with which of the following for Remittance Business withMoneygrama M/S Thomascook Ind Ltd b M/s Quwait India Internationalc Master Card International d None of the above


Page 119 of 197

45. Cheques drawn on branches of other banks located at State Capitals/Major “A”class Cities/other locations will be collected within __, __, ___days respectively.a 5,10,15 b 7,10,14c 7,14,21 d 6,12,18

46. Cheques drawn on branches of SBI branches located at State Capitals/Major“A” class Cities/other locations will be collected within __, __, ___ daysrespectively.a 6,8,10 b 7,10,14c 1,1,1 d 5,10,15

47. Duplicate IOI can be issued bya Issuing Branch only b Drawee Branch onlyc Any Branch d Cannot be issued

48. Triplicate IOI can be issued bya Issuing Branch only b Drawee Branch onlyc Any Branch d Cannot be issued

49. Serial Number of IOI is a unique _________ digit numbera 10 b 11c 12 d 13

50. IOI can be paid by ______ irrespective of the location of the drawee brancha Drawee branch only b Clearing branchc Issuing branch only d Any branch

51. Under Secion ______ of RBI Act, issue of bearer draft is prohibited as it wouldvirtually tantamount to issue of currency notea 36 b 31c 33 d 35

52. Duplicate draft is to be issued within a maximum period ofa 14 days b 5 daysc 10 days d 7 days

53. Physical verification of draft forms is to be done at _____ intervalsa Quarterly b yearlyc Fortnightly d Half yearly

54. All drafts over Rs._______ are to be crossed before issue as per RBI normsa 50000 b 100000c 20000 d 25000

55. Drafts can be revalidated if presented within __________ year of issuea 1 b 3c 2 d 5

56. A single individual beneficiary can receive ____ remittances in a calendar yearunderr Western Union Money Transfera 12 b 30c 10 d 20

57. A capof USD ______ is fixed on individual remittance under WUMT schemea 2500 b 1000c 1500 d 5000

58. MTCN in Western Union Money Transfer stands fora Money Transfer Currency Number b Money Transfer Control Notec Money Transfer Control Number d Money Transfer Check Number

59. The per transaction limit for SBI Green Remit Card is


Page 120 of 197

a Rs 40000 b Rs 30000c Rs10000 d Rs 50000

60. IMPS in mobile banking facility stands fora Immediate Payment Service B Inter Bank Money Payment

Servicec Intermoney payment service d Intramoney Payment Service

61. What is the minimum balance for sending remittance through NEFT, RTGS?a NIL, Rs.1,00,000/- B Nil, Rs.2,00,000/-c Nil, nil d Nil, Rs.3,00,000/-

62. The front-end software used for making payments under Western Unionpayment isa WestLink B Bankslinkc Translink d FastLink

63. Release of foreign exchange is not admissible for travel to and transactionwith residents of _______ & _______.a Bangladesh & Pakistan B Nepal & Bhutanc Sri Lanka & Maldives d Pakistan & China

64. The Nodal Branch for making payments under Western Union payment isa NRI Chennai B NRI Kochic NRI Bangalore d Payment System Br, Mumbai

65. If RBI cuts CRR, thena Excess Cash will be removed from

the economyB Liquidity will be infused into the

Economyc Foreign Inward Remittances will

take place on large scaled Either (c) or (b)

66. What is the function of Global Link Services?a It enables user to manage gold

loan portfolioB GLS handles the online

remittance product - SBI ExpressRemit

c it handles the ECB portfolio ofcorporate

d it handles FCCB requirements ofCorporates

67. Limit under Liberalised Remittance Scheme for Resident Individuals in onefinancial year as gift to a person residing outside India isa USD 1 LAC b USD 250000c USD 75000 d USD 500000

68. Production of sureties may not be insisted upon while obtaining indemnity forissuance of duplicate IOI draft where the amount of IOI is upto Rs._______ ifthe applicant is considered good for the amount.a Rs.50000/- b Rs.100000/-c Rs.200000/- d Rs.300000/-

69. In case both the original and duplicate drafts are presented simultaneously,which is to be honoureda Original b Duplicatec Both to the paid d Both to be returned

70. If the duplicate is presented after the original is paid, the duplicate is returnedwith the remarks:a Draft reported lost b Payees endorsement requiredc Original paid d No remarks


Page 121 of 197

71. __ section of RBI Act prohibits issue of bearer draft as it would virtuallytantamount to issue of currency. And it is punishable under section __of the act.a 21, 48B b 31, 58Bc 31, 58B d 131, 158B

72. All Banker’s cheques issued by debit to charges account and outstanding formore than __ years are to be transferred to ____ account annually.a 3, commission account b 2, commission accountc 3, Charges account d 2, Charges account

73. Branch will credit immediate credit of outstation cheques upto and inclusive ofRs.___ tendered by customers of satisfactorily conducted accounts for 6 monthsa 15000 B 20000c 25000 d 30000

74. Compensation for delay in collection of cheques(interest rate payable fordelayed collections) in India is:a Nil B Savings Bankc Term Deposit rate d 2% above corresponding TDR rate

75. Compensation for delay in collection of cheques beyond 14 days is (interestrate payable for delayed collections) in India is:a Nil B Savings Bankc Term Deposit rate d 2% above corresponding TDR rate

76 Compensation for delay in collection of cheques beyond 90 days is (interestrate payable for delayed collections) in India is:a Nil B Savings Bankc Term Deposit rate d 2% above corresponding TDR rate

77. Compensation for delay in collection of cheques beyond 90 days for loanaccounts is (interest rate payable for delayed collections) in India is:a Nil B Savings Bankc Term Deposit rate d 2% above applicable interest rate

in the loan account78. What is the limit on Foreign remittance to a SMALL account

a No credit of Foreign remittance B Rs.50,000/- per monthc Rs.10,000/- per day d Rs.25,000/- per annum

79. A revalidated draft is valid for a period of __ months and an overdue draft canbe revalidated only__ within a year.a 1,1 B 2,2c 3,3 d 6,6

80. Usance Bills are generally entitled to a grace period __ daysa 1 B 2c 3 d 5

ANSWERS-REMITTANCES1 d 2 d 3 b 4 b 5 d 6 b 7 a 8 a 9 b 10 b11 b 12 d 13 d 14 a 15 b 16 d 17 c 18 d 19 b 20 b21 a 22 c 23 a 24 b 25 b 26 a 27 a 28 b 29 a 30 b31 b 32 b 33 b 34 d 35 b 36 d 37 c 38 a 39 d 40 b41 d 42 b 43 c 44 a 45 b 46 a 47 a 48 d 49 c 50 d51 b 52 a 53 d 54 c 55 a 56 b 57 a 58 c 59 a 60 a61 b 62 c 63 b 64 b 65 b 66 b 67 b 68 b 69 b 70 c71 c 72 c 73 d 74 b 75 c 76 d 77 d 78 a 79 c 80 c


Page 122 of 197

LEGAL ASPECTS

Compiled by Sri K. Giridhar Reddy, Manager (Training)

1 Payment in due course is defined under(a) section 10 of NI Act (b) section 11 of NI Act(c) section 10 of Contract Act (d) section 1 of NI Act

2 Hypothecation is defined in which of the following Act?(a) Transfer of Property Act (b) SARFAESI Act(c) Indian Contract Act (d) NI Act

3 The charge created with ROC for companies is for which of the following ?(a) Lien (b) Mortgage(c) Mortgage& Hypothecation (d) Pledge and Hypothecation

4 Income tax attachment order does not attach which of the following amount?(a) Entire balance in joint accounts (b) Balance in Deceased depositor

account(c) Fixed Deposit maturing in

future date(d) Chq sent for collection

5 A loan is guaranteed by a surety. When the Prinicpal Debtor failed to repay theloan, bank asked the surety to pay which was complied. On making payment ,the surety became entitled to all rights and remedies which the bank hadagainst the principal debtor. This right of the surety is called...(a) Right of Subrogation (b) Right of redemption(c) Right of Foreclosure (d) Right of Lien

6 Dishonor of an electronic fund transfer instruction due to insufficiency of fundsin the account etc., is an offence punishable with imprisonment or with fine orboth, similar to the dishonor of a cheque under the Negotiable Instruments Act1881. Such a provision is under which Act?(a) u/s 25 of PSS Act, 2007 (b) Section 138 of NI Act(c) Section 172 of contract Act (d) None

7 The maximum number of partners in a Banking firm shall not exceed(a) 20 (b) 10(c) 2 (d) None of these

8 RBI was established on the recommendations of(a) Hilton Young Commission (b) Royal Commission on Indian

currency & Finance(c) Gorwala Committee (d) None of these

9 RBI Act was passed in the year 1934 and the RBI was established on 1.4.1935as a Private Sector Bank. It was nationalised on(a) 1.1.1946 (b) 1.1.1947(c) 1.1.1948 (d) 1.1.1949

10 The Banking Regulation Act 1949 is applicable to, and(a) commercial banks (b) co-operative Banks(c) foreign banks operating in India

including J & K(d) All of these

11 Which among the following is not found in the Memorandum of Association of aCompany?(a) Objectives of the Company (b) Authorised capital(c) Borrowing powers of Directors (d) Registered office


Page 123 of 197

12 As per Section 108 of Indian Evidence Act person will be declared as legallydead, if for a period of.........years or more, the persons who would havenormally known of his existence have not heard of him / known of hisexistence.(a) 12-years (b) 7-years(c) 5-years (d) 3-years

13 Section 45-Z of Banking Regulation Act, 1949 deal with?(a) Return of unclaimed deposits (b) Permission to open new

branches(c) Maintenance of currency chest (d) Return of paid cheque

14 What is "conversion" according to the Negotiable Instrument Act?(a) Calculating the rupee

equivalent of a negotiableinstrument expressed in foreigncurrency

(b) Payment of cash against tenderof negotiable instrument drawnon the Bank

(c) Payment to a holder in duecourse

(d) Wrongful transfer of the benefitof negotiable instrument to aperson who is not the trueowner

15 The relationship between the hirers of Bank locker and the Bank is that of:(a) Debtor - Creditor (b) Bailor - Bailee(c) Licensor - Licensee (d) Principal- Agent

16 The provisions of Consumer Protection Act,1986 are applicable to the servicesrendered by the Banks __________________.(a) To the customers of the Bank

only(b) To the customers and the users

of the services irrespective ofwhether the service is gratis orfor consideration

(c) To the customers and any userof Bank's services againstconsideration

(d) All of these

17 What does "Assignment" refer to ?(a) Immovable property (b) Ownership rights(c) Transfer of interest in

actionable claims(d) None of the above

18 As per Section___of NI Act 1881’A Minor can draw, endorse and accept anN.I’.(a) 16 (b) 26(c) 36 (d) 46

19 Which of the following is true about dishonor of cheques in NI Act 1881.(a) sections 138-142 have been

introduced by Banking, PublicFinancial Institutions andNegotiable Instruments LawsAmendment Act of 1988.

(b) Drawer is liable for eitherpunishment upto 2 yerars orwith fine which may go pto twicethe amount, or both if cheque isreturned for want of sufficientbalance

(c) Sec-138: Chq. return forinsufficient funds

(d) All of these


Page 124 of 197

20 As per Section___of Partnership Act 1932 ‘Joint and Several liability ofpartners for all acts’(a) 16 (b) 20(c) 25 (d) 46

21 As per Section___of Partnership Act 1932 ‘Death, Insolvency etc of a partnerdissolves the partnership’(a) 16 (b) 20(c) 25 (d) 42

22 As per Section___of BR Act 1949 ‘No Advance to be sanctioned by a Bankagainst its owns shares’(it will amount to reduction of its capital)(a) 16 (b) 20(c) 25 (d) 42

23 As per Section___of BR Act 1949 ‘Ombudsman is appointed’ is defined(a) 25 (b) 30(c) 35A (d) 45Y

24 As per Section___of BR Act 1949 ‘Nomination facility’ is defined in(a) 45C (b) 30Z(c) 45ZA – 45ZF (d) 45Y

25 As per Section___of Indian Contract Act 1872 ‘Claytons rule. Appropriation ofpayments when several debts are owed.’ is defined in(a) 45-50 (b) 50-55(c) 59-61 (d) 59-65

26 Mortgage is defined in ____________.(a) Sale of Goods Act (b) Contract Act(c) Transfer of property Act (d) Companies Act

27 Pari Passu charge refers to a charge ____________.(a) Ranking equally in priority,

regardless of quantum ofadvances

(b) Merely notional in nature

(c) Ranking equally in priority inproportion to the lender's shareof advance

(d) None of these

28 RBI issue directive to banks in respect of their loan / advances, under sec21 of:(a) Banking Regulation Act (b) Negotiable Instrument Act(c) SBI Act (d) RBI Act 1934

29 The right to set-off of a banker has been conferred on the bank under …...(a) NI Act (b) Indian Contract Act(c) RBI Act (d) Civil Procedure Code

30 Under which of the following situations, the Clayton's rule applies......(a) Payment of cheque (b) Right of set-off(c) Right of appropriation (d) B and c

31 In the process of issuing a garnishee order court first issues.....(a) Order Nisi (b) Order primary(c) Order attachment (d) Order absolute

32 According to Hindu minority act and guardianship act 1956, the naturalguardian of married minor Hindu girl is.......(a) Husband, if he is a major (b) Father in law, if husband is

minor(c) Mother of the girl (d) a and b


Page 125 of 197

33 Usually, a loan obtained by a minor cannot be recovered but when it is givenfor the necessity, the loan can be recovered from his property. This provision isas per......(a) Sec 11, Indian contract

act1872(b) Sec 68, Indian contract act1872

(c) Sec 11, majority act1872 (d) Sec 11,Indian minority act 187234 A partnership firm can be registered with......

(a) Registrar of firms (b) Registrar of companies(c) Registrar of deeds (d) Registrar of estate

35 A company winds up its affairs and the Person appointed for this purpose bythe court is -(a) Executor (b) Administrator(c) Receiver (d) Liquidator

36 Who issues Certificate of Incorporation ?(a) Central Govt (b) Ministry of corporate affairs(c) Registrar of firms (d) Registrar of Companies

37 Which of the following documents will have to be carefully examined by a bankbranch, when It is approached by Administrator of a deceased estate?(a) Succession certificate (b) Letter of probate(c) Letter of Administration (d) Liquidation order

38 Who among the following is empowered to issue the succession certificate ?(a) Special executive magistrate (b) Tahasildar(c) Dist judge or high court (d) Presiding officer of DRT

39 A minor can draw, endorse and accept the cheque/negotiable instrument tobind(a) Self (b) Others(c) Drawer (d) All other except self

40 Basel-III capital regulation will be fully implemented in India by........(a) 31.03.2015 (b) 31.03.2017(c) 31.03.2019 (d) 31.03.2018

41 Bank does not disclose the affairs of the customer's account and maintainsecrecy owing to …........(a) Sec 27 of BR Act (b) Sec 17 RBI Act(c) Sec 13, Banking Company

acq.& trf of u/t Act 1970(d) Sec 43, Banking Secrecy Act

42 Garnishee order attaches:(a) Balance in term deposit (b) Term deposit payable at

maturity(c) Unrealized proceeds of

instruments sent for collection(d) both a & b

43 The legal status of a nominee is ---------.(a) Trustee for legal heirs (b) The depositor(c) Agent of legal heirs (d) Agent of the depositor

44 BCSBI is a registered entity under ….act.(a) Societies Regn act (b) RBI act(c) NI act (d) BR act

45 Who can seek information from the Bank(a) Individual (b) Organisation(c) Association (d) All of these


Page 126 of 197

46 In respect of application received through a CAPIO, the CPIO has a time limitof ….... days from the date of receipt of the application by the CAPIO.(a) 35 (b) 30(c) 25 (d) 20

47 Under the provisions of the RTI act, the appellate authority for branches in thecircle is......(a) GM of the Network (b) CGM(c) DGM of Module (d) None of these

48 what is the maximum limit on the amount of compensation as specified in anaward by the Banking Ombudsman(a) 10 lac (b) 15 lac(c) 20 lac (d) 30 lac

49 The District Forum Under the COPRA can hear claims upto a maximum of …...(a) 20 lac (b) 15 lac(c) 10 lac (d) 30 lac

50 President of State Commission Under the COPRA is a judge from the ….....(a) High Court (b) District Court(c) Sessions Court (d) None of these.

51 The apex appellate authority under the provisions of the COPRA is.....(a) Supreme Court (b) High Court(c) National Forum (d) None of these.

52 In case of Bank Deposits the Law of Limitation operates from the Date of ….....(a) Deposit (b) Maturity(c) Demand (d) Not Applicable

53 Appellate Authority is vested with......... under the provisions of the BankingOmbudsman Act.(a) Deputy Governor of the RBI (b) Regional Director of the RBI(c) High Court (d) Supreme Court

54 A physical grievance from a pensioner has to be acknowledged within a periodof …. days.(a) 1 (b) 2(c) 3 (d) 4

55 The amount to the credit of any account in India with any bank which has notbeen operated upon for a period of ten years will be transferred to....... fund.(a) Depositor Education and

Awareness(b) Rural Infra Development

(c) Financial Education (d) Rural Poverty Alleviation56 Which of the following is not a document of title to goods

(a) Railway Receipt (b) Lorry Receipt

(c) None of these (d) Bill of lading

57 Tax is required to be deducted at source when rent payments made in afinancial year [including advance, if any] exceed Rs.......lac.(a) 1.8 (b) 2(c) 2.5 (d) 1.5

58 Form 24Q/26Q/27Q is associated with........(a) Yrly TDS statement (b) Qrtly TDS statement(c) Yrly Service Tax statement (d) Qrtly Service Tax statement


Page 127 of 197

59 The periodicity of submission of Form15(G/H) to IT deptt is......(a) Half yearly (b) Yearly(c) Monthly (d) Weekly

60 Under RTI Act CIC (Central Information Commission) can impose penalty ofRs.____ per day till the information is provided subject to a maximum of Rs.__(a) 500/- & 25,000/- (b) 100/- & 10,000/-(c) 250/- & 25,000/- (d) 500/- & 50,000/-

61 Equitable Mortgage is defined under which act(a) Sale of goods Act (b) Registration Act(c) Transfer of property Act (d) Transfer of Assets Act

62 Garnishee order is issued by court under(a) Sec 50 of Civil Procedure Code

(1908)(b) Sec 126 of Indian Contract Act

(c) Sec 60 of Civil Procedure Code(1908)

(d) Sec 102 of Criminal ProcedureCode (1973)

63 The Bank has the right to sell the gold ornaments pledged, after givingreasonable notice to the borrower vide section ___ of the Indian Contract Act.(a) 138 (b) 25(c) 167 (d) 176

64 As per Sec __ of RBI ACT 1934, CRR to be maintained with RBI(a) 24 (b) 42(c) 44 (d) 28

65 Under COPRA Act District forum deals with claims up to______(a) Rs.20 lacs (b) Rs.25 lacs(c) Rs.5 lacs (d) Rs.50 lacs

66 Penalty for non stamping / under stamping up to _________ ,the amount bywhich documents have been under stamped.(a) 10 Times (b) 5 times(c) 20 times (d) 15 times

67 Father of a minor is convicted and imprisoned. Then the natural guardian of thechild will be(a) Mother (b) Elder brother(c) Paternal grand father (d) Father

68 Consumer protection act is not applicable to(a) Failure to open accounts (b) Failure to issue draft(c) Failure to accept small

denominations & small coins(d) Non-sanction of loans and

advances.69 Inchoate instrument is

(a) No proper name (b) Instrument partially or fullydestroyed

(c) Incomplete instrument (d) Instrument not legible.70 “uberrimae fides” contracts are pertinent to

(a) Banking sector (b) Capital markets(c) Insurance sector (d) Mutual funds sector


Page 128 of 197

LEGAL ASPECTS - ANSWERS

1 a 11 c 21 d 31 a 41 c 51 a 61 c2 b 12 b 22 b 32 d 42 d 52 c 62 c3 c 13 d 23 c 33 b 43 a 53 a 63 d4 a 14 d 24 c 34 a 44 a 54 c 64 b5 a 15 c 25 c 35 d 45 d 55 a 65 a6 a 16 c 26 c 36 d 46 a 56 b 66 a7 b 17 c 27 c 37 c 47 a 57 a 67 a8 b 18 b 28 a 38 c 48 a 58 b 68 d9 d 19 d 29 b 39 d 49 a 59 c 69 c10 d 20 c 30 c 40 c 50 a 60 a 70 c

FOREIGN EXCHANGEPrepared by Sri. K S Prakash Rao, Manager (Training)

1. NRI status is derived fromA Residential status B Citizenship/origin of a personC Both the above D None of the above

2. Sending foreign currency remittance through “fx-out” is available atA NRI branches B NRI intensive branchesC All SBI branches D Authorised branches

3. Ceiling on interest rate on 3-5 yr maturity of FCNR(B) depositA LIBOR/ SWAP rates plus 200

basis pointsB LIBOR/ SWAP rates plus 100 basis

pointsC LIBOR/ SWAP rates plus 300

basis pointsD Deregulated now

4. OCB (Overseas Corporate Body) is permitted to openA NRE account only B FCNR account onlyC Both the above D None of the above

5. The main difference between NRI and NRO account isA Repatriability of funds B Nature of accountsC Both the above D None of the above.

6. Resident Foreign Currency (Domestic) Account is aA Current account B Current account or Term DepositC SB or Term Deposit D SB, CA or TDR / STDR

7. Which of the following is not true about NRO account?A NRO account can be opened

jointly with resident.B NRO account can be opened

jointly with Non-Resident.C Nomination facility is available to

NRO account holders.D A resident can’t operate a NRO

account based on a POA.


Page 129 of 197

8. Which of the following is not true about NRO account?A Account holder can deposit any

convertible foreign currencybrought in by him through legalmeans.

B Legitimate income earned by NRIin India can be credited to NROaccount.

C The NRO account holder canrepatriate his current income.

D International credit card paymentscan’t be made by debit to NRO a/c

9. A NRI can repatriate balance in his NRO account for bonafide purposes up toA USD one million for FY B USD 0.1 million for FYC USD 10 million for FY D Can’t be repatriated.

10. A resident POA holder can operate on the NRO account of NRI forA All local payments in rupees

including payments for eligibleinvestments.

B For transfer of amount to otherNRO accounts

C Make gift to a resident on behalfof the NRI

D All the above.

11. A person having a overdraft facility became NRI. Then,A The OD should be closed

immediately.B The OD may be allowed to

continue subject to repayment fromdomestic sources alone.

C The OD may be allowed tocontinue subject to repaymenteither from domestic sources orlegitimate inward remittances.

D Before leaving for foreign country,the account should be closed.

12. NRE accounts areA Rupee designated accounts B Opened in 6 foreign currenciesC POA holder of NRI can open the

account for NRID Both (a) & (c) are correct

13. Which of the following is true regarding NRE accounts?A Balances in the accounts are fully

repatriable.B Balances with interest can be fully

repatriated.C They are exempted from income

tax, but not form wealth tax.D They are not exempted from any

tax.14. An NRI can open FCNR(B) joint account with

A An NRI with Malaysian passport. B Any resident Indian.C Another NRI. D Resident close relative

15. Which of the following is false about NRE accounts?A NRE accounts can be opened as

SB,CA and STDR with normalmaturity periods as applicable todomestic deposits.

B Interest rates are totally de-regulated for NRE deposits.

C Transfers from FCNR accounts isstrictly restricted for NREaccounts.

D All the above.


Page 130 of 197

16. Which of the following is not a permitted debit for NRE account?A Local disbursements B Transfer to FCNR/NRE accounts of

other people.C Remittance outside India D None of the above.

17. Which of the following is correct about NRE accounts?A NRE account balances can’t be

used for payment of charges ofInternational credit cards.

B FCNs tendered by POA of NRI canbe credited to NRE account of theNRI

C POA holder of NRE account can’tmake gifts on behalf of the NRI

D All the above.

18. Upon return to India, the NRE account of a NRI isA Is re designated as resident rupee

accountB Converted into RFC

(HCD) deposit.C Either of the two at the option of

the depositor.D Can be continued as NRE account.

19. Upon return of NRI, the fixed deposit in NRE accountA Will be converted into resident

account and will earn applicabledeposit rates to domestic deposits

B Can be continued as NRE accounttill the date of maturity and as perNRE deposit rates

C Will be converted into residentaccount but continue to earn NRErates if the same is continued tillthe date of maturity

D None of the above

20. Which of the following is true regarding FCNR(B) deposit scheme?A They are 6 foreign currency

designated accounts in the formof STDR,SB,CA etc

B They are foreign currencydesignated term deposits withmaximum maturity period of fiveyears irrespective of the currency.

C The interest income from theseaccounts is not free of tax.

D Recurring deposits can beaccepted under FCNR(B).

21. Firms dealing in purchase / sale of rough or cut and polished diamonds /precious metal jewellery can transact through Diamond Dollar Account if theyhave average annual turnover of ______ during the preceding three licensingyearsA Rs. 3 crores B Rs. 1 croreC USD 1 Mio D USD 250000

22. Which of the following is not a permitted mode to open FCNR(B) account?A By a transfer of funds from

existing NRE accounts.B By transfer of funds from existing

FCNR(B) account.C By transfer of funds from NRO

accounts.D With funds received by debit to the

account of non-resident bankmaintained with authorized dealerin India.


Page 131 of 197

23. Which of the following is true regarding FCNR(B) accounts?A All credits permitted in NRE

accounts are also permitted inFCNR(B) accounts.

B All debits permitted in NREaccounts are not permitted inFCNR(B) deposits as well.

C The maturity proceeds of theFCNR(B) deposit can not beremitted to third parties outsideIndia.

D Only (b) & (c) are true.

24. Which of the following is true regarding maturity proceeds of FCNR(B) depositscheme?A The maturity proceeds will be

paid in the same designatedcurrency and the depositor can’tconvert it into the currency of hischoice.

B TT buying rate will be offered to thedepositor for converting thematurity proceeds into Rupees.

C Interest is payable quarterly onFCNR(B) deposit as per thechoice of the depositor.

D All the above.

25. The sale proceeds of the immovable property held by an NRI can be remittedabroad upto ________ per financial yearA USD 250000 B USD 1 MioC USD 100,000 C Rs. 100,000

26. FCNR(B) deposits can be maintained inA USD or GBP B Any freely convertible currencyC USD, GBP or EURO D INR

27. The repatriation of sale proceeds of immovable property should not exceed theamount paid for acquisition of the property received through normal channels orout of funds held inA NRE account B EEFC accountC FCNR(B) account D A or C

28. The sum total of accruals during a calendar month in EEFC accounts is toconverted into Rupee value byA before the last day of the current

monthB before the last day of the

succeeding calendar monthC before the last day of the current

financial yearD before the last day of the

succeeding financial year29. Which of the following statement is true regarding loans to NRIs against

deposits?A No loans can be granted to third

parties against NRI deposits.B The loan amounts can be fully

repatriated.C The loan amount can be credited

to NRE account of the NRID The loan can be repaid out of local

rupee resources in the NROaccount of the NRI.


Page 132 of 197

30. Which of the following is true regarding loans in foreign currencies to NRIs?A Documents can be executed by

POA holderB Loan proceeds can be used for

investments in India.C Repayment of the loan can be

made from NRO account.D Loans can be sanctioned against

third party deposits.31. The repatriation of sale proceeds of residential immovable property by an NRI

is restricted toA No restrictions B Not more than five propertiesC Not more than three properties D Not more than two properties

32. In case of remittance of sale proceeds of immovable property purchased by NRIwith foreign exchange, the sale proceed are restricted toA USD 2 million for FY B 2 properties in a FYC 2 years lock in period is

stipulated.D None of the above.

33. A student with NRI status can receive from close relations in India, a foreignremittance of _______ under LRSA USD 250,000 for maintenance B USD 200,000 for maintenanceC USD 50,000 for maintenance D He can’t receive

34. SBI Express Rupee is aA A remittance product for US & UK

NRIsB A remittance product for Gulf NRIs

C A remittance product for US NRIsalone


35. SBI Express is presently being facilitated byA GLS (Global Link Services) B GMU (Global Markets Unit)C OB,Mumbai D Exchange companies in Gulf

36. SBI Express Worldwide is a Money Transfer Request in GLS Worldwidewebsite through which online remittance upto ___________ is allowedA USD 100000 per financial year B USD 100000 per monthC USD 100000 per calendar year D USD 100000 per transaction

37. Online remittance facility for customers based out of UKA SBI Express Remit UK B SBI e-RemitC SBI ERupee D SBI Express Rupee

38. The internet based online platform for Mid-corporate, small and mediumenterprises to book their trade transactions at rates provided directly by theCentral Treasury, MumbaiA e-Remit B e-forexC ERupee. D None

39. RNOR (Resident but not ordinarily resident) is definedA Under FEMA Act B Under IT Act

C Defined by RBI D Defined by ministry of finance.


Page 133 of 197

40. A NRI after coming back to India got his NRE accounts converted into RFCaccounts. What is status of the account when he becomes NRI againA The RFC accounts will become

NRE accountsB They will continue as RFC

accounts.C Either of the above as per his

choiceD None of the above

41 The balance along with interest in NRE account can be repatriated with thepermission ofA RBI B Ministry of FinanceC Commerce Ministry D No permission required

42 Operation of NRE Account by third party can be permitted by ADSA Under a Power of Attorney B Letter of Authority in the prescribed

formatC Either of (a) or (b) D None of the above

43 Interest rate on NRI is regulated by RBIA TRUE B FALSE

44 Current income like rent, interest, pension can be credited to NRE accountA Tru B FALSE

45 ADs can grant FC loans to the NRIs minimum to the tune of Rs. _______A USD25000/GBP15000/EURO200

00B USD15000/GBP10000/EURO1000

0C USD30000/GBP20000/EURO250

00D No limit

46 TDR/STDR under NRE account can be opened for a period of :A Minimum 1 Year Maximum 10

YearsB Minimum 1 Year Maximum 5 Years

C Minimum 6 Months Maximum 10Years

D None of the above

47 What type of transaction is permitted by the Power of Attorney Holder?A Withdrawals for local payments B Remittance to the account holder

himself under a specific powerC Facilitate investments in India in

case NRI is permitted to do thesame

D All the above

48 For which nationality has RBI recently allowed opening of NRO account withoutseeking prior permissionA Bangladesh B PakistanC Both D Neither

49 ADs can grant loans in Indian Rupees to the NRIs against their NRE/FCNBdeposits maximum to the tune of Rs. __________A Equivalent to Rs. 50 lakhs B Equivalent to Rs. 100 lakhs


Page 134 of 197

C Equivalent to Rs. 20 lakhs D No limit50 Which is the product meant for NRIs residing in USA to send remittances to

friends and relatives in IndiaA SWIFT B Global RemittanceC NRI Remittance D SBI Express US Rapid Remittance

51 The remittance facility offered to Singapore NRIs isA S-Remit B e-RemitC Express Remit Singapore D None

52 Resident Foreign Currency (Home Coming Deposit) account can be opened inour bank in _____________currencyA Rupees B USDC GBP, USD, EURO D EURO

53 The minimum deposit in USD under RFC (HCD) is ___________A 1000 B 2000C 3000 D 5000

54 RFC (HCD) can be opened as ____________accountA Savings Bank B Current AccountC TDR D All the above

55 RFC (HCD) account can be maintained in _________name of the returningIndiansA Returning Indian who has been

NRI for minimum one yearB Joint (Both returning Indians are

eligible)C Jointly with resident close relative

on former or survivor basisD All of the Above

56 Advance value (In Rs.) is calculated at what rate in case of sanctioning rupeeloan against balance held in RFC (HCD) account.A Notional B TT SellingC TT Buying D FCTC buying

57 RFC (HCD) scheme replaced which of the earlier schemes?A NRE B NroC FCNR (B) D RIFEE

58 Balances under RFC (HCD) are exempted from the requirements ofA CRR B SLRC Both (a) and (b) D None of the above

59 A person resident in India may open an account in foreign currency under whichof the following schemesA Resident Foreign Currency

(Home Coming Deposit)B Resident Foreign Currency

(Domestic)C Either of (a) or (b) D None of the above

60 The minimum balance required for opening the account under RFC (Domestic)scheme in USD and EURO currencies isA 250 B 500


Page 135 of 197

C 750 D 100061 The balances of all accounts opened under RFC (Domestic) scheme will be

classified in which segmentA IB B C&IC P D DBD

62 A small legend is branded on the reverse of each cheque issued to the accountholder of RFC (Domestic)A Name B PurposeC Both (a) and (b) D None of the above

63 Unspent foreign exchange is to be submitted within how many days of returnA 180 B 90C 270 D 360

64 Name the card that offers freedom to shop anywhere in the worldA SME Credit Card B Kisan Gold CardC SBI Vishwa Yatra Foreign Travel

CardD Artisan Credit Card

65 What is the maximum limit up to which a resident can retain foreign currencynotes?A USD 1000 B USD 5000C USD 2000 D No limit

66 SBI Vishwa Yatra Card can be issued in which currencyA USD B GBPC Euro D All of the above

67 What is the minimum amount for which Vishwa Yatra Card can be initiallyloaded?A USD 200 B GBP 250,EURO 400 and USD 500C USD 1000 D USD 10000

68 What is the maximum amount for which Vishwa Yatra Travel Card can beissued?A USD 400 B USD 500C USD 600 D EURO & GBP equivalent of USD

1000069 Which rate will be applied while selling Vishwa Yatra Card?

A TT Selling B Bill SellingC TT Buying D TC Buying

70 Which rates will be applied for purchasing the unspent balance in Vishwa YatraCard?A Bill Buying B Bill SellingC TT Buying D TC Buying

71 A person going to Bhutan/Nepal cannot take Indian Rupees in denomination inexcess of


Page 136 of 197

A 100 B 500C 50 D No such restriction

72 What is the minimum reload amount for SBI Vishwa Yatra Foreign Travel Cardin GBP?A 120 B 130C 250 D 300

73 What is the minimum reload amount for SBI Vishwa Yatra Foreign Travel Cardin Euro?A 180 B 150C 250 D 100

ANSWERS1. c 2. c 3. c 4. d 5. a 6. a 7. d 8. d 9. a 10. a11. c 12 a 13. b 14. d 15. d 16. d 17. c 18. c 19. c 20. b21. a 22 c 23. a 24. b 25. b 26. b 27. d 28. b 29. d 30. c31. d 32 b 33. a 34. b 35. a 36. d 37. a 38. b 39. b 40. a41. d 42.c 43.b 44. a 45.a 46.a 47.d 48.a 49.d 50.d51.b 52.c 53.a 54.c 55.d 56.a 57.d 58.c 59.b 60.b

61.c 62.b 63.a 64.c 65.c 66.d 67.a 68.d 69.b 70.a71.a 72.a 73.b

INTERNATIONAL BANKING: EXPORTS & IMPORTSCompiled by Sri. K S Prakash Rao, Manager (Training)

1. All categories of foreign exchange earners are now allowed to retain ______% oftheir foreign exchange earnings in EEFC accounts.a) 50 b) 75c) 100 d) 125

2. Where an exporter receives advance payment (with or without interest), from abuyer outside India, the exporter shall be under an obligation to ensure that theshipment of goods is made within ____________ from the date of receipt ofadvance.a) Three months b) Six monthsc) one year d) 15 months

3. Expand OPGSPa) Online Payment Gateway

System Providersb) Online Payment Gateway Service

Provisionc) Online Payment Gateway

Service Providersd) Online Payment General Service

Providers


Page 137 of 197

4. The exporter should submit declaration in Form SOFTEX in quadruplicate inrespect of export of computer software and audio / video / television software tothe designated official concerned of the Government of India at STPI / EPZ /FTZ/SEZ for valuation / certification not later than ____ days from the date of invoice/ the date of last invoice raised in a montha) 30 b) 21c) 180 d) 90

5. Interest is paid on EEFC accounts at the rate ofa) TDR rate b) SB ratec) No interest d) As per FEMA rules

6. AD Category – I) banks have been allowed to offer the facility of repatriation ofexport related remittances by entering into standing arrangements with OPGSPsfor export of goods and services of value not exceedinga) USD 1,000,000 b) USD 1 Mioc) USD 10,000 d) Rs. 1 Crore

7. In cases where exporters’ present documents pertaining to exports after theprescribed period of ____ days from date of export, AD Category – I banks mayhandle them without prior approval of the Reserve Banka) 21 b) 15c) 7 d) 30

8. Status Holders exporters are permitted to “write off” to the extent of______ % ofthe total export proceeds realised during the previous calendar year if he has

not been able to realize the outstanding export dues for more than one year,despite best efforts,a) 5 b) 10c) 15 d) 20

9. EBW statement in the context of exports is for _________________.a) Export Bills Withheld b) Export Bills Without Paymentc) Exports Bills Withdrawn d) Export Bills Written Off

10. Who is the authority for considering requests by Indian exporter, for refund ofexport proceeds of goods exported from India and being re-imported into India onaccount of poor quality?.a) Once exported from India

cannot be imported back toIndia.

b) Authorised Dealer, who handled theexport realisation

c) Any authorized Dealer d) RBI11. FEMA rules have come into force with effect from ____________.

a) 1st June,2000 b) 1st June,2010c) 1st May,2000 d) 1st April, 2000

12. The exporter should submit declaration in Form SOFTEX in quadruplicate inrespect of export of computer software and audio / video / television software tothe designated official concerned of the Government of India at STPI / EPZ /FTZ/SEZ for valuation / certification not later than _______ days from the date ofinvoice / the date of last invoice raised in a month


Page 138 of 197

a) 30 b) 21c) 7 d) 10

13. Expand EDPMSa) Export Data Processing and

Monitoring Systemb) External Data Processing and

Monitoring Systemc) Export Data Processing and

Monitoring Serviced) Export Data Processing and

Maintenance System14. For setting up of an office abroad by Indian exporter, the maximum remittance

towards initial expenses, up to ____________% of the average annualsales/income or turnover during the last two financial years or up to twenty-fiveper cent of the net worth, whichever is higher can be permitted by authoriseddealers.a) 5 b) 10c) 15 d) 25

15. The rate of interest payable on the advance payment received by Indian exporter,should not exceed ____________ basis points.a) LIBOR + 10 b) LIBOR + 50c) LIBOR + 75 d) LIBOR + 100

16. Exporters having a minimum export turnover of ___________ during the lastfinancial year can be granted permission by the authorised dealers, for opening /hiring warehouses abroad.a) USD 50,000/- b) USD 75,000/-c) USD 150,000/- d) USD 100,000/-

17. AD Category – I banks may allow payment of commission by Indian exporters, inrespect of their exports covered under counter trade arrangement through________ Accounts designated in US Dollara) EEFC b) NREc) RFC d) Escrow

18. AD Category – I banks may regularize cases of dispatch of shipping documentsby the exporter direct to the consignee or his agent resident in the country of thefinal destination of goods, up to ____________ or its equivalent, per exportshipmenta) USD 10,000 b) USD 1 Mioc) USD 25,000 d) USD 10 Mio

19. AD Category – I bank may allow advance remittance for import of goods withoutany ceiling. However, if the amount of advance remittance exceeds____________ or its equivalent, an unconditional, irrevocable standby Letter ofCredit or a guarantee from an international bank of repute situated outside Indiaor a guarantee of an AD Category – I bank in India, if such a guarantee is issuedagainst the counter-guarantee of an international bank of repute situated outsideIndia, is obtained.a) USD 200,000 b) USD 75000c) USD 100000 d) USD 50000


Page 139 of 197

20. AD (Category–I) banks may permit settlement of import dues delayed due todisputes, financial difficulties, etc. and Interest thereon, for a period of lessthan_________ from the date of shipment.a) 1 year b) 2 yearsc) 3 years d) 5 years

21. Remittances against import of books may be allowed within ________, as to thetime limit, provided interest payment is as prescribed from time to time for tradecredit.a) 1 month b) 2 monthsc) 3 months d) without restriction

22. Which of the following is true with respect to pre-payment of usance import bills?,a) remittances may be made,

after reducing proportionateinterest for the unexpiredportion of usance at the rate atwhich interest has beenclaimed or LIBOR applicable.

b) prepayment of usance import bills isallowed only for 30 days.

c) prepayment of usance importbills is allowed freely.

d) No, prepayment of usance importbills is not allowed.

23. AD Category – I banks may make remittances where import bills have beenreceived directly by the importers from the overseas supplier provided the valueof import bill doesnot exceed USD _________.a) 100000 b) 150000c) 200000 d) 300000

24. AD Category - I banks may allow remittance for imports up to ______, where theimporter of rough diamonds, rough precious and semi-precious stones hasreceived the import bills / documents directly from the overseas supplier.a) USD 100,000 b) USD 200,000c) USD 300,000 d) No amount is allowed.

25. Currency declaration Form (CDF) to customs authorities need not be submitted ifat any one time, the value does not exceed ________ and/or the aggregatevalue of foreign currency notes (cash portion) alone brought in does not exceedUSD 5,000 (US Dollars five thousand) or its equivalent.a) USD 50,000 b) USD10,000c) USD 1,00,000 d) USD 5,000

26. In the case of a Public Sector Company or a Department/ Undertaking of theGovernment of India/ State Governments, approval from the Ministry of Finance,Government of India for advance remittance for import of services without bankguarantee for an amount exceeding _______a) USD 100,000 b) USD 10,00,000c) Rs.5,00,000 d) Rs. 5 crores


Page 140 of 197

27. In case of all imports made by post, where value of foreign exchange remitted /paid for import into India exceeds USD 100,000 or its equivalent, it is obligatoryon the part of the AD Category– I bank through which the relative remittance wasmade, to ensure that the importer submitsa) Customs Assessment

Certificateb) Postal Appraisal Form

c) Bill of Entry d) Either a or b28. Authorised Dealer (Category–I) may allow payment of interest on usance bills or

overdue interest for a period of __________, from the date of shipment at therate prescribed for trade credit from time to time.a) less than 6 months b) less than 1 yearc) less than 2 years d) less than three years

29. Import bills and documents should be received from the banker of the supplier bythe banker of the importer in India. AD Category – I bank should not, therefore,make remittances where import bills have been received directly by the importersfrom the overseas supplier, except Where the value of import bill does notexceed USD ____________.a) 100000 b) 200000c) 250000 d) 300000

30. What is Currency Declaration Form (CDF)?a) Which is submitted to

Customs when an individualcarries foreign currency(import of currency)

b) Which is submitted to Customs whenan individual sales foreign currency,after arrival in India

c) Which is submitted toCustoms when an individualconsumes foreign currency

d) Which is submitted to Customs whenan individual exports foreigncurrency (export of currency)

31. SOFTEX Form relates to _____________.a) Soft foreign remittances b) Import and export of Softwaresc) Soft form of Foreign Exchange

related returnsd) Form to be submitted to RBI by

Authorised dealers at monthlyintervals.

32. Authorized Dealers need not obtain any document, including Form A-1, except asimple letter from the applicant , as long as it is a current account transaction, ifthe amount does not exceed ____.a) USD 100 b) USD 500c) USD 750 d) USD 25000

33. Any person resident in India who had gone out of India on a temporary visit, maybring into India at the time of his return (other than from Nepal and Bhutan),currency notes of India up to an amount not exceeding __________.a) Rs.15,000/- per person b) Rs.25,000/- per personc) Rs.7,500/- per person d) No such cap, since he is bringing

back Indian currency.


Page 141 of 197

34. Which of the following is true with respect to advance payments for import ofgoods?a) Irrevocable Letter of Credit or

Bank Guarantee to beobtained if the amount ofremittance exceeds USD100000.

b) Irrevocable Letter of Credit or BankGuarantee to be obtained if theamount of remittance exceeds USD50000.

c) No Irrevocable Letter of Creditor Bank Guarantee need to beobtained now.

d) Irrevocable Letter of Credit or BankGuarantee to be obtained if theamount of remittance exceeds USD200000

35. For status holder exporters, the limit for EDF waiver as per the present ForeignTrade Policy is Rs._____ or 2 per cent of the average annual export realizationduring the preceding three licensing years (April-March), whichever is highera) USD 100,000 b) Rs.10 lacsc) USD 10 Mio d) Rs.1,00,000

36. AD Category – I banks may consider requests for grant of EDF waiver fromexporters for export of goods free of cost, for export promotion up to 2 per cent ofthe average annual exports of the applicant during the preceding three financialyears subject to a ceiling ofa) Rs.5 lacs b) USD 500,000c) Rs. 50 lacs d) USD 5 Mio

37. Airline companies which have been permitted by the Directorate General of CivilAviation to operate can make advance remittance without bank guarantee, upto_____________ for purchase of aircrafts/ Helicopters.a) USD 25 million. b) USD 50 million.c) USD 75 million. d) USD 100 million.

38. With respect of direct import of Gold, which of the following is true?a) Suppliers’ and Buyers’ Credit,

including the usance period ofLCs opened should notexceed 90 days.

b) Suppliers’ and Buyers’ Credit,including the usance period of LCsshould not exceed 180 days.

c) Suppliers’ and Buyers’ Credit,including the usance period ofLCs opened should notexceed 360 days.

d) No Suppliers’ and Buyers’ Credit, isallowed for direct import of gold.

39. Documents evidencing import into India should be preserved by AD Category – Ibanks for a period of ___________ from the date of its verificationa) 6 months b) 9 monthsc) one year d) 3 years.

40. Where imports are made in non-physical form, i.e., software or data throughinternet / datacom channels and drawings and designs through e-mail/fax, acertificate from ______________ that the software / data / drawing/ design hasbeen received by the importer, is to be obtained by the authorised dealer.a) Concerned receiving Bank. b) Chartered Accountant


Page 142 of 197

c) Exporter d) RBI41. What is BEF statement?

a) Statement submitted byauthorised dealer to RBI withregard to importers defaultingsubmission of importdocuments

b) Statement submitted by authoriseddealer to RBI with regard toexporters who defaulted submissionof documents.

c) Statement submitted byauthorised dealer to RBI withregard to defaulting importers& exporters.

d) Statement submitted by RBI to GOIwith regard to importers.

42. Which of the following is true with regard to Merchanting Trade?a) The entire merchant trade

transaction to be completedwithin a period of 3 months.

b) The entire merchant tradetransaction is to be completed withina period of 45 days.

c) The entire merchant tradetransaction to be completedwithin a period of 9 months.

d) Merchanting Trade transactions arenot being permitted now.

43. AD Category–I bank may accept, in lieu of Exchange Control copy of Bill of Entryfor home consumption, a certificate from the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) orauditor of the company that the goods for which remittance less than USD1,000,000 was made have actually been imported to India, provided thecompany is a listed one and it’s networth is not less than Rs._________crores.a) 50 b) 100c) 150 d) 250

44. Expand XBRLa) eXtensible Business

Reporting Languageb) eXtensible Bills Receivable Letter

c) eXtensible BusinessReporting Letter

d) eXtensible Bills Reversal Letter

45. Bill of Entry is ______________.a) Evidence of export b) Evidence of paymentc) Evidence of import d) Evidence of remittance

46. EEFC stands for __________________.a) Earners Exchange & Foreign

Currencyb) Exchange Earning Foreign Currency

c) Exchange & Earning ForeignCurrency

d) Exchange Earners’ Foreign Currency

47. In cases where exporters’ present documents pertaining to exports after theprescribed period of ____ days from date of export, AD Category – I banks mayhandle them without prior approval of the Reserve Bank, provided they aresatisfied about the bonafides of the transactiona) 90 b) 30c) 21 d) 7


Page 143 of 197

48. What is EDF in exports?a) Export Declaration Form b) Extended Delivery Formc) Export Demand Form d) Estate Declaration Form

49. Bill of Lading is _______________.a) Evidence of shipment b) Evidence of importc) Evidence of payment d) Evidence of remittance.

50. At what intervals the BEF statement is submitted to RBI?a) Every June & December b) Every May & Novemberc) Every March & September d) It has recently been dispensed with.

51 The normal time limit for settlement of import payment is within how many daysfrom the date of shipmentA 30 days B 6 monthsC 21 days D None of the above

52 Consolidated statement of Trade Credits is submitted to RBI at what intervalsA Fortnightly B MonthlyC Quarterly D Half Yearly

53 Documents evidencing import are to be preserved for how many years from thedate of verification, except in cases of investigation.A 1 Year B 2 YearsC 3 Years D Not required

54 Non submission of evidence by the importers is to submitted to RBI in whichreturn?A XOS B ENCC BEF D STAT

55 Evidence of import/Bill of Entry is to be submitted by the importer within a periodof ______________from the date of remittance.A 21 days B 3 monthsC 30 days D 6 months

56 Fully utilized Control Copy of Import License is to be retained byA RBI B ImporterC AD D DGFT

57 A no objection certificate, Chartered Accountant’s certificate, Certificate ofpayment of I.T. are required for remittance ofA Import under Penalty B Replacement importC Import of films on lease/rental

basisD Import of Aircraft/Aircraft

engine/helicopter on lease basis58 Which is not applicable in case of Diamond Dollar Account?

A Customer to have good trackrecord of 3 years and averageannual turnover of Rs. 5crores or above during 3

B Customer to apply through AD to RBIfor approval


Page 144 of 197

preceeding yearsC Customer can have a

maximum of 5 accountsD Only a & b are applicable

E All are applicable59 When the imports are made in non physical form, a certificate is required from

whom for evidencing the import?A Chartered Accountant B RBIC Authorized Dealer D Exporter

60 Import licenses are issued for what value of the goods to be importedA FOB B CIFC Insured D None of the above

61 In case of postal imports importer has to submitA Postal appraisal form B Custom assessment certificateC Either of these D Neither of these

62 Crystallisatiion means___________A Retirement of an import bill B Conversion of FC Liability into Rupee

LiabilityC Conversion of Rupee liability

into FC LiabilityD All of these

63 “Blue Card” denotesA A credit Card B A Debit CardC A Proposition by EU to attract

highly qualified professionalsfrom other countries

D None of these

64 What is TIBOR?A Tokyo Interbank Offered Rate B Taiwan Interbank Offered RateC Thailand InterBank Offered

RateD None of these

65 Centralized cheque collection and export bill payment centre isA GMU-K B IBG, Corporate CentreC GLS D Overseas Branch, Mumbai

66 GNR is a system of cheque collection prevalent in USA. GNR stands forA Guaranteed no return B General non receiptC General Non Return D Guaranteed non receipt

67 Inward Remittance Cell is atA Overseas Branch Mumbai B Overseas Branch, KolkattaC GMU – Kolkatta D None of the above


Page 145 of 197

ANSWERS1. C 2. C 3. C 4. A 5. C 6. C 7. A 8. B 9. D 10. B11. A 12 A 13

.A 14

.C 15

.D 16

.D 17

.D 18

.B 19

.A 20. C

21.

D 22 A 23.

D 24.

C 25.

B 26.

A 27.

D 28.

D 29.

D 30. A

31.

B 32 D 33.

B 34.

D 35.

B 36.

A 37.

B 38.

A 39.

C 40. B

41.

A 42 C 43.

B 44.

A 45.

C 46.

D 47.

C 48.

A 49.

A 50. A

51 B 52 B 53 A 54 C 55 B 56 C 57 C 58 E 59 A 60 B61 C 62 B 63 C 64 A 65 C 66 A

INTERNATIONAL BANKING (UCPDC)

Compiled by Sri. K S Prakash Rao, Manager (Training)

1 UCPDC in the context of International Banking stands for _______________.a) Uniform Customs and

Practice for DocumentaryCredits

b) Universal Customs and Proceduresfor Documentary credits

c) Universal Customs andPractice for Documentarycredits

d) Uniform Customs and Proceduresfor Documentary credits

2 Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (UCPDC), Revision2007 is published by __________________.a) International Chamber of

Commerce (ICC)b) World Chamber of Commerce

c) International Monetary Fund(IMF)

d) World Bank

3 The bank that is not a confirming bank advises the credit and any amendmentwithout any undertaking to honour or negotiatea) The negotiating bank b) The issuing bankc) The advising bank d) The paying bank

4 The current version of UCPDC is ____________.a) UCPDC 500 b) UCPDC 600c) UCPDC 700 d) UCPDC 800

5 International Chamber of Commerce (ICC) is Head quartered at _________.a) Washington D.C. b) New Yorkc) Paris d) London


Page 146 of 197

6 URC rules are published by ICC. URC stands for _______________.a) Universal Rules for Collection b) Universal Realisation of Creditsc) Uniform Rules & Customs d) Uniform Rules for Collection

7 The no. of articles in current version of UCPDC is ________.a) 39 b) 29c) 19 d) 49

8 Article 2 of UCPDC is about ___________.a) Definitions of Applicant,

advising Bank, Credit etc.b) Credit Vs. Contracts

c) Documents Vs. Goods d) Amendments to a Credit.9 Which of the following is an Import L/c?

a) L/c opened by Citi Bank,Mumbai in favour of SBI, NewYork.

b) L/c opened by SBI, New York infavour of Citi Bank, Mumbai

10 The current version of URC, which is a publication of ICC is _______.a) URR 522 b) URC 522c) URC 725 d) URR 725

11 Except as otherwise provided by article 38, a credit can neither be amended norcancelled without the agreement ofa) the issuing bank b) the confirming bankc) the beneficiary d) All the these

12 Article ____ of UCPDC (ICC 600) illustrates about Issuing Bank undertaking.a) 7 b) 15c) 22 d) 29

13 Which of the following is True with respect to revised version of UCPDC 600?a) The no. of articles have been

reduced to 49 as against 59in the pre revised version

b) The no. of articles have beenreduced to 39 as against 49 in thepre revised version.

c) There is no change in No. ofArticles as equal no. ofarticles are deleted and areadded.

d) No. of Articles have been doubledwhen compared to pre revisedversion.

14 Article ____ of UCPDC (ICC 600) portrays Confirming Bank’s undertaking.a) 5 b) 8c) 11 d) 15

15 The other two important publications of International Chamber of Commerce,other than UCPDC,600 are ______________.a) URC, URR b) UCPDC 700 & 800c) UCPDC – I & II d) None of the above.

16 Unloading from one means of conveyance and reloading to another means ofconveyance (whether or not in different modes of transport) during the carriagefrom the place of dispatch to the place of final destination stated in the Credit is


Page 147 of 197

known as ___________.a) Bill of Lading b) Partial Shipmentc) Sea Way Bill d) Transhipment

17 UCPDC is in use in more than _______ countries.a) 175 b) 225c) 255 d) 301

18 What is true about calculation of maturity period as per UCP600?a) The words “from” and “after”

exclude date mentioned whenused to determine maturity

b) The words “from” and “after” includedate mentioned when used todetermine maturity

c) Either of the above d) Maturity date has to be specific19 A bank assumes no liability or responsibility for the consequences arising out of

the interruption of its business by Acts of God, riots, civil commotions,insurrections, wars, acts of terrorism, or by any strikes or lockouts or any othercauses beyond its control. This is as per Article _____ of UCPDC,600.a) 36 b) 37c) 38 d) 39

20 Which article of UCPDC deals with Extension of Expiry Date or Last Day forPresentation?a) 22 b) 25c) 29 d) 31

21 Which article of UCPDC deals with Partial Drawings and Shipments?a) 22 b) 29c) 30 d) 31

22 Which of the following statements is True with regard to Advising Bank?a) An advising bank may utilize

the services of another bank(“second advising bank”) toadvise the credit and anyamendment to the beneficiary.

b) An advising bank cannot utilize theservices of another bank (“secondadvising bank”) to advise the creditand any amendment to thebeneficiary.

c) An advising bank, afteradvising the Credit, cannotadvise any furtheramendment to the beneficiary.

d) An advising bank which advises acredit must add its confirmation.

23 Except as otherwise provided by article 38, a credit can neither be amended norcancelled without the agreement of the issuing bank, the confirming bank, if any,and the beneficiary. This is as per Article _____ of UCPDC,600.a) 2 b) 10c) 19 d) 22

24 Which of the following is True with respect to UCPDC provisions?a) A credit is irrevocable even if

there is no indication to thateffect.

b) All credits are normally revocableeven if there is no indication to thateffect.


Page 148 of 197

c) A credit is irrevocable when itis requested by the Applicant.

d) All the above

25 A presentation including one or more original transport documents subject toArticles 19, 20, 21, 22, 23, 24 or 25 must be made by or on behalf of thebeneficiary not later than _______ calendar days after the date of shipment asdescribed in these rules, but in any event not later than the expiry date of thecredit.a) 15 b) 21c) 30 d) 60

26 Which Article of UCPDC deals with Examination of Documents?a) 14 b) 15c) 21 d) 22

27 Which of the following is True as per UCPDC,600?a) Beneficiary means the party in

whose favour a credit isissued.

b) Applicant means the party on whoserequest, the credit is issued.

c) Both a & b d) None of these28 Under Force Majeure Clause, as per Article 36 of UCPDC, Banks __________

a) assumes liability /responsibility for theinterruption of its business byActs of God, riots, civilcommotions, wars etc., if it iscovered by proper Insurance.

b) assumes responsibility but Noliability for the interruption of itsbusiness by Acts of God, riots, civilcommotions, wars etc., howeversuch liability shall not exceed theamount mentioned in the Credit

c) assumes liability but notresponsibility for theinterruption of its business byActs of God, riots, wars etc.,however such liability shallnot exceed the amountmentioned in the Credit (L/C).

d) assumes no liability or responsibilityfor the consequences arising out ofthe interruption of its business byActs of God, riots, civil commotions,insurrections, wars, acts of terrorism,or by any strikes or lockouts or anyother causes beyond its control.

29 In documents other than the _____________, the description of the goods,services or performance, if stated, may be in general terms not conflicting withtheir description in the credit.a) Beneficiary copy b) Transport documentc) Commercial invoice d) Insurance document

30 Which of the following is True with respect to UCPDC,600?a) Confirming bank means the

bank that adds itsconfirmation to a credit uponthe issuing bank’sauthorization or request.

b) Confirmation means a definiteundertaking of the confirming bank,in addition to that of the issuingbank, to honour or negotiate acomplying presentation.

c) Both a & b d) None of the above31 As per Article 14 of UCPDC, a nominated bank, a confirming bank, if any, and

the issuing bank shall each have a maximum of ______ banking days following


Page 149 of 197

the day of presentation to determine if a presentation is complying.a) 5 b) 7c) 9 d) 11

32 Unless a nominated bank is the __________, an authorization to honour ornegotiate does not impose any obligation on that nominated bank to honour ornegotiate, except when expressly agreed to by that nominated bank and socommunicated to the beneficiarya) paying bank b) advising bankc) confirming bank d) negotiating bank

33 You have received a Letter of Credit advised by SBI, International ServicesBranch (ISB), Mumbai issued by Barclays Bank, New York to be advised to M/sPQR & Sons, Hyderabad. The beneficiary wanted to know whether the L/Creceived, is revocable or irrevocable? You would _____________.a) Contact SBI, ISB, Mumbai b) Contact L/C opening Bankc) All L/Cs, if otherwise not

mentioned, are irrevocable.d) In the credit (L/C), a mention must

be there as to whether it is revocableor irrevocable.

34 Which of the following is True in connection with amendment of L/Cs?a) A bank that advises an

amendment should inform thebank from which it receivedthe amendment of any notifi-cation of acceptance orrejection

b) Partial acceptance of an amendmentis not allowed and will be deemed tobe notification of rejection of theamendment.

c) A provision in an amendmentto the effect that theamendment shall enter intoforce unless rejected by thebeneficiary within a certaintime shall be disregarded.

d) All of these

35 Article 18 of UCPDC deals with ____________.a) Bill of Lading b) Transport Documentsc) Quality Certificate d) Commercial Invoice

36 Who is the ultimate obligator of payment under LC?a) Negotiating Bank b) Confirmating Bankc) Nominated Bank d) Issuing Bank

37 Which of the following is True with regard to Confirming Bank?a) A confirming bank is

irrevocably bound to honouror negotiate as it adds itsconfirmation to the credit.

b) A confirming bank undertakes toreimburse another nominated bankthat has honoured or negotiated acomplying presentation andforwarded the documents to theconfirming bank.

c) If a bank is requested toconfirm a credit, but is not

d) All the above


Page 150 of 197

prepared to do so, it mustinform the issuing bank with-out delay and may advise thecredit without confirmation.

38 Partial acceptance of an amendment to credit isa) not allowed b) Allowedc) Allowed only with consent of

issuing bankd) Allowed only with consent of

negotiating bank39 What is effective date of UCPDC600?

a) 01/06/2007 b) 01/07/2007c) 01/08/2007 d) 01/05/2007

40 As per Article 31 of UCPDC, which deals with Partial shipments, which of thefollowing is Correct?a) Only partial shipments are

allowed, but not partialdrawings.

b) Partial drawings or shipments areallowed.

c) Only partial drawings areallowed, but not partialshipments.

d) Both partial shipments and drawingsare not allowed.

41 Which of the following is True with respect to Commercial Invoice?a) It need not be signed. b) It should be signed & stamped.c) It should be countersigned by

Customs, after shipment.d) It should preferably in triplicate.

42 As per UCP 600, credit available with a nominated bank is also available witha) the issuing bank b) The advising bankc) the confirming bank d) The negotiating bank

43 Which is true about UCP 600 compared to UCP500?a) Article 6,8,12,38 of UCP 500

have been completely deleteb) 39 Articles are subdivided into sub-

articlesc) Topics wise categorization in

UCP 600 has been providedd) All are true

44 You have received a set of documents for negotiation and have observed thatdocuments require scrutiny and comparison with original credit for discrepanciesif any. You have ______ working days to do so.a) Five b) Sixc) Seven d) 21

45 Which of the following is True?a) A credit must state the bank

with which it is available orwhether it is available with anybank.

b) A credit must state whether it isavailable by sight payment, deferredpayment, acceptance or negotiation.

c) A credit must not be issuedavailable by a draft drawn on

d) All of the above.


Page 151 of 197

the applicant.46 As per Article 20 of UCPDC, a Bill of Lading _______________.

a) Must indicate the name of thecarrier and it should besigned.

b) Must indicate the port of loading andthe port of discharge stated in thecredit.

c) indicate that the goods havebeen shipped on board, anamed vessel at the port ofloading stated in the credit.

d) All the above

47 As per Article 30, which of the following is correct?a) The words "about"/

"approximately" used inconnection with the amount ofthe credit or the quantity/unitprice are to be construed asallowing a tolerance not toexceed 10% more or 10%less.

b) A tolerance not to exceed 5% moreor 5% less than the quantity of thegoods is allowed, provided the creditdoes not state the quantity in termsof a stipulated number of packingunits/individual items and the totalamount of the drawings does notexceed the amount of the credit.

c) Both a & b d) Tolerance which was upto 10% hasnow been reduced to zero.

48 The last Article of UCPDC i.e. Article 39 deals with ___________.a) Assignment of Proceeds b) Transferable Creditsc) Force Majeure d) Hours of Presentation

49 Which of the following is True as per the provisions of UCPDC?a) A document may be dated

prior to the issuance date ofthe credit, but must not bedated later than its date ofpresentation.

b) If the expiry date of a credit or thelast day for presentation falls on aday when the bank is closed forreasons other than Force Majeure,the expiry date or the last day forpresentation, as the case may be,will be extended to the first followingbanking day.

c) When the insurancedocument indicates that it hasbeen issued in more than oneoriginal, all originals must bepresented.

d) All of the above

50 Which of the following is True with regard to UCPDC,600?a) Negotiating bank / issuing

bank shall each have amaximum of five banking daysfollowing the day ofpresentation to determine ifdocuments are complying.

b) All Credits are treated asIrrevocable.


Page 152 of 197

c) The No. of Articles have beenpruned down to 39

d) All of the above

51. Which of the following is true as per Article 15 of UCPDC,600?a) When an issuing bank

determines that a presentationis complying, it must honour.

b) When a confirming bank determinesthat a presentation is complying, itmust honour or negotiate andforward the documents to the issuingbank.

c) When a nominated bankdetermines that a presentationis complying and honours ornegotiates, it must forward thedocuments to the confirmingbank or issuing bank.

d) All of the these.

52 The terms "beginning", "middle" and "end" of a month shall be construedrespectively as the 1st to thea) Between 11th to the 20th b) 11th to the 20th both dates exclusivec) 11th to the 20th both dates

inclusived) Between 10th to the 20th

53. What is meaning of “first class”, “well known”, “qualified”, “independent”,“competent” used to describe the issuer of a document as per UCP600?

a) The issuer must havequalified degree of well knowninstitute

b) The issuer must be having license toissue such document

c) The issuer must be givenpermission by competent toissue such documents

d) Any issuer except the beneficiarymay be first class or well known orqualified or independent orcompetent

54. Article 25 of UCPDC deals with ____________.a) Courier Receipt, Post Receipt

or Certificate of Postingb) Commercial Invoice

c) Bill of Lading d) Original Documents55. As per Article 17 of UCPDC, which of the following is true?

a) At least one original of eachdocument stipulated in thecredit must be presented.

b) A bank shall treat a document asoriginal, if it is bearing an apparentlyoriginal signature, mark, stamp, orlabel of the issuer of the document,unless the document itself indicatesthat it is not an original.

c) If a credit requirespresentation of copies ofdocuments, presentation ofeither originals or copies ispermitted.

d) All of these

56. Date of Bill of Lading is 01st June, LC is expiring on 23th June, then what will be


Page 153 of 197

the latest date of presentation of documents?a) 22nd June b) 15th Junec) 21st June d) 14th June

57. Article 26 of UCPDC deals with _____________.a) Air way Bill of Lading b) Clean Transport Documentc) Courier Receipt, Post Receipt

or Certificate of Postingd) "On Deck", "Shipper's Load and

Count", “Said by Shipper to Contain”and Charges Additional to Freight.

58. Which of the following is True with regard to UCPDC,600?a) These Articles/provisions are

applicable toForeign/Import/Exporttransactions only.

b) They are binding on all partiesthereto unless expressly modified orexcluded by the credit.

c) These are applicable to bothInland and Foreign Credits

d) Both b & c

59. What is true when expression “on or about” is used in Documentary Credit?a) 5 days before and after

specified dateb) Both start and end dates should be

includedc) Both of the above d) Date has to be specific

60. Which of the following is True with respect to UCPDC,600?

a) Issuing bank means the bankthat issues a credit at therequest of an applicant or onits own behalf.

b) Negotiation means the purchase bythe nominated bank of drafts,documents under a complyingpresentation.

c) Credit means any irrevocablearrangement that constitutes adefinite undertaking of theissuing bank to honour acomplying presentation.

d) All of the above.

ANSWERS1. a 2. a 3. c 4. b 5. c 6. d 7. a 8. a 9. a 10. b11. d 12 a 13

.b 14

.b 15

.a 16

.d 17

.a 18

.a 19

.a 20. c

21. d 22 a 23.

d 24.

a 25.

b 26.

a 27.

c 28.

d 29.

c 30. c

31. a 32 c 33.

c 34.

d 35.

d 36.

d 37.

d 38.

a 39.

b 40. b

41. a 42 a 43.

d 44.

a 45.

d 46.

d 47.

c 48.

a 49.

d 50. d

51. d 52 c 53.

d 54.

a 55.

d 56.

a 57.

d 58.

d 59.

c 60. d


Page 154 of 197

CASH DEPARTMENT PROCEDURES

Compiled by Shri. A.S.R.K.K.SARMA, Manager (Training)

1. Currency held by non-chest branches of SBI is the property of ?a) Govt of India b) SBIc) RBI d) None of these

2. Strong Room fitness certificate has to be renewed once in ?a) Once in two months b) A quarterc) Once in a year d) Six months

3. The size of the 2000/- bank note isa) 66x166 b) 66x156c) 66x176 d) 66x200

4. Excess cash found in the cash balance of a SWO has to be credited to ?a) Suspense account b) Charges accountc) Sundry Deposit account d) Commission account

5. The deposit and withdrawal of Cash Box in/from Vault under IBCH will beentered in ?a) Cash Receipt / Delivery Register b) Cash officer’s jotting bookc) Cash box receipt Delivery

Registerd) None of these

6. Cash held in the cash box overnight, will be treated as ?a) Sundry balance b) Petty cash balancec) Branch Cash balance d) None of these

7. Specific gravity of pure gold is ?a) 18.1 b) 20.1c) 19.3 d) None of these

8. Cash officer is responsible for ______ while sanctioning gold loan ?a) Purity b) Weightc) Value d) All the above

9. Gold ornaments of deceased borrower pending their settlement will have to bekept in ?a) Joint custody b) Safe Deposit Articlesc) In a separate locker d) None of these

10. Vault Register will always be kept in ?a) Accountant’s Hand Safe b) Strong Roomc) With Cash Officer d) None of these

11. Minimum Transaction that can be made to currency chest ?a) Rs 1 lakh & multiples of Rs 1 lak

onlyb) Rs 1 lak & in multiples of Rs

50,000 there ofc) Rs 50,000 & multiples of Rs

50,000d) None of these

12. Currency Chest is the property of ?a) Government of India b) SBIc) Reserve Bank of India d) None of the above


Page 155 of 197

13. Small Coin Depot consists of ?a) All coins b) Coins upto Rs. 1/-c) Coins below Re. 1/- d) Coins upto Rs. 5/-

14. Small Coin Depot (SCD) is the property of ?a) SBI b) RBIc) Govt. of India d) None of these

15. Rs 1/- notes are issued by ?a) Govt of India b) RBIc) IBA d) None of these

16. Min. withdrawal / deposits in SCD ?a) Rs 100/- & multiples of Rs 50/- b) Rs 500/- & multiples of Rs 50/-c) Rs 1000/- & multiples of 100/- d) None of these

17. Small coin depot transactions are to be reported to ?a) Zonal Office b) RBIc) FSLO d) None of these

18. Clean Note Policy (CNP) is governed by ?a) Sec 35 of Indian Currency Act b) Sec 35 A of B.R Actc) Sec 35 A of RBI Act d) None of these

19. Relationship between RBI & SBI in case of currency chests isa) Principal & Agent b) Bailor & Baileec) Agent & Principal d) None of these

20. Person preparing the note packet is responsible for both quality & quantity uptoa) Rs 100/- b) Rs 50/-c) Rs 10/- d) Rs 500/-

21. IBCH overnight cash retention limit is ?a) Rs 2 lakh b) Rs 5 lakhc) Rs 1 lakh d) None of these

22. In Branch Cash Handling (IBCH) is applicable to ?a) Metro branches b) Non currency chest branchesc) All branches d) Currency chest branches

23. For Rs 500/- & Rs 2000/- person preparing the note packet is responsible for ?a) Quantity only b) Quality onlyc) Both quality & quantity d) None of these

24. Balances in Currency Chest have to be verified by an official other than the jointcustodians once in ?a) Once in two months b) Half yearc) Quarter d) Once in a year

25. The difference between day’s total withdrawals and day’s total deposits in thechest is ?a) Treasury Transfer b) Cash Transferc) Currency Transfer d) None of these

26. The certificate of chest balance as on ____ is submitted to RBI by the Chestbranch ?a) 31st March b) 31st Mayc) 30th June d) 31st Dec

27. In a soiled note remittance to RBI if more than ___% of notes is found to beissuable notes, then entire remittance will be returned by RBI at sending bank’scost ?


Page 156 of 197

a) 10 b) 5c) 20 d) None of these

28. Name the of the Register to record exchange of Cash between SWOs in CashDept.?a) Cash Transfer Register b) Cash Receipts Delivery Registerc) Cash Officer’s Jotting Book d) Cash Transaction Register

29. What type of insurance cover is obtained for Cash Remittances?a) Comprehensive insurance cover b) Fidelity Insurance coverc) Transit Insurance cover d) None of these

30. As per the latest instructions of the RBI, FIR has to be lodged in case of FakeCurrency notes, if the no. of notes is ?a) 4 b) 5 or morec) 3 d) 2

31. Days net Withdrawal/ Deposit to reported to FSLO through ?a) ICCOMS b) IFAMSc) Fax d) email

32. Verification of Currency Chest balances by officials other than Joint custodian isdone at___________ intervals ?a) Once in a month b) Once in 2 monthsc) No periodicity stipulated d) Once in a quarter

33. Surprise verification of Critical Currency Chests is made by LHO at ?a) Monthly Interval b) Quarterly Intervalc) Half Yearly Interval d) No periodicity stipulated

34. Which of the following is true when remittance is sent from one currency chestto another currency chest ?a) Branch Cash Balance is credited

and RBI’s Account is debitedb) Branch Cash Balance is debited

and RBI’s Account is creditedc) No Entry is passed d) None of these

35. Charges towards police escorts, transport etc. for chest to chest remittances oftreasure is ?a) Borne by Bank b) Paid by RBIc) Paid initially by Bank, then

reimbursed by RBId) None of these

36. Repository is part of ?a) Branch Cash Balance b) Currency Chestc) Small Coin Depot d) None of these

37. Printing & Circulation of forged Indian currency notes is an offence u/s ?a) Sec 292 of Criminal Procedure

Codeb) Sec 489A to 489E of Indian Penal

Codec) Both d) None

38. Forged Note Vigilance Cell (FNVC) of the bank is required to submit data oncounterfeit notes detected during a month on all India basis by email to____before the end of succeeding month.a) RBI Issue Office b) FIU-IND, New Delhic) National Crime Records Bureau,

New Delhid) Currency Management Dept. of

RBI, Mumbai39. Fidelity insurance cover for single window operator is obtained for ?

a) Rs 1 Lakh b) Rs 2 Lakhc) Rs 5 lakh d) Rs 8 Lakh


Page 157 of 197

40. Recounting of note packets is not required for denominations upto ?a) Rs 50/- b) Rs 100/-c) Rs 500/- d) All note packets to be recounted

41. Who will be responsible for tampered bundles / note packets kept in the vault ?a) Cash-in-Charge alone b) Joint Custodian of Vaultc) Accountant alone d) Branch Head alone

42. In respect of soiled notes bundles prepared for remittance to RBI, who is/areresponsible for Quality & Quantity of notes in the bundle ?a) Person preparing the bundle b) Cash-in-chargec) Accountant d) Joint Custodian

43. Mahesh, single window operator, reported shortage of cash of Rs 5000/- in hiscounter on 3rd Jan 2014. He is also not in position to deposit the same.Shortage will be made good by debit to ?a) Suspense A/c b) System Suspense A/c Originating

Debitc) Recalled Asset A/c d) Charges A/c

44. Ceiling for petty cash expense is ?a) Rs.100/- b) Rs.25/-c) Rs.50/- d) Rs.49/-

45. Petty Cash should be checked by ____________ at _____________ intervala) BM, Monthly Irregular b) Accountant, Regularc) RM, Monthly d) BM, Fortnightly

46. Which of the following is not true regarding In- Branch Cash Handling Process ?a) Size of the aluminium box should

be 14”X11”X4” sizeb) Each SWO/Asstt. Cash is provided

with an aluminium box havingOvernight cash retentionlimit of Rs 1.00 lakh

c) Every day, in the beginning,Cash-in-Charge verifies thecontents of Cash box on thebasis of system generatedrandom list

d) This process will reduce the timespent by the Cash Officer/Cashier-in-charge/SWO/Assistant(Cash) in handing over andreceiving cash at thebeginning/close of the day

47. Safe deposit receipt relating to deposit of duplicate keys is entered in BDregister and the safe deposit receipt is held by _________________ ?a) Accountant outside the strong

roomb) Accountant inside the strong room

c) BM outside the strong room d) BM inside the strong room

48. One Re coin is issued under _______ acta) Coinage Act, 1906 b) RBIc) SBI d) BR Act

49. Currency Notes are printed at ?a) Nasik, Dewas, Mysore & Salboni b) Nasik, Pune, Indore & Kanpurc) Nasik, Pune, Dehradun &Mysore d) Nasik, Hissar, Salboni & Pune

50. Cash retention limit of the branch will be reviewed by _________ every year inthe month of__________ ?a) RM or CM (Admin), May b) CM (Admin), Mayc) Regional Manager, Nov d) RM or CM (Admin), Nov


Page 158 of 197

51. How many angular bleed lines in 2000/- note in left and right hand site in raisedprint?a) 7 b) 5c) 6 d) 4

52 The Controller of the branches will arrange for periodical cash verification ofHand Balance Branches ____ ?a) at half yearly interval by the

Branch Managers of nearbybranches

b) By the Branch Manager of theBranch

c) No need for verification d) None of the above53 The coverage of cash-in transit insurance will be limited to _____?

a) The cash retention limit of thebranch.

b) Upto 50,00,000/-

c) Upto 49,00,000/- d) None of the above54. What is Shrink Wrapping in Cash Department ?

a) While sending soiled remittanceto RBI Wrapping 1000 pieces ina bundle instead of packing 10packets of 100 pieces in abundle

b) While sending soiled remittanceto RBI packing 10 packets of 100pieces in a bundle

c) Both a) and b) d) None of the above55 While sending Soiled Note Remittance to RBI, remittance should sent in

multiples of ________?a) Rs.100000/- b) Rs.50000/-c) Rs.500/- d) None of the above

56 The counterfeit bank notes cannot be impounded by-------------a) All PSBs b) All Treasuries and Sub-treasuriesc) All NBFCs d) All Co-operative banks & RRBs

57 Cash shortage up to which is made good by the employee same day and ifthere is no suspicion of fraud, it need not be reported as fraud.a) Rs.1,000/- b) Rs.5,000/-c) Rs.10,000/- d) None of these

58 In order to keep FCN(Foreign Currency Notes) at optimum level, branches areadvised to handover the FCNs to …........a) Overseas Branch at monthly

intervalsb) M/s Thomas Cook India

Limited(TCIL) at regular intervalc) Reserve Bank of India d) Need not to hand over FCNs, to

be retained at branch59 The BGL A/c No.98903 in CBS is

a) Branch Cash Balance A/c b) Teller Cash Balance A/cc) Currency Transfer A/c d) Bin Balance A/c

60 The BGL A/c No.98912 in CBS isa) Branch Cash Balance A/c b) Teller Cash Balance A/cc) Currency Transfer A/c d) Bin Balance A/c

61 The basic colour of new 2000/- series note isa) Pink b) Redc) Magenta d) Stone gray


Page 159 of 197

62 The basic colour of new 500/- series note isa) Pink b) Redc) Magenta d) Stone gray

63 The dimension of new 500/- series note isa) 66 mmx160mm b) 66mmx170mmc) 66mmx150mm d) 66mmx140mm

64 The coins of denomination______ and below are now uncurrent coinsa) Rs.1 and below b) Rs.50 ps and belowc) Rs.25 ps and below d) Rs.10 ps and below.

65. In case of exchange of soiled notes at currency chest branches, Banks shouldexchange notes per person upto _____ notes and value of Rs.____ per dayfree of charge over the counter.a) 50 notes and Rs.10000 b) 20 notes and Rs.5000b) 10 notes and Rs.10000 d) 20 notes and Rs.10000

66. In case of exchange of soiled notes at currency chest branches, Where numberof notes presented by a person exceeds _____ notes and value of Rs.____perday against receipt for value to be credited later with service charge.a) 50 notes and Rs.10000 b) 20 notes and Rs.5000b) 10 notes and Rs.10000 d) 20 notes and Rs.10000

67. The CBS user type for Cash Officer/Cash-in-charge isa) 40 b) 45c) 60 d) 50

68. The CDC report of the difference between CGL Cash and BGL cash isa) Glcntr b) Glcashc) Glcomp d) Gldiff

69 The CGL number for CASH isa) 1260505001 b) 1204505001c) 5108505001 d) 5108505002

70 ICCOMS stands fora) Integrated Computerised

Currency Operations andManagement System

b) Integrated Computerised CentralOperations and ManagementSystem

c) Integrated Computerised ChestOperations and ManagementSystem

d) Integrated Currency ChestOperations and ManagementSystem

71.. Penalty in case of , shortages in soiled note remittance for notes indenomination upto 50 is ______a) Rs.50/- per peace in addition to

the lossb) Equal to the value of the

denomination per peace inaddition to the loss.

b) Rs.100/- per peace d) No penalty72 Penalty in case of , shortages in soiled note remittance for notes in

denomination of 100 and above is ______a) Rs.50/- per peace in addition to

the lossb) Equal to the value of the

denomination per peace inaddition to the loss.

b) Rs.100/- per peace d) No penalty


Page 160 of 197

73 Penalty Non-compliances with operational guidelines by currency chestsdetected by RBI Officials such as non functioning of CCTV,Branch Documentskept in strong room, Non utilisation of NSMs for sorting notes etc.,a) Rs.5000/- each irregularity and

Rs.10000/- in case of repitionb) Rs.5000/- each irregularity and

Rs.7500/- in case of repitionb) Rs.5000/- each irregularity and

Rs.50000/- in case of repitiond) Rs.5000/- each irregularity and

Rs.100000/- in case of repition74 The Manager(CAC) will report to _________

a) AGM of the region b) DGM of the AOc) GM directly d) Chief Manager of the Branch

75 User Capability and Usertype in case of Cash-In-charge Special Assistant/Senior Assistanta) Capability level : 4 and User

type: 60b) capability level : 5 and

Usertype:60c) capability level : 4 and User

type:50d) capability level : 4 and

Usertype:50

ANSWERS

1. b 2. c 3. a 4. c 5. c 6. c 7. c 8. d 9. b 10. b

11. b 12. c 13. c 14. c 15. a 16. a 17. c 18. b 19. a 20. a

21. c 22. c 23. b 24. a 25. c 26. b 27. b 28. b 29. c 30. b

31. b 32. b 33. b 34. c 35. c 36. b 37. b 38. d 39. c 40. b

41. b 42. a 43. c 44. c 45. a 46. c 47. c 48. a 49. a 50. a

51. a 52 a 53. a 54. a 55 b 56. c 57. a 58. b 59 a 60 b

61 c 62 d 63 c 64 c 65 b 66 b 67 d 68 c 69 B 70 A

71 a 72 b 73 a 74 b 75 a


Page 161 of 197

GOVERNMENT BUSINESS

Compiled by Shri. A.S.R.K.K.SARMA, Manager (Training)

1 SBI handles Govt. Business as agent of RBI as per(a) Sec 45 of RBI Act (b) Sec 32 of SBI Act(c) Both a & b (d) None of these

2 TDS deducted during the month should be deposited to the credit of GovtAccount(a) Before 1st of subsequent month (b) On the last working of the

respective month(c) Before 7th of subsequent month (d) None of these

3 Agency commission paid by RBI in respect of Govt. Receipts - Physical mode(a) Rs.45 per transaction (b) Rs.50 per transaction(c) 9 paise per Rs.100 (d) None of these

4 Agency commission paid by RBI in respect of Govt. Receipts-e-mode(a) Rs.50 per transaction (b) Rs.12 per transaction(c) 9 paise per Rs.100 (d) None of these

5 Agency commission paid by RBI in respect of pension payments where PensionFiles are held by the Bank(a) Rs.60 per transaction (b) Rs.65 per transaction(c) 5.5 paise per Rs.100 turnover (d) None of these

6 Agency commission paid by RBI in respect of payments other than pension(a) 9 paise per Rs.100 turnover (b) 5.5 paise per Rs.100 turnover(c) Rs.50 per transaction (d) None of these

7 PPF account can be opened by(a) Adult Individuals (b) HUF(c) NRI (d) All the above

8 Maximum amount that can be deposited in a PPF account during financial year(a) Rs.50000 (b) Rs.70000(c) Rs.150000 (d) None of the above

9 How many installments in a financial year are allowed for depositing amounts inPPF account(a) 5 (b) 9(c) 12 (d) None of these

10 Withdrawal is allowed from PPF account from _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ onwards.(a) 3rd financial year (b) 5th financial year(c) 6th financial year (d) All the above are true

11 What is the maximum period for which a PPF account can be opened(a) 5 years (b) 10 years(c) 15 years (d) None of the above


Page 162 of 197

12 Who are eligible to open accounts under Senior Citizen Saving Scheme 2004(a) An individual who has attained

the age of 60 years and aboveon the date of opening of anaccount

(b) Who has attained the age of 55years or more but less than 60years and who has retired onsuperannuation or otherwise onthe date of opening the account

(c) Both a & b (d) None of the above

13 Min and Maximum amount that can be accepted under Senior Citizen SavingsScheme 2004(a) Min Rs.1000 and Max Rs.15

lacs(b) Min Rs.10000 and Max Rs.15

lacs(c) Any amount can deposited (d) None of the above

14 What is the maximum amount of deposit that can be accepted in cash underSenior Citizen Savings Scheme 2004(a) 100000 (b) 500000(c) 1500000 (d) No cash is accepted

15 Deposits under Senior Citizen Savings Scheme 2004 is accepted for amaximum period of(a) 3 years (b) 5 years(c) 5 years and extension by 3

more years(d) None of the above

16 What is the time limit within which Govt Transactions are to be settled with Govtof India(a) T+3 working days where

Dealing Branch and FPLB areat the same centre

(b) T+5 working days where DealingBranch and FPLB are differentcentres

(c) Both a & b are true (d) None of these17 CBDT transactions to be settled within

(a) T+3 working days irrespectiveof location

(b) T+5 working days

(c) T+1 working day (d) None of the above18 All Govt Transactions through e-mode to be settled within

(a) T+1 day (b) T+3 days(c) T+5 days (d) None of the above

19 Penalty rate for delay in settlement of Govt Transactions beyond permittedperiod is(a) At Bank Rate (b) Bank Rate+1%(c) Bank Rate + 2% (d) None of the above

20 What is the expansion of EASIEST(a) Electronic Accounting System

in Excise and Service Tax(b) Electronic Accounting Standards

in Excise and Service Tax(c) Eectronical Accounts Services

in Excise and Sales Tax(d) None of the above

21 Challan format to be used for CBEC credits is(a) GAR 7 (b) ITS 280(c) GAR 9 (d) None of the above


Page 163 of 197

22 Settlement of State Govt transactions with regional office of RBI is theresponsibility of(a) GAD (b) FLSO(c) FSLO (d) None of the above

23 GBSS has been launched w.e.f.(a) 01.1.2009 (b) 01.02.2009(c) 01.03.2009 (d) None of the above

24 Which of the following are not true with regard to e-Focal Point Link branches(a) e-FPB for CBDT –Bangalore

Main Branch(b) e-FPB for Central Excise – World

University Service Centre Branch,Chennai

(c) e-FPB for Service Tax – FortMarket Branch, Mumbai

(d) None of these

25 Which of the following statements are not true in case of CBDT Transactions(a) CIN will be generated for each

credit transaction(b) CIN consist of BSR code, Date

and serial number of challan(c) Quoting PAN/TAN mandatory

in challans(d) None of these

26 Issue of Bankers Cheques at the request of Government Departments converedunder RBI Remittance facility Scheme(a) Yes, Exchange need not be

collected(b) No, not covered under RBI

Remittance facility Scheme,hence exchange to be collected

27 Expand GBSS?(a) Government Business

Software Solutions(b) Government Business Software

System(c) Government Business System

Software(d) Government Banking Software

Solutions28 Certified copy of Datewise Monthly Statement (DMS) is called

(a) Verified Datewise MonthlyStatement (VDMS)

(b) Valued Datewise MonthlyStatement

(c) Certified Datewise MonthlyStatement (CDMS)


29 While transferring PPF account from one branch to the other what to be doneregarding the Accured Interest on the PPF A/c ?(a) A separate Draft has to be sent

to the other branch(b) Advise the Accured interest to the

other branch so as to incorporatethe same in CBS.

(c) A/c can be transferred as if it isa normal Deposit account inCBS.

(d) None of these

30 The time frame for crediting the pension/ family after despatch of New PPO ?(a) Within 5 days (b) With in a week(c) Within a fortnight (d) At the month end

31 Interest paid on PPF Account on ?(a) 31 January (b) On 31St March(c) 31 December (d) None of the above


Page 164 of 197

32 Interest will be accured on the balance available in PPF as on ?(a) Minimum balance between 5th

to 30th of every month(b) Minimum balance between 10th to

30th of every month(c) On daily balance (d) None of the above

33 Nomination facility available in PPF account ?(a) Available in the name of single

individual(b) Available infavour of one or more

persons(c) Not available (d) None of the above

34 PPF account gets matured after the completion of ____ Yrs(a) 10 Yrs (b) 15 Yrs(c) 20 Yrs (d) 25 Yrs

35 TDS decuted on Bank Deposits during the month of March to be remitted toGovt. by(a) 7th of next month (b) 27th April(c) 30th April (d) None of the above

36 Electronic filing of Quarterly TDS returns to be normally filed by(a) 15th day of next calendar

Quarter(b) 30th day of next calendar Quarter

(c) 6th day of the next calendarQuarter


37 Electronic filing of Quarterly TDS returns for the Quarter ending March 31 to befiled by(a) 15th day of next calendar

Quarter(b) 30th day of next calendar Quarter

(c) 31st May (d) None of the above38 Penalty for delay/wrong submission of TDS Quarterly returns

(a) Rs.300/- per day till the date offiling of returns

(b) Rs.200/- per day till the date offiling

(c) Flat 10,000/- (d) None of the above39 e-payment of central excise duty and service tax is mandatory for all tax payers

paying the tax of ___________ w.e.f. 01.01.2014.(a) Rs 1,00,000.00 (Rs One Lac) &

over(b) Rs.10,00,000/-

(c) e-payment not required (d) None of the above40 The pensioner can submit annual Life certificate at _________of the Bank either

in person or through his/ her authorized representative.(a) Home Branch (b) Non Home Branch(c) CPPC (d) Either at Home Branch or at Non-

home Branch41 Income Tax Refund Order is a ?

(a) Negotiable Instrument , 3months validity , Rs.50000/-

(b) Not Negotiable Instrument , 3months validity , Rs.50000/-

(c) Quasi Negotiable Instrument ,3 months validity , Rs.25000/-

(d) Quasi Negotiable Instrument , 3months validity , Rs.50000/-

42 Public provident Fund Scheme framed under provision(a) PPF ACT 1968 (23 OF 1968) (b) PPF ACT 1967 (23 OF 1968)(c) PPF ACT 1966 (23 OF 1968) (d) PPF ACT 1965 (23 OF 1968)


Page 165 of 197

43 What is the periodicity at which interest is paid out in SCSS account?(a) monthly (b) Half yearly(c) quarterly (d) Annually

44 What should be the source of funds for investing in SCSS?(a) Only retirement benefits (b) Part of investment should be

invariably from retirement benefits(c) Source of funds is immaterial, if

the depositor is of 60 yrs&above


45 In TDS Centralization, New BGL A/c No for TDS on Interest Paid on Deposits?(a) 4898047 (b) 4898048(c) 4898049 (d) 4898050

46 In TDS Centralization, New BGL A/c No for TDS on Pension Payments?(a) 4898048 (b) 4898049(c) 4898050 (d) 4898051

47 In TDS Centralization, New BGL A/c No for TDS on payments made toemployees (HRMS)?(a) 4898048 (b) 4898051(c) 4898049 (d) 4898050

48 In TDS Centralization, New BGL A/c No for TDS on Rent?(a) 4898047 (b) 4898048(c) 4898049 (d) 4898050

49 In TDS Centralization, New BGL A/c No for TDS on VPS?(a) 4898047 (b) 4898048(c) 4898049 (d) 4898050

50 In TDS Centralization, TDS on Interest paid on deposits comes under whichstream?(a) CBS (b) VPS(c) HRMS (d) CPPC

51 In TDS Centralization, TDS on Pension Payments comes under which stream?(a) CBS (b) VPS(c) HRMS (d) CPPC

52 In TDS Centralization, Name the Tool for TDS Centralization?(a) TDS Remittance System (b) TDS Reporting System(c) TDS Rating System (d) TDS Return System

53 In TDS Centralization, How many PAN Nos are mapped to HRMS stream(a) One (b) Two(c) Three (d) TAN will be mapped based on

each branch/network based onnetwork in the circle

54 In TDS Centralization, How many PAN Nos are mapped to CBS stream(a) One (b) Two(c) Three (d) TAN will be mapped based on


55 In TDS Centralization, How many PAN Nos are mapped to VPS stream(a) One (b) Two


Page 166 of 197

(c) Three (d) TAN will be mapped based oneach branch/network based onnetwork in the circle

56 In TDS Centralization, How many PAN Nos are mapped to CPPC stream(a) One (b) Two(c) Three (d) TAN will be mapped based on


57 In the GST regime, What is GSTN?(a) Goods and Service Tax

Network(b) Goods and Sales Tax Network

(c) Goods and Security TaxNetwork

(d) Goods and Supermarket TaxNetwork

58 Which taxes are migrated to GST?

(a) VAT and Service Tax (b) VAT ,Service Tax and CentralExcise

(c) VAT, Service Tax, CentralExcise and Income Tax

(d) VAT only

59 Due date for quarterly uploading of 15G/15H in respect of quarter ending Juneis (Ist quarter)(a) 15th july (b) 5th July(c) 31st July (d) 7th July

60 Due date for quarterly uploading of 15G/15H in respect of quarter endingDecember is (3rd quarter)(a) 15th January (b) 5th January(c) 31st January (d) 7th January

61 TDS Deduction certificate Form 16A is for?(a) Deduction in respect of

Salaries(b) Deduction in respect of other than

salary(c) Both a and B are correct (d) None of the above

62 Sukanya Samriddhi Account is for Girl’S below Yrs.(a) 2 Yrs (b) 10 Yrs.(c) 3 Yrs (d) 5 Yrs.

63 Minimum & Maximum contributions in Sukanya Samriddhi Account per year is(a) 100 & 150000 (b) 1000 & 100000(c) 1000& 150000 (d) 2500 & 250000

64 CIN stands for(a) Challan Inquiry Number (b) Challan Identification Number(c) Challan Information Number (d) Challan Identify Number

65 Minimum & Maximum contributions in Sukanya Samriddhi Account per financialyear is(a) 100 & 150000 (b) 1000 & 100000(c) 500 & 150000 (d) 1000& 150000

66 Deposits in Sukanya Samridhi Account can be made till the completion ofperiod of _______Years from the date opening of such account.(a) 12 Years (b) 15 Years(c) 18 Years (d) 10 Years


Page 167 of 197

67 Default Sukanya Samridhi Account can be regularised within _____ Years

(a) 15 Years (b) 12 Years(c) 18 Years (d) 10 Years

68 Default Sukanya Samridhi Account can be regularised by paying a penalty ofRs._____ per year along with minimum specified amount.(a) 150 (b) 50(c) 100 (d) No penalty

69 Sukanya Samridhi default account can only be regularised within 15 years else________ rate of interest is applicable at the time of maturity.(a) Original Interest applicable for

the product(b) PPF Interest

(c) Savings interest (d) Post Office Savings Bank interest

70 Withdrawal in Sukanya Samridhi Account is permitted only after the girl childattains the age of ______or has passed _____standard whichever is earlier.(a) 18 years or 8th standard (b) 18 years or 10th standard(c) 18 years or 7th standard (d) 18 years or Graduation

71 No interest is payable once the Sukanya Samridhi Account has complets _____Years from the date of its opening(a) 18 (b) 15(c) 21 (d) 20

72 The minimum and maximum purchase of gold in Sovereign Gold Bond Schemeper person is?(a) 2 grams & 500 grams (b) 5 grams & 500 grams(c) 1 gram & 500 grams (d) 2 grams & 100 grams

73 Payment and Processing of Staff pensions are at?(a) Centralised Staff Pension

Processing Cell(b) HRMS

(c) Branches (d) CPPC74.

Pensioners help line number ____________should be displayed prominently inthe Banking hall.(a) 1800112211 (b) 1800110009(c) 1800000000 (d) 1800111111

75 Compensation in respect of delay in crediting the pension by the pensionpayment branches is _______(a) Savings Bank rate (b) 18% fixed(c) TDR rate (d) 8% fixed

76 The interest payable on Sovereign Gold Bond Scheme is on ____basis?(a) Quarterly (b) Half yearly(c) Annually (d) Monthly

77 The tenure of Sovereign Gold Bond Scheme is(a) 5 years (b) 3 years(c) 8 years (d) 10 years

78 Premature closure in case of minor PPF accounts managed by guardians canbe considered with a penalty clause of ______(a) 1% less on the interest rate

applicable on PPF(b) 2% less on the interest rate

applicable on PPF


Page 168 of 197

(c) 1.5% less on the interest rateapplicable on PPF

(d) No premature closure allowed.

79 “Jeevan Pramaan” is a(a) SBI Life policy (b) Digital Life Certificate for

pensioners(c) SBI General policy (d) Savings Bank variant

80 In respect of OLTAS, BSR (Basic Statistical Return) Code of the Branchcontain_____digits(a) 7 digits (b) 5 digits(c) 10 digits (d) 8 digits

81 The Challan No. meant for payment of TDS/TCS is_____(a) ITNS 280 (b) ITNS 281(c) ITNS 279 (d) ITNS 282

82 The Challan No.meant for payment of Income Tax is ______(a) ITNS 280 (b) ITNS 281(c) ITNS 279 (d) ITNS 282

83 The regulatory authority for NPS (National Pension System) is(a) RBI (b) SBI(c) SEBI (d) PFRDA

84 Who are eligible to subscribe to NPS Scheme?(a) All individuals between to 18 to

60 years(b) All Individuals between 18 to 60

years including NRIs(c) All individuals between 21 to

60 years(d) All individuals between 21 to 60

years including NRIs.85 Sum assured in case of Pradhan Mantri Jeevan Jyothi Bhima Yojana (life

insurance cover for death due to any reason)(a) 1 lac (b) 2 lac(c) 3 laac (d) 5 lac

86 The premium payablefor PMJBY scheme is Rs.____?(a) Rs.330 (b) Rs.360(c) Rs.12/- (d) Rs.102/-

87 The premium payable for PMSBY (Pradhan Mantri Suraksha Bhima Yojana(Accidental insurance coverage scheme)(a) Rs.330 (b) Rs.360(c) Rs.12 (d) Rs102

88 PRAN stands for(a) Pension Retirement Account

Number(b) Permanent Retirement Account

Number(c) People Retirement Account

Number(d) Person Retirement Account

Number89 PAN No is a _______

(a) 10 digit numeric number (b) 10 digit alphanumeric number(c) 8 digit numeric number (d) 8 digit alphanumeric number

90 E kuber is a ________(a) Core Banking solution of CAC (b) Core Banking solution of SBI(c) Core Banking solution of RBI (d) Core Banking solution of SBI

subsidiaries


Page 169 of 197

ANSWERS1 c 2 c 3 b 4 b 5 b 6 b 7 a 8 c 9 c 10 c

11 c 12 c 13 a 14 a 15 c 16 c 17 a 18 a 19 c 20 a

21 a 22 c 23 b 24 d 25 d 26 b 27 a 28 a 29 c 30 b

31 b 32 a 33 b 34 b 35 c 36 b 37 c 38 b 39 a 40 d

41 c 42 a 43 c 44 c 45 a 46 d 47 d 48 b 49 c 50 a

51 d 52 b 53 a 54 d 55 a 56 a 57 a 58 b 59 c 60 c

61 b 62 b 63 c 64 b 65 d 66 b 67 a 68 b 69 d 70 b

71 c 72 c 73 b 74 b 75 d 76 b 77 c 78 a 79 b 80 a

81 b 82 a 83 d 84 b 85 b 86 a 87 c 88 b 89 b 90 c


Page 170 of 197

INTER BRANCH TRANSFER SYSTEM (IBTS)

Prepared by Shri A.S.R.K.K.SARMA, Manager (Training)1. IBTS is

A Inter branch transfer system B Inter branch transaction systemC Inter branch transfer scheme D Inter branch transaction scheme

2. IBTS is meant forA Inter branch transfers other than

SC/DDPsB Inter Branch transfers including

SC/DDPC Inter Branch transfers other than

staff purpose.D None of the above

3. How many new BGL accounts have been created for declining of an entry byResponding Branch?A 4 B 3C 2 D 8

4. The purpose of IBTS isA To ensure better control on inter

Branch transactions.B To replace Branch Clearing General

Account (BCGA) as IBTS is selfreconciliation facility.

C Due to RBI compulsions. D To enable faster realization ofSCs/DDPs

5. In IBTS, the transaction originated by the originating BranchA Can be monitored till the same is

responded by other Branch.B The other Branch should be

responding instantly.C The originating branch can’t view

the status after originatingtransaction.

D The controllers will be able to seethe status for follow up.

6. The transaction originated by the originated BranchA Should be accepted by the

responding Branch.B Can be accepted or declined by the

responding Branch.C Can be reversed by it at any point

of time.D Can’t be reversed by the originating

Branch7. The transaction originated by the originating Branch in IBTS

A Can be reversed by theoriginating Branch at any point oftime without the involvement ofthe responding Branch.

B Can be reversed by the originatingBranch on the same day withoutinvolvement of the respondingBranch.

C Can’t be reversed by the decliningBranch without getting declinedby the responding Branch.


8. Once the transaction in IBTS is declined by the responding BranchA The originating Branch has to

manually reverse the entriesparked by the system in IBT-Sundry Deposit Account at theoriginating Branch

B The originating Branch can eitherreverse or re-originate the same.

C The responding Branch can onlyre-originate the entry afteracceptance

D Both (a) & (c)


Page 171 of 197

9. Re-origination of entry in IBTS by the originating Branch involvesA Accounting entries. B No accounting entries.C Automatic accounting entries at

originating Branch by the system.D Automatic accounting entries both

at originating Branch and atreceiving Branch by the system.

10. While re-origination of the entry by the originating Branch, which of the followingcan be changed/modified.A Destination Branch code, amount

and narrationB Destination Branch BGL No, amount

and narration.C Destination Branch code, amount

and destination BGL account.D Destination Branch code, BGL

account and narration.11. For responding a IBTS entry, the responding Branch

A Need not depend on anydocuments.

B It can respond after receivingsystem generated forward letter anddocuments.

C It can respond on the strength ofBranch Clearing GeneralAccount.


12. An auto generated e-mail message will be sent by the system for Originatingentry of Rs.____ and above put through by the originating branch.A 2 lac. B 5 lacC 1 lac D 10 lac

13. In addition to an auto generated e-mail message, SMS also will be sent by thesystem for Originating entry of Rs.____ and above put through by the originatingbranch.A 25 lac B 50 lacC 1 crore D 2 crore

ANSWERS

1 B 2 A 3 c 4 B 5 A

6 B 7 B 8 A 9 B 10 D

11 B 12 B 13 C


Page 172 of 197

COMMERCIAL & INSTITUTIONAL FINANCE (C&I)

Compiled by Ms. Arun Jyothi,Chief Manager (Trng)

1 1. What are two types of Ratings we have in New CRA 2010?a) Regular & Simplified Ratings b) Borrower & Facility Ratingsc) WC & TL Ratings d) None of these

2 CRA 2010 is applicable for all advance accounts with aggregate exposure(Fundbased+Non fund based) of _______a) Rs 5 lacs and above b) Rs 1 crore and abovec) Rs 50 lacs and above for all loans

with a risk scoring modeld) Rs 5 crores and above

3 How many risk rating grades are there in CRA 2010?a) 16 b) 10c) 8 d) 15

4 CRA 2010 is applicable for all advance accounts with aggregate exposure(Fundbased+Non fund based) of _______a) Rs.5 lacs and above b) Rs 25 lacs and above for loans

sanctioned under general creditc) Rs 1 crore and above d) Rs 5 crores and above

5 What is the hurdle rate under New CRA-2010?a) SB- 5 b) SB- 4c) SB- 8 d) SB- 10

6 Opinion reports on Borrowers / Guarantors are to be updated at ---a) Quarterly intervals b) Half yearly intervalsc) at yearly intervals irrespective of

review / renewald) at the time of renewal / enhancement of

of limits7 Financial Follow up Reports (FFRs) to be submitted by borrowal accounts with FBWC

limits ofa) Rs 5 Crore and above b) Rs 2 Crores and abovec) Rs 1 Crore and above d) Rs 3 Crores and above

8 FFR I should be submitted ata) Quarterly intervals within 6 weeks

from the completion of the quarterb) Quarterly intervals within 6 weeks from

the completion of the quarterc) Half yearly intervals within 6 weeks

from the completion of the Half yeard) Half yearly intervals within 8 weeks

from the completion of the Half year9 What do you mean by specified securities?

a) stocks, funds and securities (otherthan immovable property) in whicha trustee may invest trust moneyunder any law for the time being inforce in India;

b) receipts, certificates or any other formof instrument issued by the State Bankin evidence of or representing amountsdeposited with it

c) any other security that may bespecified by the Central Board

d) All of the above

10 FFR II should be submitted ata) Quarterly intervals within 6 weeks

from the completion of the quarterb) Half yearly intervals within 8 weeks

from the completion of the Half yearc) Quarterly intervals within 6 weeks

from the completion of the quarterd) Half yearly intervals within 6 weeks

from the completion of the Half year


Page 173 of 197

11 Prudential exposure limits for single and group borrowers other than infrastructureprojects is:-a) 15% of the capital (Tier I and Tier II

Capital) of the Bank for single and40% for the group of borrowers

b) 25% for individual borrowers and 50%for group of borrowers

c) 20% of the capital of the Bank forindividual and 50% for the group ofborrowers


12 What constitutes exposure?a) Includes both FB and NFB limits

sanctioned to the borrowersb) Loans and advances sanctioned to the

borrowersc) Includes FB and NFB facilities,

investments, underwriting and anyother commitment

d) all of the above

13 What are the substantial exposure norms for single borrower specified by our Bank?a) 15% of the Tire I and Tire II capital

of the Bankb) 7.5% of the Tire I and Tire II capital of

the Bank.c) Rs. 20 crores d) None of the above.

14 What are the prudential exposure norms for non-corporate and non-individualborrowers?a) Rs.80 crores b) 100 croresc) Rs. 50 crores d) 25 crores

15 What is the loan policy guideline of the Bank in respect of maturity of loans (inclusive ofgestation period)?a) 10 years b) 5 yearsc) 7 years d) 8 years

16 What is the indicative bench mark of the Bank in respect of Current Ratio forManufacturing units?a) 1.25 b) 1.50c) 1 d) 1.33

17 To assess the financial soundness of the unit, what is the reasonable TOL/TNWprescribed by the Bank for Trade and Service Units?a) 2:1 b) 5:1c) 4:1 d) 3:1

18 What is the indicative Net Debt Service Coverage Ratio prescribed by the Bank?a) 3:1 b) 1.75:1c) 2:1 d) 1.50:1

19 What is the indicative Gross Debt Service Coverage Ratio prescribed by the Bank?a) 3:1 b) 1.75:1c) 2:1 d) 1.50:1

20 What is the indicative Debt Equity Gearing prescribed by the Bank for Trade & ServiceUnits?a) 1.50 : 1 b) 2.25: 1c) 1.75:1 d) 2: 1

21 Selective Credit Control directives issued by RBI will not cover the following aspects ofadvancesa) monetary ceiling per borrower b) Interest rate on advancesc) overall ceiling for the Bank as a d) Margin on advances


Page 174 of 197

whole in respect of a particularcommodity

22 What is the main objective of Selective Credit Controla) To control the loaning activities of

the Banksb) To regularize rate of interest on

particular types of commoditiesc) To control the level of advances to

a particular trade / industryd) To prevent speculative holding of

essential commodities with the help ofBank Credit

23 What is the validity period of administrative clearance (AC) accorded by theCCC/CCCC?a) 3 months b) 2 monthsc) 8 weeks d) 12months

24 What are the three major components of post-sanction credit process?a) Creation of security, documentation

and disbursementb) Inspection, follow-up and recovery

c) Follow-up, supervision and Control d) None of the above25 Follow-up function include one of these jobs

a) creation of security anddocumentation

b) Pre-sanction Inspection

c) Sanction of the loan d) Application, appraisal andrecommendations

26 Supervision function include one of these jobsa) Periodical classification of assets as

per IRAC normsb) Documentation and creation of charge

c) Obtention of Stock Statements d) Verification of books, registers andstatements periodically

27 Cash Budget method used commonly for the following types of borrowersa) for SSI units of Rs.25 lacs and

aboveb) For C&I units of Rs.1 crore and above

c) for traders d) for seasonal industries like sugar, teaand for construction activity

28 PBS method of assessment will be applicable to the following types of accountsa) Borrowers engaged in

manufacturing, services and tradingand agricultural activities

b) Borrowers requiring FB Limits of Rs25lacs and above

c) For borrowers with FB Limitrequirement of above Rs.5 crores

d) none of the above

29 Turn Over method is applicable for the following credit limitsa) For all units whose working capital

requirement is upto Rs.1 croreb) For manufacturing units whose wc

requirements is upto Rs.2 croresc) For manufacturing, trade and

services units whose workingcapital requirement is upto Rs. 5crores


30 What do you mean by ABF method? (Assessed Bank Finance)a) It is the amount of Limit sanctioned

to the unitb) It is one of the WC assessment method

c) it is a part and parcel of PBFmethod of WC assessment

d) none of the above


Page 175 of 197

31 Demand Bills purchased and received at the realization branch are called:-a) Demand Bills Received for

Realizationb) Local Short Credits

c) Bank Bills Receivable d) none the above32 What do you mean by Documentary Bill?

a) Bills drawn on stamped paper, byDocument Writers

b) Bills supported by documents

c) Where the bills are supported byRRs, LRs or BoL which areotherwise known as documents oftitle to goods

d) Where the bills are not supported bydocuments of title to goods

33 What do you mean by Supply Bills?a) Bills arising on account of supply of

goods to Governmentb) Bills submitted by the Suppliers for

collectionc) Bills sent by various traders for the

supply of stationery / furniture etc.to the Bank


34 In case of BGs issued on behalf of partnership firm the counter guarantee must besigned bya) at least two partners of the firm b) all the partners of the firmc) Managing Partner of the firm d) Managing Partner and another partner

35 What are the main statements used for analysis of Financial Statementsa) Balance Sheet b) Balance Sheet and Profit & Loss

Accountc) Balance Sheet , Profit & Loss

Account and Funds FlowStatement

d) Balance Sheet, Profit & Loss Account,Funds Flow Statement and Cash Flowstatement

36 Which one of the following is not a Current Liability?a) Income tax dues payable b) Term Loan installments payable within

a yearc) salaries / rents / wages payable d) Long Term Deposits obtained to supply

goods on credit37 What do you mean by PBDIT?

a) Profit before depreciation, interestand taxes

b) Profit before discount, interest andtaxes

c) Net Profit d) Operational profit38 What do you mean by Net Working Capital?

a) Total working capital required bythe unit

b) Liquid surplus (i.e. CA – CL)

c) Working capital limits sanctioned bythe Bank

d) Margin of working capital brought in bythe borrowing unit

39 What do you mean by TNW?a) Fixed Assets – Long Term

Liabilitiesb) Total Capital of the unit

c) Capital + free reserves – intangibleassets


40 Which one of these ratios is not a Liquidity ratio?a) Acid Test Ratio (CA-

Stocks/Inventory/(CL-Bankb) TOL / TNW (Total Outside

Liabilities/Tangible Net Worth)


Page 176 of 197

Borrowings)c) Current Ratio (Current Assets

/Current Liabilities)d) Quick Ratio (Current Assets-Stocks or

Inventory/Current Liabilities)41 Which one of these ratios is not a Operating Ratio?

a) Inventory Turnover Ratio(Net Sales/ Inventory)

b) Gross Profit Margin Ratio(GrossProfit/Total Sales x 100)

c) Average collection period –days/months(Sundry Debtors/CreditSales X 365)

d) Assets Turnover Ratio(Net Sales / TotalAssets)

42 Which one of these ratios is not a Profitability Ratio?a) Gross Profit Margin Ratio b) Return on Capital Employed

(PBDIT/Total Assets)c) Net Profit Margin Ratio(Net Profit /

Total Assets x 100)d) TOL/TNW

43 Which one of these ratios is not a Coverage Ratio?a) Debt Service Coverage Ratio

(PAT+Depreciation /instalments)b) Gross DSCR (PAT+Dep.+ Interest /

Instalments + Interest)c) Interest Coverage ratio

(PBDIT/Interest)d) TOL/TNW

44 Which one of these ratios is not a leverage ratio?a) Debit / Equity Ratio (Term

Liabilities/ TNW)b) Assets Turnover ratio (Sales / Total

Assets)c) TOL/TNW d) None of the above

45 What is a healthy practice in funds flows?a) long term deficit must be met from

short term sourcesb) long term deficit must be met from long

term sourcesc) short term deficit must be met from

long term sourcesd) short term deficit must be met from

short term sources46 Break-even analysis is useful to find out

a) Break-even Fixed Assets b) Break-even salesc) Break-even staff strength d) None of these

47 Sensitivity analysis does not study the impact of profits on account of changes in thefollowing:-a) Volume of sales b) Price of Productc) Costs of production d) Volume of production

48 What do you mean by contribution?a) Fixed Cost – Variable Cost b) Variable Cost – Fixed Costc) Sales Price – Variable Cost d) Sales Price – Fixed Cost

49 Under New CRA, both borrower rating and facility rating is required undera) Simplified Regular b) Regular Modelc) Simplified Model d) None of these

50 We have to prepare both Borrower wise and Facility wise rating for Customers whoseFB+NFB Requirements are abovea) Rs.50 lacs b) Rs.2 croresc) Rs.25 lacs d) Rs.5 crores

51 As per the Basel II norms, the Credit Conversion Factor for Documentary LCs isa) 20% b) 25%c) 50% d) 100%


Page 177 of 197

52 Benchmark levels for Current Ratio for other than Manufacturing units with FBWClimits < Rs. 5 crores is (as per loan policy)a) 1.30 b) 1.00c) 1.20 d) 1.33

53 Cost of Sales isa) Cost of Production + Selling,

General & Administration Expb) Cost of Production - Non Operating

Expensesc) Cost of Production + Op Stock of

SIP - Cl Stock of SIPd) Cost of Production + Op. St. of FG - Cl.

St. of FG54 While analyzing Balance Sheet , Deferred Tax Assets are classified as

a) Current Assets b) Non Current Assetsc) Fixed Assets d) Intangible Assets

55 Benchmark levels for Project Debt Equity as per loan policy isa) 3:1 b) 4:1c) 1:1 d) 2:1

56 Substantial Exposure is reckoned as ------ % of Bank's Capital Funds for a Group ofborrowersa) 5.00 b) 10.00c) 2.5 d) 15.00

57 Cash Flow Statement classifies cash flows from these activitiesa) Operating, Accounting & Financing b) Financing & Investingc) Operating & Investing d) Operating, Investing & Financing

58 To ensure 'End Use of Funds', the best tool isa) Cash Flow Statement b) Operating Statementc) Cash Budget d) Funds Flow Statement

59 While analyzing Balance Sheet, Software related CAPEX is classified asa) Current Assets b) Intangible Assetsc) Fixed Assets d) Non Current Assets

60 While analyzing Balance Sheet , Advances paid to suppliers of raw materials' isclassified asa) Non Current Assets b) Intangible Assetsc) Fixed Assets d) Current Assets

61 While analyzing Balance Sheet , 'Advances to suppliers of Capital Goods' is classifiedasa) Current Assets b) Intangible Assetsc) Fixed Assets d) Non Current Assets

62 Receivables to Gross Sales falls in category ofa) Liquidity ratios b) Solvency ratiosc) Turnover ratios d) Coverage ratios

63 Current Ratio benchmarks for 'trade' area) 1 for limit upto Rs.1 crore and 1.20

thereafterb) 1.20 for limit upto Rs 5 crore and 1.33

thereafterc) 1 for limit upto Rs.5 crore and 1.20

thereafterd) 1 for limit upto Rs.2 crore and 1.20

thereafter64 FFR II pertains to

a) Projections for next quarter b) P&L Funds flow of the next half yearc) P&L Funds flow of the previous half

yeard) Projections of next half year


Page 178 of 197

65 While analyzing Balance Sheet , 'Term Loan installments falling due in _______' areclassified as Current Liabilitiesa) within next 6 months b) within next 9 monthsc) within next 3months d) within next 12 months

66 According to Basel-II, a corporate is a unit having annual turnover of---a) 50Cr & above for average 3 yrs b) 50Crore & above for average 5 yrsc) 100Cr & above for average 3 yrs d) 100Cr & above for average 5 yrs

67 For a limit of Rs.100 lac, sanctioned for an Agricultural Unit, you use which form ofCRA?a) Trading Model (Simple) b) Trading Model (Regular)c) Manufacturing (Simple) d) Manufacturing (Regular)

68 As per the guidelines of the bank, audited financials need not be obtained for limits upto Rs-----.a) 25 Lac b) 25 Lacc) 10 Lac d) 10 Lac

69 What is DTL?a) Debt to Liability b) Debt Taken as Loanc) Differed Tax Liability d) Differed Total Liability

70 If DTL is there in the Financial Statements, where it has to be shown on BalanceSheet?a) As an Asset b) As a term liabilityc) As a current liability d) As a Net Worth item

71 Tier I capital consists of mainlya) Share capital and disclosed

reservesb) Certain reserves and subordinated debt

c) All the above d) None of these72 Tier II capital consists of mainly

a) Share capital and disclosedreserves

b) Certain reserves and subordinated debt

c) Core Capital d) All the above73 The loan policy is an embodiment of banks approach to

a) Sanctioning, Managing andMonitoring Credit Risk

b) Sanctioning, Managing and MonitoringMarket Risk

c) Sanctioning, Managing andMonitoring Operational Risk

d) All the above

74 The Bank’s loan policy applies toa) Standard Assets only b) Overseas advances and Domestic

Advancesc) Overseas Advances only d) All Domestic Lendings only

75 Additional credit exposure to group borrower beyond normal limit of 40%. in case ofinfrastructure projects isa) 5% b) 10%c) 15% d) 20%

76 Additional credit exposure up to 5% beyond normal limit of 15%. Permitted to a singleborrower if the limit is for ______projects.a) Agriculture investment b) Export orientedc) Infrastructure d) None of these


Page 179 of 197

77 Prudential Exposure limit for single and group borrowers including infrastructureprojects is -- & --% capital of the banka) 20% & 40% b) 15% & 40%c) 20% & 50% d) 10% & 20%

78At whole bank level, the non-fund exposure will not exceed ------ the level of fundbasedexposure.a) 2 times b) 3 timesc) 4 times d) 5 times

79 Which of the following does not fall under “Infrastructure Lendings” extended bylenders to the borrowersa) Transport b) Energy, Water & Sanitationc) Communication d) None of these

80 Bank’s exposure to leasing, Hire purchase and Factoring Services should not exceed_% of total advancesa) 10% b) 5%c) 15% d) 20%

81 Which committee recommended factoring in Indiaa) Kalyana Sundaram Committee b) Narasimham Committeec) Nayak Committee d) None of these

82How many types of deviations are being monitored by OTMS, web-based solutionbased on the requirements of OMS (Off-site monitoring Systems) at I & MA,Hyderabada) 11 b) 12c) 10 D 15

83As per RBI guidelines, What is the time period for opening current accounts ofborrowers enjoying credit facilities (FB + NFB) , by Non-Lending banks if NOC fromLending banks is not received?a) If NOC is not obtained within a

fortnightb) If NOC is not obtained within a month

c) If NOC is not obtained within aweek

d) If NOC is not obtained within 3 months

84 ESR (Early Sanction Review) mechanism was introduced in audit system sinceSeptember 2014 to review sanctions of……a) Above 5 crores b) Above 10 croresc) Only units enjoying NFB Limits d) Sanctions of more than 1 cr upto 5 cr’s

85 Which of these is not the objective of ESR mechanisma) To capture the critical risks in the

proposals sanctioned, as an earlystage and apprise the controllers ofsuch risks for mitigation thereof atthe earliest.

b) Improve the quality of pre-sanction/sanction processes

c) Improve the quality of loanproposals

d) For financing units above 1 crores to 5crores


Page 180 of 197

ANSWERS

1 b 2 c 3 a 4 b 5 d 6 c 7 a 8 a 9 d 10 b11 a 12 d 13 b 14 b 15 a 16 d 17 b 18 c 19 b 20 d21 b 22 d 23 c 24 c 25 a 26 d 27 d 28 c 29 c 30 c31 a 32 c 33 a 34 b 35 d 36 d 37 a 38 b 39 c 40 b41 b 42 d 43 d 44 b 45 c 46 b 47 d 48 c 49 b 50 d51 a 52 c 53 d 54 d 55 d 56 d 57 d 58 d 59 b 60 d61 d 62 c 63 c 64 c 65 d 66 a 67 c 68 b 69 c 70 d71 a 72 b 73 a 74 d 75 b 76 c 77 c 78 a 79 d 80 a81 a 82 a 83 a 84 d 85 d

SME ADVANCES

Compiled by Ms. Arun Jyothi, Manager (Training)

Please choose correct answer from the given alternatives1. Which one of the following is not classified as Industrial Enterprises under

MSMED Act 2006a) Micro Enterprises b) Small Enterprisesc) Small Business Finance d) Medium Enterprises

2. A manufacturing unit with original investment in P & M for a unit to be classifiedas micro enterprisea) Rs.25 Lakhs excluding L & B b) Rs. 25.00 Lakhs including L & Bc) Rs.10 Lakhs excluding L & B d) Rs. 10.00 Lakhs including L & B

3. A service enterprise with original investment in equipment for a unit to beclassified as micro enterprisea) Upto Rs.10 Lakhs b) From Rs.10 Lakhs & upto Rs. 2

croresc) Above Rs.2 crores & upto Rs. 5

croresd) Above Rs.2 crores & upto Rs.10

crores4. A manufacturing unit with original investment in P & M more than Rs.5.00 cr but

doesn’t exceed Rs.10.00 Cr is classified under MSMED act asa) Micro Enterprise b) Small Enterprisec) Medium Enterprise d) Not applicable

5. As per RBI guidelines, how much of the advances to Micro & Small enterprisesshould go to Micro enterprises (manufacturing) having investment in P & M uptoRs.5.00 lakhs and micro enterprises (services) having investment in equipmentup to Rs.2.00 lakhs?a) 40% b) 20%c) 50% d) 35%

6. As per RBI guidelines, what is the share of Micro enterprise advances as part oftotal advances to MSEa) 50% b) 80%c) 60% d) 55%

7. As per RBI guidelines, how much of the advances to Micro & Small Enterprisesshould go to Micro Enterprises (manufacturing) having investment in P & Mabove Rs.5.00 lakhs and upto Rs.25.00 lakhs and Micro enterprises (Services)


Page 181 of 197

having investment in equipment above Rs.2.00 lakhs and upto Rs.10.00 lakhs

a) 40% b) 20%c) 50% d) 35%

8. As per Prime Minister’s task force on MSMEs (Micro, small and mediumenterprises), the credit growth rate recommended for this sector is

a) 25% b) 10%c) 15% d) 20%

9. As per Prime Minister’s task force on MSMEs (Micro, Small and mediumenterprises), the no of accounts growth rate recommended for this sector isa) 10% b) 15%c) 17% d) 12%

10 All manufacturing units defined in MSMED Act, 2006 when engaged in exportsare classified as priority sector advancesa) No, Only micro and small

manufacturing units fall under thecategory of priority sector

b) No, only micro manufacturing unitsfall under the category of prioritysector

c) No, only small manufacturing unitsfall under the category of prioritysector

d) Yes, all units fall under the categoryof priority sector

11 Advances to manufacturing units which are classified as medium enterprisesunder MSMED Act, 2006 fall under the category ofa) Priority sector advances b) Non-priority sector C&I advancesc) Priority sector C& I advances d) Indirect priority sector advances

12 As per recent RBI guidelinesa) No collateral should be accepted

for all MSE sector manufacturingloans up to Rs.10.00 lakhs

b) No collateral should be accepted forall MSE sector service enterpriseloans up to Rs.5.00 lakhs

c) No collateral should be acceptedfor all MSE sector manufacturing &services sector loans up to Rs.5.00lakhs

d) No collateral should be accepted forall MSE sector manufacturing andservice sector loans up to Rs.10.00lakhs

13 As per SME documentation SME-4 representsa) Supplemental Agreement of loan

cum Hypothecationb) Agreement of loan cum

Hypothecationc) Letter of furnishing the particulars

of assetsd) None of these

14 Which of the following with SME -2 is incorrecta) It is a both principle and charging

documentb) Covers both fund based and non

fund based facilitiesc) Contains two schedules A & B d) Creates Pledge on movable assets

15 With regard to SME 3 which of the following is incorrecta) Stamped as an agreement + Power

of attorneyb) Covers all types of guarantees like

personal guarantee, Third partyGuarantee and Corporateguarantee

c) Fresh SME 3 to be obtained forenhanced aggregate limit

d) It has supplemental guaranteeagreement for enhanced limit


Page 182 of 197

16 With regard to SME – 5 which of the following is correcta) Provides for creation of EM by all

types of mortgagers i.e.,Borrower(s), Guarantor(s) or Thirdparty Mortgagor(s)

b) To be stamped

c) Mortgage debt may be less than orequal to the aggregate limit

d) All of the above

17 With regarding to SME 6, which of the following is incorrecta) It is an independent evidence for

creation of mortgage by Deposit ofTitle Deeds and intention to createEM in favour of the bank

b) To be signed by all theMortgagor(s)

c) To be signed by 2 officials of thebank

d) To be obtained from all types ofMortgagor(s)

18 Title Investigation Report contains the following partsa) Letter to advocate for search and

verification of titledeeds/documents

b) Annexure B is to be completed bythe panel advocate

c) Annexure C- checklist for theguidance of the advocates verifyingthe title to the property(ies) offeredas security

d) All of these

19 With regard to SME 12, following are correcta) To facilitate migration from earlier

segmental documents (SSI & C&I)to SME documents

b) To be executed by all theBorrower(s) and Guarantor(s)

c) In case of corporate Borrowers, thelink letter may have to be filed withthe ROC along with the SMEdocuments to evidence thecontinuity or modification of theexisting charges

d) All of the above

20 e-DFS facility is fora) Financing dealers of companies b) Financing share brokersc) Financing realtors d) Financing dealers of stock

exchanges

21 Whenever S format is used for assessment, control/review of the proposal will bedone ina) AC format b) SA formatc) AS format d) S-1 format

22 S Format is used fora) Assessment and appraisal of small

loansb) Assessment and appraisal of loans

up to Rs.25.00 lakhsc) Assessment and appraisal of loans

above Rs.25.00 lakhsd) Assessment and appraisal of loans

above Rs.5.00 crores23 CGTMSE stands for

a) Credit Guarantee Fund Trust forMicro and Small Industries

b) Credit Guarantee Trust for MediumScale Industries

c) Credit General Trust for Medium d) Collateral Guarantee Trust for


Page 183 of 197

and Small Enterprises Medium Scale Enterprises

24 For advance to a retail trader to be classified under SBF, the limit should notexceeda) Rs.20.00 lakhs b) Rs.10.00 lakhsc) Rs.12.00 lakhs d) Rs.50.00 lakhs

25 Primary security in the context of CGTMSE meana) Assets created out of the credit

facilityb) L & B of factory/office/godown etc.

which pertains to the unit andassociated with the project and isunencumbered

c) Personal guarantee of theproprietor

d) All the above

ANSWERS1. c 2. a 3. c 4. c 5. a 6. c 7. b 8. d 9. a 10. a11. b 12. c 13. a 14. d 15. d 16. d 17. c 18. d 19. d 20. a21. c 22. c 23. a 24. a 25. d

SME ASSET PRODUCTS

Please choose the correct answer from the given alternatives :

1. The maximum amount of loan that can be sanctioned to a Manufacturing unitunder SME Smart Score?a) Rs.10 Lacs b) Rs.5 Lacsc) Rs.50 Lacs d) Rs.25 Lacs

2. The minimum amount of Loan that can be sanctioned to a Manufacturing unitunder SME Smart Score?a) Rs.5 Lacs b) Rs.25 Lacsc) Rs.10 Lacs d) Rs.2 Lacs

3. The margin stipulated for a term loan under SME Smart Score is______.a) 25% b) 20%c) 33% d) 30%

4. The minimum percentage of score that an applicant should get in order to avail aloan under SME Smart Score?a) 60% (with a minimum score of 50%

under each sub head)b) 75% (with a minimum score of 60%

under each sub head)c) 50% (with a minimum score of 45%

under each sub head)d) 70% (with a minimum score of 60%

under each sub head)5. The maximum amount of loan that can be sanctioned under SME Smart Score for

a Trader / Service provider?a) Rs.100 Lacs b) Rs.50 Lacsc) Rs.60 Lacs d) Rs.25 Lacs

6. What percent of annual turn over can be financed as working capital under SMESmart Score for a manufacturing unit?a) 20% b) 15%


Page 184 of 197

c) 25% d) 30%

7. What percent of annual turn over can be financed as working capital under SMESmart Score for an unit dealing in Trade & Services?a) 25% b) 15%c) 20% d) 30%

8. The maximum repayment period that can be allowed for a term loan under SMESmart Score?a) 5 years excluding moratorium of 6

monthsb) 5 years including moratorium of 6

monthsc) 7 years including moratorium of 6

monthsd) 7 years excluding moratorium of 6

months

9. The age criteria stipulated for the promoter/ applicant to avail a loan under SMESmart Score is___________.a) Min 21 Yrs- Max 65 Yrs. b) Min 21 Yrs- Max 70 Yrs.c) Min 18 Yrs- Max 65 Yrs. d) Min 18 Yrs- Max 60 Yrs.

10. Which of the following is true?a) Loans not approved under SME

Smart Score can be financed underthe normal credit dispensationbased on considerations.

b) SME Smart Score is renewed oncein 2 years and reviewed every year

c) The margins stipulated under SMESmart score are 25% for W.C. and33% for T.L.

d) All the above

11. The maximum quantum of finance that can be extended under Asset BackedLoan?a) Rs.2 Crores b) Rs.10 Croresc) Rs.20 Crores d) Rs.50 Crores

12. The minimum quantum of finance that can be extended under Asset BackedLoan?a) Rs.0.10 Crore b) Rs.0.50 Croresc) Rs.1.00 Crore d) No minimum amount stipulated

13. Under Asset backed Loan, Maximum permissible amount against the property forloans upto Rs.10 crore isa) 50% b) 75%c) 70% d) 60%

14. Under Asset backed Loan, Maximum permissible amount against the property forloans above Rs.10 crore isa) 60% b) 65%c) 55% d) 50%

15. Which of the following target group is eligible to avail a loan under Asset backedLoan?a) Oil Mills, Cotton ginning Mills b) Professional & Self employedc) Commission Agents engaged

foodgrainsd) All manufacturing and service

sector units covered under MSMEDAct 2006


Page 185 of 197

16. Which of the following is a feature of Asset Backed Loan?a) It is a Drop-Line over draft facility b) The property mortgaged needs to

be within a radius of 25 kmc) No renewal of limit, review has to

be carried our annuallyd) All the above

17. The quantum of finance that can be extended under Asset backed Loan is____.a) For working capital it is based on

the projected sales as per Nayakcommittee or ABF

b) For Term Loan it is based on theactual proposed expenditure

c) 60% of the realizable value of theproperty for loans upto 10 croresand thereafter 50% of therealizable value of the property

d) All are correct

18. Which of the following is not true with respect to Asset backed Loan?a) Asset backed Loan can be

sanctioned as DL/TL/CC.b) Stocks statements need to be

furnished at the half yearlyc) The property lies within a radius of

25Km from the branchd) Free cash pick up facility for limits

above Rs.1.00 crore19. The maximum quantum of loan that can be extended under SME Credit Card is:

a) Rs.10 Lacs b) Rs.20 Lacsc) Rs.10 Lacs fro Traders & Rs.20

Lacs for Manufacturing Unitsd) Rs.25 Lacs

20. The SME Credit Card is sanctioned for a period of ________.a) 2 years, subject to annual review b) 3 years, subject to annual reviewc) One year d) 3 years

21. The minimum score, an applicant should get to be eligible for availing financeunder SME Credit Card is:a) 60% b) 65%c) 70% d) 50%

22. The maximum age criteria stipulated under SME Credit Card is___________.a) 65 years b) 70 Yearsc) 66 Years d) No maximum age stipulated

23. Which of the following is true with respect to SME Credit Card?a) No collateral is insisted upon for

SSI unitsb) For SBF units, collateral/third party

guarantee is obtained if the loan ismore than Rs.25,000/-

c) Maximum repayment for the termloan component is 5 years.

d) All the above

24. Which of the following is true with respect to SME Credit Card?a) The limit can be reviewed if the

credit summations are 50% of theprojected turn over.

b) A repayment schedule has to befixed if the credit summations areless than 50% of Projected Annualturn over.

c) Both CC and TL can be sanctioned d) All the above.25. Under SME Credit Card scheme, which of the following is Not true?

a) Cheque book to be marked asSME Credit Card

b) Stock statement is obtained once ina year, preferably in last quarter

c) Borrower can be issued a PhotoIdentity Card

d) Detailed Opinion reports are tocompiled and should be on record.


Page 186 of 197

26. Who among the following is not eligible for finance under SME Credit Card?a) Self employed with a credit

requirement of Rs.10 Lacsb) Professionals with credit

requirement of Rs.8 Lacsc) Village Industries with a credit

requirement of Rs.7.5 Lacsd) SSI units with credit requirement of

Rs.15 Lacs27. Which product do you suggest to a small manufacturer whose credit limit

requirement is Rs.25 Lacs and who wishes that the facility can be sanctioned fora period of 2 years?a) SME Credit Card b) Traders Easy Loanc) SME Smart Score d) SME Credit Plus

28. The maximum amount of Loan that can be extended under Doctor Plus Schemeisa) Rs.1 Crore b) Rs.2 Croresc) Rs.5 Crores d) Rs.10 Crores

29. Who among the following is eligible to avail finance under Doctor Plus scheme?a) Partnerships, Individuals b) Corporatesc) Trusts with powers to borrow d) All the above

30. The minimum DSCR stipulated for loans under Doctor Plus is ________.a) 1:1.5 b) 1:1.75c) 1:1.15 d) 1:1.33

31. Which of the following is Correct with respect to Doctor Plus Scheme?a) The loan can be sanctioned as

Medium Term Loan/Cash Creditb) The loan can be sanctioned as an

Overdraft.c) The loan can also be sanctioned as

Demand Loan.d) The loan can be sanctioned as a

Medium Term Loan/CashCredit/Demand Loan/O.D.

32. Maximum Moratorium that can be allowed for loans sanctioned under Doctor Plusis:a) 6 months b) 12 monthsc) 18 months d) Till the doctor's practice is stabilized

subject to a maximum of 18months.

33. The maximum amount that can be sanctioned to an individual under Doctor Plusscheme at Metro / Urban centres is:a) Rs.10 Crores b) Rs.5 Croresc) Rs.2 Crores d) Rs.1Crores

34. Which of the following is True under Doctor Plus Scheme?a) The collateral security for loans

above Rs.25 lacs and upto Rs.1Crore should be at least 25% of theloan amount. Alternatively,eligibleaccounts may be covered underCGTMSE scheme.

b) The collateral security for loans forloans sanctioned to Micro & SmallEnterprises above Rs.1Croreshould be at least 25% of the loanamount and also Personalguarantee of the promoters.

c) The primary security will behypothecation of Assets financed

d) all the above

35. Which of the following can be considered for finance under Doctor Plus scheme?a) Setting up clinic and Purchase of

Ambulanceb) Expansion/renovation etc.


Page 187 of 197

c) Setting up Nursing home andPurchase of Computers etc.

d) All the above

36. The margin stipulated for loans upto Rs.10 Lacs under Doctor Plus scheme?a) 15% b) 25%c) 20% d) 10%

37. The margin stipulated for loans above Rs.10 lacs and upto Rs.5 crs is:a) 25% b) 20%c) 30% d) 15%

38. Which of the following is NOT a salient feature of the product Doctor Plus?a) Multiple disbursements over a

period of 24 months form date ofsanction based on requirementscan be made.

b) 50% concession over the Cardrates in Upfront Fee/ProcessingCharges is extended.

c) The inspection of the unit shouldbe carried out at Monthly/quarterlyintervals.

d) All eligible advances can becovered under CGTMSE.

39. Maximum marks under Scoring Model for Doctor Plus scheme_____.a) 50 b) 100c) 75 d) 90

40. Which of the following is NOT true with respect to Doctor Plus scheme?a) The rate of Interest for limits up to

Rs.25 lacs will be based on CreditScoring Model.

b) Minimum score of 40 on creditscoring model is required to beeligible for the loan.

c) For limits above Rs.25 lacs and upto Rs.10 crores, the Pricing will bebased on CRA rating.

d) Units with CRA Rating below SB 8can be considered subject topremium pricing of 100 basispoints.

41. The hurdle score for Personal Details and Business scoring under Scoring Modelof Doctor Plus scheme (for loans upto Rs.25 Lacs) are ___ & _______respectively (out of 32 & 43 respy).a) 15, 20 b) 20,25c) 17,22 d) 16,23

42. For Non Allopathic doctors (Unani, Ayurvedic,Homeopathic), the maximumquantum of loan that can be extended under Doctor Plus is ____.a) Rs.50Lacs b) Rs.20 Lacsc) Rs.25 Lacs d) Rs.10 Lacs

43. The maximum quantum of finance that can be extended under School Plus is___.a) Rs.10 Crores b) Rs.5 Croresc) Rs.20 Crores d) No Maximum cap

44. Which of the following is NOT true with respect to School Plus scheme?a) It can be extended to Primary and

higher secondary schools.b) Coaching institutes can also be

financed under the scheme and noCRA is required.

c) Graduation & Post Graduationcolleges can also be financed.

d) Government Aided schools/collegesare also eligible under the Scheme.

45. The margin stipulated under School Plus is_______.a) 15% b) 25%c) 20% d) 33%


Page 188 of 197

46. Can a Computer training institution be extended finance under School Plus?a) Yes b) No.c) No. They can be considered under

regular CRA model or mortgageloan only.

d) Yes subject to collateral coverageof 75%.

47. Which of the following is True with respect to School Plus?a) Purchase of Laboratory & Sports

equipments, purchase of playground and buses etc. can befinanced under the scheme.

b) Maximum repayment allowed is 84EMIs only.

c) More than one loan can besanctioned subject to repaymentcapacity of the unit.

d) All the above.

48. The maximum amount of loan that can be sanctioned under Rent Plus is:_____.a) Rs.10 Crores b) Rs.5 Croresc) Rs.2 Crores d) Rs.1 Crore

49. Margin stipulated under Rent Plus scheme is___________.a) 30% b) 25%c) 40% d) 33%

50. The maximum repayment allowed for term loans sanctioned under Rent Plusscheme is_______.a) 7 years or the residual lease period

whichever is less.b) 5 years or the residual lease period

whichever is lessc) 7 years or the residual lease period

whichever is less, subject to amoratorium of 6 months.

d) 7 years or the residual lease periodwhichever is higher.

51. The minimum amount that can be sanctioned under Rent Plus is______.a) Rs.1,00,000 b) Rs.5,00,000c) Rs.50,000 d) Rs.25,000

52. The quantum of finance under Rent Plus scheme will be arrived as_______.a) 60% of the gross rental income for

the residual period (net of advancerent received & statutory dues) or85% of the market value of theproperty whichever is less.

b) 85% of the gross rental income forthe residual period (net of advancerent received & statutory dues) or60% of the market value of theproperty whichever is less.

c) 60% of the gross rental income forthe residual period (net of advancerent received & statutory dues) or75% of the market value of theproperty whichever is less.

d) 75% of the gross rental income forthe residual period (net of advancerent received & statutory dues) or85% of the market value of theproperty whichever is less.

53. In case of non corporate borrower, the Minimum and maximum age of theapplicant, stipulated for loans under SMECFL are:a) 21,65 b) 18,65c) 21,66 d) 21,70

54. The maximum amount of loan that can be sanctioned under SMECFL is:a) Rs.2 Crores b) Rs. 1 Crorec) Rs.50 Lacs d) Rs.75 Lacs

55. Which of the following is true with respect to SBI SME CFL?


Page 189 of 197

a) For Loans below Rs.25 Lacs,preliminary screening will be as perSME Smart Score scoring model.

b) For Loans above Rs.25 Lacs andupto Rs.1 Crore, Simplified CRAwill be applicable.

c) WC is to be renewed every twoyears and review will be annually.

d) All the above

56. Which of the following is True with respect to assessment of limits under SBI SMECFL?a) The Working capital eligibility for

manufacturing units, would be 20%of projected turn over & theeligibility for Term Loans is 75% ofthe project cost.

b) The working capital eligibility forservice enterprises would be 15%of projected revenue and for termloans it is 75% of the project cost.

c) Maximum amount of finance isRs.1 Crore and loans upto Rs.5Lacs have to be covered under"SBI Micro Loans".

d) All the above.

57. The one time guarantee fee payable to CGTMSE would be in the range of ___.a) 0.75 to 1.00 b) 0.50 to 2.00c) 0.75 to 2.00 d) 0.50 to 1.50

58. The upfront guarantee fee payable to CGTMSE for loans upto Rs.5 lacs is____.a) 0.75 b) 1.00c) 1.50 d) No fee

59. The upfront guarantee fee payable to CGTMSE for loans above Rs.5 lacs andupto Rs.100 Lacs is____.a) 0.50 b) 1.00c) 0.75 d) 1.50

60. The upfront guarantee fee payable to CGTMSE for loans upto Rs.5 lacs in NorthEast region is ______.a) 1.00 b) 1.50c) 0.75 d) 0.50

61. The upfront guarantee fee payable to CGTMSE for loans above Rs.5 lacs andupto Rs.50 Lacs in North East region is ______.a) 0.85 b) 2.00c) 1.00 d) Fee waived for NE region

62. The upfront guarantee fee payable to CGTMSE for loans above Rs.50 lacs andupto Rs.100 Lacs in North East region is ______.a) 0.85 b) 1.00c) 2.00 d) Fee waived for NE region

63. The annual fee payable to CGTMSE on loans above Rs.50 Lacs and upto Rs.1Crore is_______.a) 1.00 b) 0.75c) 1.50 d) 0.50

64. The annual fee payable to CGTMSE on loans above Rs.5 Lacs and upto Rs.50Lacs is_______.a) 0.75 b) 1.00c) 0.50 d) Waived

65. The CGTMSE trust shall pay 75% of the guaranteed amount on preferring ofeligible claim by the lending institution, within ___ days. Subject to the claim beingotherwise found in order and complete in all respects.


Page 190 of 197

a) 30 b) 60c) 90 d) 45

66. The annual fee for the credit facilities sanctioned as on March31st should be paidto CGTMSE on or before ________.a) 30th April b) 30th Septemberc) 31st May d) 30th June

67. Which of the following is NOT true with respect to CGTMSE?a) The credit facilities sanctioned to

Self Help Groups cannot becovered under the scheme.

b) The guarantee cover will be for aperiod of 5 years where onlyworking capital facilities aresanctioned, subject to payment ofannual service fee.

c) Small road and water transportloans are also eligible forguarantee cover.

d) Existing borrowers who havealready availed finance cannot becovered under the scheme.

68. The maximum amount of loan that can be sanctioned under SBI Micro Loan is__.a) Rs.10 Lacs b) Rs.25 Lacsc) Rs.5 Lacs d) Rs.50 Lacs

69. The demand loan sanctioned under SBI Micro Loan is repayable within _____.a) 1 year b) 5 yearsc) 3 years d) No demand loan is sanctioned

70. SME-1, is obtained fora) Letter of Arrangement b) Agreement of Loan Cum

Hypothecationc) Guarantee Agreement d) Link Letter

71. SME-2, is obtained for,a) Agreement of Loan Cum

Hypothecation.b) Letter of Arrangement

c) Link Letter d) Guarantee Agreeement.72. SME-3, is obtained for,

a) Letter of Arrangement b) Agreement of Loan CumHypothecation

c) Guarantee Agreement d) Link Letter73. SME-12, is obtained for,

a) Letter of Arrangement b) Link Letterc) Guarantee Agreement d) Revival Letter

74. SME-11, is obtained for,a) Link Letter b) Agreement for Hypothecationc) Revival Letter d) Guarantee Agreement

75. Under SME Credit Plus, ____% of aggregate working capital limit subject to amaximum of Rs.25 Lacs can be sanctioned.a) 10% b) 20%c) 25% d) 15%

76. The maximum time period allowed for repayment of SME Credit Plus is _____.a) 3 months b) 1 monthc) 6 months d) 2 months.

77. SME Credit Plus can be sanctioned for which of the following purposes?a) tax payments b) repairs to machinery


Page 191 of 197

c) any other contingency d) all the above78. Which of the following is TRUE with respect to SME Credit Plus?

a) It is sanctioned to meet suddenand unforeseen expenditure/bulkorders.

b) It is sanctioned as a additionalworking capital limit by way ofclean cash credit.

c) It can be sanctioned to newborrowers also as a marketing tool.

d) All the above.

79. The maximum quantum of finance that can be extended under Stand by Line ofCredit is: ___________.a) Rs.5 Crores b) Rs.2 Croresc) Rs.1 Crores d) Rs.10 Crores

80. Under Stand by Line of Credit , ____% of working capital limit subject to amaximum of Rs.5 Crores can be sanctioned.a) 10 b) 20c) 15 d) 25

81. The maximum time allowed for repayment of Stand by Line of Credit is____.a) 1 month b) 2 monthsc) 3 months d) 6 months

82. The maximum amount of loan that can be sanctioned under General PurposeTerm loan for SSI sector is___.a) Rs.1 Crores b) Rs.2 Croresc) Rs.50 Lacs d) Rs.5 Crores

83. Which of the following is true with respect to General Purpose Term Loan for SSIsector?a) Normal repayment allowed is 3

years and can be extended upto 5years in deserving cases.

b) The unit should have earnedprofits in preceding 3 years.

c) The margin stipulated is 25% d) All the above84. The maximum amount of finance that can be extended under Open Term Loan

(Manufacturing sector) is:a) Rs.250 Lacs b) Rs.500 Lacsc) Rs.100 Lacs d) Rs.200 Lacs

85. Under Open Term Loan, the sanction is valid upto:a) 6 months b) 3 monthsc) 12 months d) 1 month

86. Which of the following is a feature of Open Term Loan?a) It's a pre sanctioned term loan limit

with the option of multipledisbursements.

b) Non customers can also beconsidered subject to fulfillment oftake over norms and after obtainingopinion reports from existingBankers.

c) DSCR should be atleast 1.75 d) All of these87. The maximum amount of finance that can be extended under Open Term Loan

(For Services sector) is:a) Rs.250 Lacs b) Rs.200 Lacsc) Rs.100 Lacs d) Rs.50 Lacs

88. The maximum quantum of loan that can be sanctioned to a Commission Agentunder Arthias Plus is:_____a) Rs.25 Lacs b) Rs.50 Lacs


Page 192 of 197

c) Rs.1 Crore d) Rs.10 Lacs

89. Which of the following is true in respect of Arthias Plus?a) It is a Cash Credit facility against

hypothecation of book debts, notolder than 6 months.

b) To be liquidated within 6 monthsand to be renewed annually.

c) The margin stipulated is 40%. d) All the above90. The maximum quantum of loan that can be sanctioned under SBI Shoppe is__.

a) Rs.20 Lacs b) Rs.50 Lacsc) Rs.100 Lacs d) Rs.200 Lacs

91. The product in which two term loans are sanctioned, one for Housing andanother for setting up an office/shop is _____.a) SBI Super Shoppe b) SBI Home Shoppec) SBI Shoppe Plus d) SBI Shoppe

92. The quantum of finance that can be extended under SBI Shoppe plus is____.a) 1st Term Loan as per Housing

loan Scheme and 75% of cost ofsetting up office/shop as 2nd T.L

b) 75% of Cost of total Project

c) Both the term loans will beconsidered as Commercial Loans

d) Both the term loans will beconsidered as Housing Loans.

93. Which of the following is TRUE with respect to Car Loans to SME units?a) Finance can be extended for

purchase of car/ sports utilityvehicle/ multi utility vehicle byPromoter/ his family members.

b) Maximum loan amount would be2.5 times to Net annual Incomeand there is no ceiling in loanamount.

c) Margins prescribed are 15% andno additional security will beinsisted upon. Maximum amount ofloan for a used vehicle is Rs.15lacs

d) All the above

94. The quantum of finance that can be extended to a Corporate under SBI FleetFinance Scheme is:a) Rs.10 Crores b) Rs.7.5 Croresc) Rs.5 Crores d) Rs.2.5 Crores

95. The minimum Average DSCR (gross) as prescribed in the scheme "SBI FleetFinance Scheme" is:a) 1.75 b) 1.50c) 1.33 d) 2.50

96. Which of the following SME Asset Products are withdrawn by the bank.a) Auto Clean b) Swarojgar Credit Cardc) Cyber Plus d) All the above

97. Maximum amount of loan that can be sanctioned under SME ConstructionEquipment Loan ( in Metros) is____.a) Rs.50.00 Cr b) Rs.25.00 Crc) Rs.15.00 Cr d) Rs.60.00 Cr

98. Maximum amount of loan that can be extended under SBI-Dental EquipmentPlus scheme and the minimum DSCR required are _____ & _______respectively.a) Rs.20 Lacs & 1.5 b) Rs.20 Lacs & 1.75


Page 193 of 197

c) Rs.10 Lacs & 1.5 d) Rs.10 Lacs & 1.75

99. The minimum & maximum amount of loan under CRE Asset Backed loan isis_____.a) Minimum Rs.10 Lacs, Maximum

Rs. 50 crores for Tier I branch,Rs.20 crores for Tier II, Tier IIIbranches and Rs.5 crores for TierIV, V, VI Branch

b) Rs.2 Lacs

c) Rs.5 Lacs d) No minimum is stipulated.100. ECR is mandatory for CRE Asset backed loan for limits above

a) Rs.5 crores b) Rs.20 croresc) Rs.10 crores d) None of these

ANSWERS

1. c 2. a 3. c 4. a 5. d 6. a 7. b 8. a 9. c 10. D11. c 12 a 13. d 14. d 15. d 16. d 17. d 18. a 19. a 20. B21. a 22 d 23. d 24. d 25. d 26. d 27. c 28. d 29. d 30. A31. a 32 b 33. b 34. d 35. d 36. a 37. b 38. c 39. c 40. D41. a 42 d 43. d 44. b 45. a 46. c 47. d 48. a 49. c 50. A51. c 52 a 53. a 54. b 55. d 56. d 57. a 58. a 59. b 60. C61. a 62 a 63. a 64. b 65. a 66. c 67. d 68. c 69. c 70. A71. a 72 c 73. b 74. c 75. b 76. d 77. d 78. d 79. a 80. C81. b 82. c 83. d 84. a 85. c 86. d 87. c 88. a 89. d 90. A91. c 92. a 93. d 94. a 95. b 96. d 97 a 98. c 99. a 100. C